AGROFARM 85 100 Repair manual
Short Description
Repair manual for Agrofarm 85/100 SDF group....
Description
WORKSHOP MANUAL
Agrofarm 85 Agrofarm 100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 81 1
6/21/2007 4:31:21 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 - INTRODUCTION 0.1 - Introduction 0.1.1 - Safety notes 0.1.2 - General safety rules 0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations 0.1.4 - Lifting instructions 0.1.5 - Tightening torques 0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants 0.1.7 - Conversion factors
0-2 0-3 0-4 0-6 0-8 0-10 0-14 0-16
10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.1 - Transmission 10.1.1 - Transmission (Agrofarm 85) 10.1.2 - Transmission (Agrofarm 100) 10.1.3 - Rear. PTO 10.1.4 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and groundspeed PTO 10.2 - Front axle 10.2.1 - Front axle 10.3 - Hydraulic system 10.3.1 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 85) 10.3.2 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 100) 10.3.3 - Steering circuit pump - directional control valve circuit 10.3.4 - Power steering 10.3.5 - Auxiliary services directional control valve 10.3.6 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 85) 10.3.7 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 100) 10.3.8 - Braking system 10.3.9 - “Separate-Brake” valve 10.3.10 - Trailer braking valve 10.3.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly
10-2 10-2 10-10 10-18 10-23 10-25 10-25 10-28 10-28 10-34 10-39 10-41 10-42 10-43 10-47 10-51 10-52 10-57 10-60
20 - CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS 20.1 - Diagnostic instrument 20.1.1 - All Round Tester 20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the lift and engine control units 20.2 - Introduction to the tractor≈s electronic system 20.2.1 - Introduction to the tractor’s electronic system 20.3 - Putting the tractor into service 20.3.1 - Putting the tractor into service 20.4 - ECU alarms 20.4.1 - Instrument panel alarms
20-2 20-2 20-7 20-8 20-8 20-10 20-10 20-16 20-16
30 - METHOD 30.1 - Engine 30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02)
30-2 30-2 I
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8I I
6/21/2007 4:31:22 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS 30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01) 30.1.3 - Fan belt 30.1.4 - Tensioning the fan drive belt 30.1.5 - Alternator and fuel pump drive belt 30.1.6 - Alternator and fuel pump belt tensioning 30.2 - Engine accessories 30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor without front PTO (C0.01.01) 30.2.2 - RADIATOR - Tractor with front PTO (C0.01.01) 30.2.3 - Changing the coolant and flushing the circuit 30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01) 30.2.5 - Starter motor 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.01) 30.3 - Transmission 30.3.1 - Parking brake 30.3.2 - Clutch plate 30.3.3 - Clutch thrust bearing 30.3.4 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85) 30.3.5 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 100) 30.3.6 - Gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit (D0.09.03) 30.3.7 - Disassembly of gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit 30.3.8 - Gearbox support and gear selector rods 30.3.9 - Shuttle shaft 30.3.10 - Primary shaft 30.3.11 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 85) 30.3.12 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 100) 30.3.13 - PTO output shaft (4 speed version) 30.3.14 - PTO output shaft disassembly (4 speed version) 30.3.15 - PTO output shaft (2 speed version) 30.3.16 - PTO output shaft disassembly (2 speed versions) 30.3.17 - PTO clutch 30.3.18 - PTO clutch disassembly 30.3.19 - PTO final shaft (2-speed version) 30.3.20 - PTO final shaft (4-speed version) 30.3.21 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft 30.3.22 - Groundspeed PTO engagement device 30.3.23 - Range and differential assembly - complete assembly 30.3.24 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 85) 30.3.25 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 100) 30.3.26 - Four-wheel drive output shaft 30.3.27 - Differential - Bevel gear pair 30.3.28 - Range selector assembly 30.3.29 - Changing transmission oil (D0.00.01) 30.3.30 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear 30.3.31 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear 30.3.32 - 4WD engagement device
30-7 30-12 30-13 30-14 30-15 30-16 30-16 30-20 30-24 30-26 30-29 30-31 30-32 30-32 30-34 30-36 30-37 30-42 30-47 30-49 30-53 30-56 30-60 30-61 30-66 30-71 30-74 30-77 30-80 30-81 30-85 30-90 30-94 30-98 30-101 30-102 30-103 30-108 30-113 30-116 30-125 30-127 30-129 30-131 30-133
II
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8II II
6/21/2007 4:31:22 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS 30.4 - Rear axle 30.4.1 - RH rear axle (E0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85) 30.4.2 - LH rear axle (E0.02.02) (Agrofarm 85) 30.4.3 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 85) 30.4.4 - RH rear axle (Agrofarm 100) 30.4.5 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 85) 30.4.6 - LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100) 30.4.7 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100) 30.4.8 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 100) 30.4.9 - Rear differential 30.4.10 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30.4.11 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30.4.12 - Rear axle brake discs 30.4.13 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 85) 30.4.14 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 100) 30.5 - Front axle 30.5.1 - Front carrier (F0.01.01) 30.5.2 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01) 30.5.3 - Adjusting the front axle end float 30.5.4 - Steering cylinders 30.5.5 - Steering cylinders disassembly 30.5.6 - Final drive reduction unit 30.5.7 - Final drive reduction unit disassembly 30.5.8 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft 30.5.9 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft 30.5.10 - Differential unit 30.5.11 - Differential disassembly 30.5.12 - Differential unit adjustment 30.5.13 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 85) 30.5.14 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30.5.15 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30.5.16 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 100) 30.5.17 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30.5.18 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30.5.19 - Front brake discs 30.5.20 - Front axle brake piston 30.5.21 - 4WD shaft 30.6 - Bodywork - Cab - Platform 30.6.1 - Cab (G0.03.01) 30.6.2 - Front hoods (G0.01.01) 30.6.3 - Fenders 30.6.4 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04) 30.6.5 - Air conditioning 30.6.6 - Compressor 30.6.7 - Clutch master cylinder 30.6.8 - Clutch piston
30-136 30-136 30-139 30-143 30-148 30-152 30-154 30-158 30-164 30-166 30-169 30-172 30-175 30-176 30-178 30-180 30-180 30-184 30-186 30-189 30-191 30-195 30-197 30-203 30-209 30-212 30-214 30-217 30-221 30-226 30-236 30-238 30-243 30-253 30-255 30-256 30-257 30-260 30-260 30-268 30-270 30-271 30-274 30-277 30-278 30-281 III
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8III III
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS 30.6.9 - Clutch control circuit 30.6.10 - Brake master cylinders 30.6.11 - Control levers (Agrofarm 85) 30.6.12 - Control levers (Agrofarm 100) 30.7 - Hydraulic system 30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services 30.7.2 - Power steering (H0.02.01) 30.7.3 - Pressure relief valve setting: 30.7.4 - Power steering disassembly 30.7.5 - Power steering pump 30.7.6 - Rear 4-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 85) 30.7.7 - Rear 6-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 100) 30.7.8 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 85) 30.7.9 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 100) 30.7.10 - Services solenoid valve assembly 30.8 - Front PTO 30.8.1 - Front PTO 30.8.2 - PTO assembly. 30.8.3 - Pump assy 30.8.4 - Clutch-brake assembly 30.8.5 - Solenoid valve assy 30.9 - Front lift 30.9.1 - Front lift 30.9.2 - Lift cylinders 30.10 - Rear lift 30.10.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 85) 30.10.2 - Lift disassembly - complete assembly (Agrofarm 85) 30.10.3 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 100) 30.10.4 - Lift disassembly - Complete assembly (Agrofarm 100) 30.10.5 - Lift cylinder (Agrofarm 100) 30.10.6 - Bushes (Agrofarm 100) 30.10.7 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 85) 30.10.8 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30.10.9 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30.10.10 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 85) 30.10.11 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 30.10.12 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 100) 30.10.13 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 30.10.14 - 3-point linkage 30.11 - Wheels 30.11.1 - Front wheels (S0.01.01) 30.11.2 - Rear wheels (S0.02.01) 30.12 - Ballast - Towing hitches 30.12.1 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 85) 30.12.2 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 100)
30-282 30-283 30-285 30-289 30-294 30-294 30-296 30-298 30-299 30-316 30-318 30-320 30-324 30-326 30-329 30-331 30-331 30-336 30-347 30-349 30-356 30-357 30-357 30-359 30-363 30-363 30-366 30-371 30-375 30-380 30-382 30-383 30-384 30-390 30-396 30-397 30-399 30-400 30-402 30-404 30-404 30-405 30-406 30-406 30-407
IV
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8IV IV
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS 40 - WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.1 - Introduction 40.1.1 - Structure of the unit 40.1.2 - Wiring and components index 40.2 - Components 40.2.1 - Components 40.3 - Systems 40.3.1 - Earthing points 40.3.2 - Starting and pre-heating 40.3.3 - Lights selector - Tractor with cab 40.3.4 - Lights selector - Tractor with platform 40.3.5 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with standard cab 40.3.6 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.3.7 - Instrument panel 40.3.8 - Worklights - Tractor with standard cab 40.3.9 - Wipers - Tractor with standard cab 40.3.10 - Heating system - Tractor with standard cab 40.3.11 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with standard cab 40.3.12 - Worklights - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.3.13 - Wipers - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.3.14 - Heating system - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.3.15 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.3.16 - Transmission 40.3.17 - PTO 40.3.18 - Brakes 40.3.19 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM 40.4 - Wiring looms 40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring - 0.014.8107.4/20 40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring connector positions 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - version with front battery - 0.014.8629.4/20 40.4.4 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with front battery 40.4.5 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery - 0.015.1597.4/10 40.4.6 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with lateral battery 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loom - 0.014.8806.4/20 40.4.8 - Battery wiring connector positions 40.4.9 - Preheating wiring loom - 0.014.9195.4/20 40.4.10 - Pre-heating wiring connector positions 40.4.11 - Power supply wiring - 0.015.1983.4/10 40.4.12 - Power supply wiring connector positions 40.4.13 - Instrument panel wiring - 0.014.8628.4/20 40.4.14 - Instrument panel wiring connector positions 40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.8630.4/20 40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wiring connector positions 40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.9193.4/20 40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wiring connector positions
40-2 40-2 40-8 40-22 40-22 40-33 40-33 40-35 40-37 40-39 40-41 40-43 40-45 40-47 40-49 40-51 40-53 40-55 40-57 40-59 40-61 40-63 40-65 40-67 40-69 40-70 40-70 40-71 40-73 40-74 40-77 40-78 40-81 40-82 40-86 40-87 40-89 40-90 40-93 40-97 40-101 40-102 40-104 40-105 V
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8V V
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS 40.4.19 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.014.9375.4/20 40.4.20 - Power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7850.4/50 40.4.22 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.23 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2147.2 40.4.24 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.25 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2 40.4.26 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.27 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20 40.4.28 - Air conditioner exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.29 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7851.4/50 40.4.30 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.31 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.015.1435.4/10 40.4.32 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3 40.4.34 - Windscreen wiper connector positions wiring - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.011.0729.4/10 40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab 40.4.37 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.014.9376.4/10 40.4.38 - Cab power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.39 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3606.4/50 40.4.40 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.41 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2554.2 40.4.42 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.43 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2560.0 40.4.44 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.45 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3610.3/20 40.4.46 - Air conditioning exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.47 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3595.3/10 40.4.48 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.49 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.015.1437.4/10 40.4.50 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.51 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3 40.4.52 - Windscreen wiper wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with highvisibility cab - 0.011.3596.3/40 40.4.54 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab 40.4.55 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab - 0.010.8189.3/40 40.4.56 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab 40.4.57 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab - 0441.1923.4 40.4.58 - Lower front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab 40.4.59 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform - 0.015.3094.4 40.4.60 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform 40.4.61 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform - 0.014.9281.4
40-107 40-108 40-110 40-112 40-115 40-116 40-118 40-119 40-121 40-122 40-124 40-126 40-128 40-130 40-132 40-133 40-135 40-137 40-139 40-140 40-142 40-145 40-147 40-149 40-151 40-153 40-155 40-156 40-158 40-159 40-161 40-162 40-166 40-167 40-169 40-171 40-173 40-174 40-177 40-178 40-180 40-182 40-184
VI
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VI VI
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS 40.4.62 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform 40.4.63 - Rotating beacon wiring - 0.012.9909.4 40.4.64 - Position of rotary beacon wiring connectors 40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10 40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring connector positions
40-186 40-188 40-189 40-191 40-192
VII
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VII VII
6/21/2007 4:31:23 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
VIII
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 8VIII VIII
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
0 - INTRODUCTION
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-1 0-1
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION 0.1 - INTRODUCTION The purpose of this workshop manual is to provide instruction for repair technicians and a practical guide to improving the quality of repairs. This manual enables repair technicians to acquire a thorough knowledge of the machine, indicating the correct methods for fault diagnosis, for working in safety and for accurate dimensional checks and visual inspections. The instructions also indicate the products to use, the tightening torques and the adjustment data. The technical material contained in this manual is reserved to Authorised Dealers and Service Centres who will be duly informed of any technical changes to the machines in question through the issue of documents regarding modifications, updates and supplements for optional equipment. All technicians and their colleagues are expressly forbidden from reproducing any part of this manual in any form or from communicating the contents to third parties without the express written permission of the Manufacturer, who remains the sole owner of this document with all rights reserved in accordance with applicable laws.
0-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-2 0-2
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION 0.1.1 - Safety notes To ensure that machines entrusted to Authorised Service Centres for repair or overhaul continue to function correctly, it is very important that all repair work is carried out in the prescribed manner. The procedures for checks and repairs indicated in this manual are safe and effective. Some of the operations described require the use of special tools and equipment; these tools have been specifally designed for the intended purpose and may be ordered directly from the Manufacturers. DO NOT USE MAKESHIFT TOOLS; not only is there a risk of personal injury, but such tools are rarely suited to the purpose for which they are used. In potentially hazardous situations, always give priority to personal safety and take the necessary actions to eliminate the danger
0-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-3 0-3
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION 0.1.2 - General safety rules ●
Even if you have a thorough knowledge of the machine as regards its components, operation and controls, always take special care when carrying out the following operations; Remember that the machine you are working on is in need of repair or overhaul and consequently may not always behave as expected.
●
Before starting work, clean the tractor thoroughly to remove all mud, dust and road dirt. Also clean the cab to remove all traces of oil, snow and ice from the access steps and grab rails.
●
When climbing up to or down from the cab, always ensure you maintain three points of contact at a time (foot or handholds) in order to keep your balance and prevent accidental falls.
●
Always take special care when carrying out fault diagnosis operations; these operations often require two persons, who must never stand in front of the wheels when the engine is running.
●
When carrying out checks and repairs, wear close-fitting clothing, safety goggles and protective gloves that are suitable for the task (cleaning, draining fluids, repairs). When working near moving parts, long hair should be gathered up and tied back safely under a cap to prevent the risk of entanglement and severe injury.
●
Do not allow anyone who is not directly involved in the work to come near the tractor; ensure that they remain at a safe distance.
●
Keep well clear of moving parts; when the engine is running, some moving parts are not easily visible and therefore present a risk of entanglement, even if protected by safety guards.
●
Ensure that the area is well ventilated before starting the engine in order to avoid the formation of dangerous concentrations of toxic gases; always connect suitable fume extraction equipment to the exhaust pipe.
●
Do not start the engine with the safety guards removed under any circumstances; all repair and adjustment operations must be carried out with the engine stopped.
●
Do not top up fuel, oil or coolant levels when the engine is running.
●
Never smoke and ensure there are no naked flames nearby when topping up fuel or oil. Always remove the battery from the machine before recharging.
●
Before checking or removing the battery, stop the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
●
Remove the battery and recharge in a well-ventilated area where the temperature exceeds 0°C.
●
When checking or recharging the battery, do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity as the hydrogen gas given off by the battery is highly explosive.
●
The liquid (electrolyte) contained in the battery is very harmful if it comes into contact with the skin and the eyes; for this reason, always wear gloves and safety goggles with side shields when checking or topping up the battery. Should any electrolyte accidentally come into contact with your skin, wash the affected areas immediately with plenty of fresh water; if electrolyte comes into contact with your clothing, this should be removed as soon as possible. In case of accidental ingestion of electrolyte, drink copious amounts of water, milk or vegetable oil and take antacids such as magnesium, bicarbonate, etc. and seek medical attention immediately.
●
Before working on the electrical systems, always disconnect the battery terminals. DANGER Always disconnect the negative lead (--) before the positive lead (+); when re-connecting the battery on completion of the work, first connect the positive terminal (+) and then the negative (--).
●
Before carrying out any arc welding (permitted only on implements attached to the machine) always disconnect the battery terminals and unplug all the connectors of the electronic control units and the alternator.
●
When topping up lubricants, always wear suitable protective gloves.
●
Do not wear clothing contaminated by engine or hydraulic oil; prolonged contact with the skin can be harmful and may cause allergic reactions.
0-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-4 0-4
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION ●
Used engine oil and hydraulic oil must be disposed of properly; recover used lubricants and dispose of them in accordance with the applicable regulations.
●
Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic or pneumatic systems, discharge all residual pressure from the circuits.
●
Before carrying out any work on the hydraulic system or engine, allow the oil and engine coolant to cool down.
●
When removing and refitting certain assemblies, it will be necessary to support the tractor; use stands, jacks or blocks capable of supporting the weight and arrange them in a triangular pattern to prevent the machine from overturning.
●
To lift heavy components, use a hoist or crane. Check that wire ropes, chains or fibre slings are not worn and that hooks are not damaged.
●
Always use lifting equipment of suitable capacity for the weight of the components to be removed. Ensure lifting equipment is attached correctly.
●
When lifting or supporting an assembly or component, manoeuvre the parts slowly and carefully to avoid swinging movements or collision with other components.
●
Never work on components suspended from a hoist or crane.
●
When removing the retaining bolts of a component that could fall, always leave two opposing bolts in place for safety; before removing these last two bolts, attach the component to suitable lifting equipment or position support blocks.
●
Any oil or fuel spilled during removal or dismantling operations should be cleaned up as soon as possible to prevent the risk of slipping and fire.
●
When refitting electrical wiring looms and wires, ensure that they are properly secured with their original retaining straps or brackets to prevent the possibility of damage caused by vibration.
●
Never insert your fingers or hands to check the alignment between fixing holes in components; always use a suitable dowel of soft material.
●
When refitting assemblies or components, always use the specified tightening torques; the tightening torques indicated in the paragraphs regarding assembly/refitting operations have been determined through experimentation and must be scrupulously adhered to.
●
When refitting parts that are subject to vibration or that rotate at high speed, take particular care when carrying out final installation checks.
0-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-5 0-5
6/21/2007 4:31:24 AM
INTRODUCTION 0.1.3 - Safety precautions for removal and refitting operations When removing or refitting parts, always take the following safety precautions.
Precautions for removal operations ●
Unless otherwise indicated, lower the lifting equipment until it the component or assembly rests on the ground.
●
After disconnecting hydraulic and fuel system pipes, always fit plugs to the open ends of the pipes to prevent ingress of dirt.
●
Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and secure it in this position using a retaining strap.
●
Use containers of sufficient capacity when draining oil, coolant or fuel.
●
Before removing a part from the machine, check for alignment markings indicating the correct assembly position. If necessary, make new markings to ensure correct assembly.
●
When unplugging electrical connectors, always grip the connectors firmly to avoid pulling on the wires.
●
Where necessary, label wires and pipes before removal to avoid confusion when reconnecting.
●
Check the number and thickness of any shims removed and keep them together in a safe place.
●
To lift the tractor or any of its main components, use lifting equipment of suitable capacity.
●
When using eyebolts for lifting components, first check that they are not deformed or damaged; screw them fully home and then turn the bolt so that the eye is aligned with the lifting hook.
●
Before removing a part, clean the surrounding area and, after removing the part, cover it to protect it from dirt and dust.
Precautions for refitting operations ●
Tighten nuts and screws to the specified tightening torques.
●
When refitting flexible pipes and cables, take care not to twist or tangle them.
●
Always fit new seals, O-rings, split pins and safety stop rings; make sure that the ends of the cotter pins are separated and bent back so that the pin cannot be withdrawn from the hole.
●
Ensure that circlips are correctly installed in their seatings.
●
When applying threadlocking compound, first clean the part to remove all oil and grease, then cover the thread evenly applying a few drops of the compound.
●
When applying sealant, first clean the surface removing all traces of oil and grease and check for dirt or indentations, then apply the sealant evenly making sure that it forms a continuous film around any fixing holes.
●
Clean all parts, removing dirt, oxidisation, carbon deposits, burrs and indentations.
●
Coat all moving parts with a thin film of engine oil.
●
When reconnecting electrical wiring connectors, first remove all traces of oil, dust and water from the inside of the connector and then push the two halves together firmly; connectors with locking tabs should be pushed together until the tab engages the keeper.
●
Bolt down flanged fittings evenly, tightening the screws gradually in a crosswise pattern.
Precautions to be taken on completion of removal/refitting operations ●
If coolant has been drained from the engine, refit the drain plug and pour in new coolant to the correct level. Start the engine to circulate the coolant and then check the level again and top up.
●
After removing hydraulic components, top up the hydraulic oil to the specified level. Start the engine to circulate the oil in the hydraulic circuits and then recheck the level and top up as necessary.
0-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-6 0-6
6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM
INTRODUCTION ●
After having removed a variable displacement pump, connect the drain pipe and fill the pump casing with oil through the filler hole provided.
●
Grease stub axle housings, cylinder pivot mountings and drive shafts thoroughly after assembly.
0-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-7 0-7
6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM
INTRODUCTION 0.1.4 - Lifting instructions DANGER Components weighing over 25 kg or of significant size must be supported and removed using suitable lifting equipment with wire rope or polyester slings.
Wire ropes - slings ●
Use wire ropes or polyester slings of suitable capacity for the parts to be lifted, referring to the following tables:
Tab.1 WIRE ROPES (standard twisted “S” or “Z” type) Ø rope mm Capacity (kg)
POLYESTER SLINGS (eye-and-eye - simple loop) Width (mm) Capacity (kg)
60°
8 10 12 14 16 18
650 1000 1450 2000 2600 3300
620 1740 2500 3460 4500 5710
60°
90°
500 1420 2050 2820 3670 4660
25 50 62 75 100 150
500 1000 1250 1400 2000 2500
400 800 1000 1120 1600 2000
860 1730 2160 2420 3460 4330
90°
700 1410 1760 1980 2820 3530
Lifting capacities are calculated with a safety coefficient.
●
The lifting hook should be attached to the central part of the rope or sling; if the hook is attached near the ends of the rope/ sling, this could cause the load to slip during lifting.
●
Never lift a heavy load using a single rope; always use two or more symmetrically arranged ropes. DANGER Suspension of a load from a single rope could cause the load to start rotating and consequently cause the rope strands to untwist or the load to slip; this could lead to serious injury.
●
Never lift a heavy load when the two legs of the ropes form a wide angle. the permitted load (kg) decreases in inverse proportion to the angle of suspension; the table below indicates how the permitted load varies according to the angle of suspension for two Ø 10 mm ropes each with a load capacity of 1000 kg.
0-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-8 0-8
6/21/2007 4:31:25 AM
INTRODUCTION
Capacità di carico: kg
2000
1900 1700
2000
1400 1000
1000
500
30°
60° 90° Angolo di sospensione:
120°
150°
Fig.1
0-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-9 0-9
6/21/2007 4:31:26 AM
INTRODUCTION 0.1.5 - Tightening torques Bolts and nuts DANGER The tightening torques for certain specific components and special tightening methods are indicated in the relative assembly paragraphs. The tightening torques indicated below refer to screws and nuts assembled without lubrication and, where applicable, with anaerobic threadlocking compound. the values apply to tightening on steel or cast iron components; for soft materials such as aluminium, copper, plastic, sheet metal or panels, the indicated tightening torques must be reduced by 50%.
Tab.2 BOLT SIZE
BOLT CLASS 8.8 Nm 8.0 – 8.8 19.4 – 21.4 38.4 – 42.4 66.5 – 73.5 106 – 117 164 – 182 228 – 252 321 – 355 441 – 487 553 – 611 816 – 902 20.8 – 23.0 40.6 – 44.8 72.2 – 79.8 69.4 – 76.7 114 – 126 175 – 194 256 – 282 355 – 393 482 – 532 602 – 666
COAR- M6x1 SE M8x1.25 M10x1.5 M12x1.75 M14x2 M16x2 M18x2.5 M20x2.5 M22x2.5 M24x3 M27x3 FINE M8x1 M10x1.25 M12x1.25 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M24x2
lb.ft. 5.9 – 6.5 14.3 – 15.8 28.3 – 31.2 49.0 – 54.2 78.1 – 86.2 120.9 – 134.1 168.0 – 185.7 236.6 – 261.6 325.0 – 358.9 407.6 – 450.3 601.4 – 664.8 15.3 – 17.0 29.9 – 33.0 53.2 – 58.8 51.1 – 56.5 84.0 – 92.9 129 – 143 188.7 – 207.8 261.6 – 289.6 355.2 – 392.1 443.7 – 490.8
10.9 Nm 11.8 – 13.0 28.5 – 31.5 56.4 – 62.4 96.9 – 107 156 – 172 241 – 267 334 – 370 472 – 522 647 – 715 812 – 898 1198 – 1324 30.6 – 33.8 59.7 – 65.9 106 – 118 102 – 112 168 – 186 257 – 285 375 – 415 523 – 578 708 – 782 884 – 978
lb.ft. 8.7 – 9.6 21.0 – 23.2 41.6 – 46.0 71.4 – 78.9 115.0 – 126.8 117.6 – 196.8 246.2 – 272.7 347.9 – 384.7 476.8 – 527.0 598.4 – 661.8 882.9 – 975.8 22.6 – 24.9 44.0 – 48.6 78.1 – 87.0 75.2 – 82.5 123.8 – 137.1 189.4 – 210.0 276.4 – 305.9 385.5 – 426.0 521.8 – 576.3 651.5 – 720.8
12.9 Nm 13.8 – 15.2 33.3 – 36.9 67.4 – 74.4 115 – 128 184 – 204 282 – 312 391 – 432 553 – 611 751 – 830 950 – 1050 1419 – 1569 35.8 – 39.6 71.2 – 78.6 126 – 140 121 – 134 199 – 220 301 – 333 439 – 485 611 – 676 821 – 908 1035 – 1143
lb.ft. 10.2 – 11.2 24.5 – 27.2 49.7 – 54.8 84.8 – 94.3 135.6 – 150.3 207.8 – 229.9 288.2 – 318.4 407.6 – 450.3 553.5 – 611.7 700.2 – 773.9 1045.8 – 1156.4 26.4 – 29.2 52.5 – 57.9 92.9 – 103.2 89.2 – 98.8 146.7 – 162.1 221.8 – 245.4 323.5 – 357.4 450.3 – 498.2 605.1 – 669.2 762.8 – 842.4
Fittings The tightening torques indicated below refer to fittings assembled on any material.
Tab.3 METRIC
Straight end fittings
T” end fittings
L” end fittings
90° end fittings
0-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-10 0-10
6/21/2007 4:31:26 AM
INTRODUCTION Thread size
Wrench
M10x1.25
17 19 19 19 22 24 27 30 36 36 41 50 60 17 19 19 22 24 27 30 36 41 46 50 60
M12x1.25 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2 G 1/8” G 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” G 3/4” G 1” G 1 1/4” G 1 1/2”
Torque Nm ±10% 14 14 30 40 48 58 65 73 95 100 160 250 305 13 13 37 37 53 73 73 100 160 160 250 305
Wrench 14 17 17 19 22 24 27 30 36 36 41 50 60 14
Torque Nm ±10% 14 14 30 40 48 58 65 73 95 100 160 250 305 13
19
Wrench 14 17 17 19 22 24 27 30 36 36 41 50 60 14
Torque Nm ±10% 14 14 30 40 48 58 65 73 95 100 160 250 305 13
Wrench 14
Torque Nm ±10% 14
17 19 22 24 27 30 36 36 41 50 60 14
30 40 48 58 65 73 95 100 160 250 305 13
37
19
37
19
37
24 27
53 73
24 27
53 73
24 27
53 73
36 41
100 160
36 41
100 160
36 41
100 160
50 60
250 305
50 60
250 305
50 60
250 305
Plugs Tab.4 Hex plugs
Thread size
Wrench
Threaded plugs with hex socket head
Torque Nm ±10%
Wrench
Torque Nm ±10%
0-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-11 0-11
6/21/2007 4:31:27 AM
INTRODUCTION METRIC
M6x1 M8x1 M10x1 M10x1.25 M10x1.5 M12x1.25 M12x1.5 M12x1.75 M14x1.5 M14x2 M16x1.5 M16x2 M18x1.5 M18x2.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M24x1.5 M24x2 M27x2 M28x1.5 M30x1.5 M32x1.5 M35x1.5 M40x1.5 G 1/8” G 1/4” G 3/8” G 1/2” G 5/8” G 3/4” G 1”
10 13 13 13 13 17 17 17 19 19 22 22 17 17 19 – 22 22 22 – 22 – – – 14 19 22 19 22 22 22
10 12 14 14 14 30 30 30 40 40 48 48 58 58 65 – 80 80 100 – 130 – – – 13 37 53 73 85 100 160
– – 5 – – – 6 – 6 – 8 – 10 – – 12 12 – – 17 – 19 22 24 – – – – – – –
– – 14 – – – 30 – 40 – 48 – 58 – – 73 80 – – 110 – 150 180 225 – – – – – – –
Fittings with seal at 37° Tab.5
Thread size 7/16” - 20 1/2” - 20 9/16” - 18 3/4” - 16 7/8” - 14 1 1/16” - 12
Wrench 14 16 17 22 27 32 36
Torque Nm ±10% 13 19 28 47 76 110 110
0-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-12 0-12
6/21/2007 4:31:28 AM
INTRODUCTION 1 3/16” - 12 1 5/16” - 12 1 5/8” - 12 1 7/8” - 12 2 1/2” - 12
36 38 50 60 75
138 155 215 290 345
Fittings for pipes with banjo union These tightening torques refer to tightening the fitting with new copper sealing washers.
Tab.6 Unions for one-way fittings
Unions for three-way fittings
Unions for four-way fittings
Thread size
Wrench
Wrench
Wrench
M8x1 M8x1.25 M10x1 M10x1.25 M12x1.25 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M24x1.5 M26x1.5 M28x1.5 M30x1.5 M35x2 M38x1.5 M42x2 M45x1.5 M50x2 M52x1.5 M65x2
– 13 – 13 17 – 19 22 22 27 – 32 – 36 – 41 – 50 – 60 – –
Torque Nm ±10% 14 – 20 30 – 40 48 58 65 – 80 – 110 – 180 – 250 – 320 – –
12
Torque Nm ±10% 14
–
Torque Nm ±10% –
14 – – 17 19 22 24 – 27 – 32 – 36 – 46 – 55 – 60 75
20 – – 30 40 48 58 – 73 – 95 – 130 – 200 – 280 – 320 450
14 – – 17 19 22 24 – 27 – 32 – 36 – 46 – 55 – 60 75
20 – – 30 40 48 58 – 73 – 95 – 130 – 200 – 280 – 320 450
0-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-13 0-13
6/21/2007 4:31:29 AM
INTRODUCTION 0.1.6 - Threadlockers, adhesives, sealants and lubricants Tab.7 FUNCTION THREADLOCKER
NAME Loctite 222 Colour: opaque fluorescent purple
Loctite 242 Colour: fluorescent blue
Loctite 243 Colour: opaque fluorescent blue Loctite 270 Colour: fluorescent green
DEGREASERS AND ACTIVATORS
Loctite 703
Loctite 747
SEALANTS (for faces Loctite 510 Colour: red and fittings)
Loctite 542 Colour: Brown
Loctite 554 Colour: red
Loctite 572 Colour: White
Loctite 573 Colour: green
Loctite 576 Colour: brown
INSTANT ADHESIVES
Loctite 401 Colour: colourless
Loctite 495 Colour: colourless
DESCRIPTION Anaerobic product suitable for low-strength locking of retaining, adjustment and precision fasteners. All traces of lubricant must first be removed using the specific activator. Anaerobic product that prevents loosening of all types of nut and bolt; used in place of conventional mechanical locking systems. Used for medium-strength locking. All traces of lubricant must first be removed using the specific activator. Alternative product to 242 ; oil tolerant and so can be used on lightly lubricated surfaces without prior use of activator. Anaerobic product for high-strength locking of bolts and studs that do not normally require disassembly. Parts must be heated to approximately 80°C for removal. All traces of lubricant must first be removed using the specific activator. Product used for degreasing and cleaning parts prior to application of Loctite anaerobic products; after drying, promotes uniform curing of threadlockers Product used specifically for treatment of passive metals prior to use of slow-cure anaerobic threadlockers (series 5 and 6). Can also be used to increase cure speed at low temperatures or in applications where there are large gaps between the parts. Super-rapid anaerobic sealant for sealing between rigid metal faces; can eliminate the need for conventional gaskets as it can fill gaps up to 0.4 mm. Does not shrink and therefore fasteners do not need retightening to specified torque values after curing. Anaerobic product used as a liquid sealant for threaded fittings up to 3/4” gas; rapid curing and parts may be disassembled with ordinary tools. Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing cooling and industrial fluid circuits. Slow curing, also suitable for use on non-ferrous alloys Anaerobic sealant and locking compound used for sealing pipes and threaded fittings up to 2” in diameter. Very slow curing on most metal surfaces. Thixotropic anaerobic product used for sealing joints between metal faces. Ensures total contact between surfaces with maximum tolerance of 0.10 mm, filling microvoids caused by flatness errors. Very slow curing on most metal surfaces and requires prior application of an activator. Anaerobic product used as a liquid thread sealant for large diameter threaded fittings (up to 2”). Very slow curing; also suitable for nonferrous alloys and parts requiring subsequent removal. Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a wide range of acidic and porous materials including, ceramics, wood, rubber and plastic (excluding polyolefin). Curing takes place in a few seconds as an effect of the condensed humidity present on the surfaces to be bonded, and is independent of environmental conditions. Cyanoacrylate instant adhesive suitable for bonding a rubber, plastics and metal in any combination.
0-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-14 0-14
6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM
INTRODUCTION SEALANTS SILICONE
SEALANTS POLURETHANE
RETAINING COMPOUNDS
LUBRICANTS
Silastic 738 (Dow Corning) Colour: milky white One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, non dhrinking, ready for use. Cures on exposure to air to form a rubbery solid and obviates the need for conventional seals on flexible joints, filling gaps greater than 1 mm. Dirko Transparent Colour: transparent One-part silicone adhesive/sealant, shrinking, ready for use. Cures rapidly when exposed to humidity in the air to form a rubbery solid; resistant to high temperatures. Betaseal HV3 (Gurit Essex) Colour: black Polyurethane prepolymer based adhesive/sealant, high viscosity, suitable for permanent, high-strength flexible bonding. Slow curing, used for bonding glass to frames, wire mesh, metal plates, etc. surfaces must be degreased with primer. Loctite 601 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic, fast-curing, high-strength adhesive. Suitable for sealing and retaining cylindrical assemblies with gap clearances of up to 0.10 mm; used for retaining rotors, gears, bearings, pulleys, bushes etc. on shafts. Loctite 638 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, very high strength; suitable for bonding cylindrical parts in non-ferrous alloys. Loctite 648 Colour: fluorescent green Anaerobic structural adhesive, quick-curing, high-strength; suitable for bonding cylindrical parts, permanent retention of threaded parts, sealing of refrigeration systems, retention of bearings, etc. Alternative to Loctite 601 in high-temperature applications. Loctite 986/AVX Colour: Fluorescent red Anaerobic sealant/retaining compound for metal cylindrical parts. Slow-curing, high-strength, heat-resistant and resistant to chemical attack. Parts must be first treated with an activator. Grease (NLGI 2 EP ASTM D217: 265/295) Multi-purpose Lithium grease used for lubrication of seals, to prevent oxidization and to facilitate assembly operations. Molikote (Dow Corning) Anti-wear compound, contains Molybdenum bisulphate, used neat or diluted with engine oil for assembly of main engine bearings. Vaseline Neutral pH compound used to protect battery terminals against oxidization and corrosion. Engine oil 10W - 30 Used to dilute Molikote anti-wear lubricant during assembly of main engine bearings.
0-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-15 0-15
6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM
INTRODUCTION 0.1.7 - Conversion factors Conversion from British to metric units
Tab.8 inch x 25.40 foot x 0.305 yard x 0.914 Eng.miles x 1.609 Sq.in. x 6.452 Sq.ft. x 0.093 Sq.yard x 0.835 Cu.in. x 16.39 Cu.ft. x 28.36 Cu.yard x 0.763 Imp.gall. x 4.547 US gall. x 3.785 pint x 0.568 quart x 1.137 US.gpm x 3.785 oz. x 0.028 lb. x 0.454 lb.ft. x 0.139 lb.in. x 17.87 psi x 0.070 lb./Imp.gall x 0.100 lb./US.gall x 0.120 lb./cu.ft. x 16.21 lb.ft. x 1.356 psi x 1.379
= mm =m = km = cm² = m² = cm³ = m³ = litres
= ,/min = kg = kgm = kg/m = kg/cm² = kg/, = kg/m³ = Nm = bar
Conversion from metric to British units
Tab.9 mm x 0.0394 m x 3.281 m x 1,094 km x 0.622 cm² x 0.155 m² x 10.77 m² x 1.197 cm³ x 0.061 m³ x 0.035 m³ x 1.311 litres x 0.220 litres x 0.264 litres x 1.762 litres x 0.880 ,/min x 0.2642 kg x 35.25 kg x 2.203 kgm x 7.233
= inch = foot = yard = Brit.miles = Sq.in. = Sq.ft. = Sq.yard = Cu.in. = Cu.ft = Cu.yard = Imp.gall. = US gall. = pint = quart = US.gpm = oz. = lb. = lb.ft.
0-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-16 0-16
6/21/2007 4:31:30 AM
INTRODUCTION kg/m x 0.056 kg/cm² x 14.22 kg/, x 10.00 kg/, x 8.333 kg/m³ x 0.062 Nm x 0.737 bar x 14.503
= lb.in. = psi = lb./Imp.gal. = lb./US.gal. = lb./cu.ft. = lb.ft. = psi
0-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-17 0-17
6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM
INTRODUCTION
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
0-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 80-18 0-18
6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM
10 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-1 10-1
6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.1 - TRANSMISSION 10.1.1 - Transmission (Agrofarm 85) introduction This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV). The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions: 1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000) 2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E) 3. Groundspeed PTO supplied with the versions as at points 1 and 2. All the PTO versions are mechanical with non-synchronized gears and electrohydraulic engagement control while the Groundspeed PTO is operated by a mechanical control.
Main assemblies 1
24
3
5
D0036580
Fig.2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Clutch housing HI-LO assembly Gearbox, reverse shuttle, underdrive and ranges assembly Differential unit Rear PTO
Description The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2), HI-LO unit (3) and range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to the epicyclic gears (6) and then to the wheels (7). Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main brake while the parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-2 10-2
6/21/2007 4:31:31 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
2
1 REV
FW
E
V
5
L
8 6 3
1“ 2“
3“
4“
5“
9
N
4
SR
7
D0036300
Fig.3
10-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-3 10-3
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Clutch housing
Fig.4 - Clutch housing 1. Rear PTO drive shaft 2. Flywheel 3. Main clutch plate 4. Main clutch thrust bearing 5. Main clutch sleeve 6. Sleeve support 7. Gearbox drive shaft 8. Main clutch lever 9. Reaction pin 10. Clutch piston
10-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-4 10-4
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Gearbox and shuttle assembly 2
3
1
4
5
6 7
8
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
D0036310
Fig.5 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly 1. Cover 2. Gearbox support 3. Reverse travel drive gear 4. Shuttle synchronizer 5. Forward travel drive gear 6. Gearbox input shaft 7. Primary shaft 8. Secondary shaft 9. 5th speed driven gear 10. 4th-5th speed synchronizer 11. 4th speed driven gear 12. 3rd speed driven gear 13. 2nd-3rd speed synchronizer 14. 2nd speed driven gear 15. 1st speed driven gear 16. 1st speed synchronizer
10-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-5 10-5
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly
4
3
2 1 L
V
9 85CV
100CV
D0036340
8
7
6
5
Fig.6 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
High-Low range synchronizer Low-creeper range idler gear 4WD drive gear Pinion 4WD driven gear Creeper range driven gear Medium or creeper range selector Medium-low range idler gear 4WD shaft
10-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-6 10-6
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly 3
A
4 A 2
1
7
97
87
6
5 D0036350
A-A
Fig.7 - Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Sleeve 4WD output hub 4WD selector fork Parking brake cam Parking brake lever 4WD engagement lever Friction shoe Steel disc Spacer
10-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-7 10-7
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Differential unit
1
2
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
3
10 4
7
9
D0025200
8
7
6
5
Fig.8 - Differential unit 1. Pinion 2. Pinion bearing 3. Differential carrier 4. Differential casing 5. Differential lock sleeve 6. Sun gear 7. Planet gear 8. Differential carrier 9. Sun gear 10. Bevel crown wheel 11. Spring 12. Spacer 13. Spring pin 14. Rod 15. Differential lock fork 16. Spring 17. Piston
10-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-8 10-8
6/21/2007 4:31:32 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Brakes and rear axle assembly
Fig.9 - Brakes and rear axle assembly 1. Halfshaft 2. Dust seal 3. oil seal 4. Bearing 5. Bearing 6. Ring gear 7. Pin (Qty. 3) 8. Brake cylinder 9. Piston 10. Friction disc 11. Halfshaft 12. Planet gear 13. Planet carrier
10-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-9 10-9
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.1.2 - Transmission (Agrofarm 100) introduction This tractor series can be supplied in a version with 5 synchronised speeds and 4 ranges (20 FWD + 20 REV). The rear transmission casing also houses the drive train for the rear PTO, which is supplied in the following versions: 1. 2-speed PTO (540 - 1000) 2. 4-speed PTO (540 - 540E - 1000 - 1000E) 3. Groundspeed PTO supplied with the versions as at points 1 and 2. All the PTO versions are mechanical with non-synchronized gears and electrohydraulic engagement control while the Groundspeed PTO is operated by a mechanical control.
Main assemblies
1
24
3
5
D0036580
Fig.10 - Main assemblies 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Clutch housing HI-LO assembly Gearbox, reverse shuttle, underdrive and ranges assembly Differential unit Rear PTO
Description The transmission receives drive from the engine and transmits it through clutch assembly (1), gearbox and shuttle assembly (2), HI-LO unit (3) and range gearbox (4) to bevel gear pair (5). Drive is then transmitted to the epicyclic gears (6) and then to the wheels (7). Between bevel gear pair (5) and final drive reduction unit (6) is installed braking device (8) that acts as the main brake while the parking brake is fitted on the 4WD output shaft (9).
10-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-10 10-10
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
2
1 REV
FW
E
V
5
L
8 6 3
1“ 2“
3“
4“
5“
9
N
4
SR
7
D0036300
Fig.11
10-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-11 10-11
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Clutch housing
Fig.12 - Clutch housing 1. Rear PTO drive shaft 2. Flywheel 3. Main clutch plate 4. Main clutch thrust bearing 5. Main clutch sleeve 6. Sleeve support 7. Gearbox drive shaft 8. Main clutch lever 9. Reaction pin 10. Clutch piston
10-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-12 10-12
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Gearbox and shuttle assembly
2
3
1
4
56 7
8
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
D0036320
Fig.13 - Gearbox and shuttle assembly 1. Cover 2. Gearbox support 3. Reverse travel drive gear 4. Shuttle synchronizer 5. Forward travel drive gear 6. Gearbox input shaft 7. Primary shaft 8. Secondary shaft 9. 5th speed driven gear 10. 4th-5th speed synchronizer 11. 4th speed driven gear 12. 3rd speed driven gear 13. 2nd-3rd speed synchronizer 14. 2nd speed driven gear 15. 1st speed driven gear 16. 1st speed synchronizer
10-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-13 10-13
6/21/2007 4:31:33 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly
V
1
4
3
2 L
9 M
8
7
SR
6
5
D0036330
Fig.14 - Bevel pinion and range gearbox assembly 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
High-Low range synchronizer Low-creeper range idler gear 4WD drive gear Pinion 4WD driven gear Creeper range driven gear Medium or creeper range selector Medium-low range idler gear 4WD shaft
10-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-14 10-14
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly
3
A
4 A 2
1
7
97
87
6
5 D0036350
A-A
Fig.15 - Four-wheel drive engagement and parking brake assembly 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Sleeve 4WD output hub 4WD selector fork Parking brake cam Parking brake lever 4WD engagement lever Friction shoe Steel disc Spacer
10-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-15 10-15
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Differential unit
1
2
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
3
10 4
7
9
D0025200
8
7
6
5
Fig.16 - Differential unit 1. Pinion 2. Pinion bearing 3. Differential carrier 4. Differential casing 5. Differential lock sleeve 6. Sun gear 7. Planet gear 8. Differential carrier 9. Sun gear 10. Bevel crown wheel 11. Spring 12. Spacer 13. Spring pin 14. Rod 15. Differential lock fork 16. Spring 17. Piston
10-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-16 10-16
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Brakes and rear axle assembly
6
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
5
10
12
11
D0025210
Fig.17 - Brakes and rear axle assembly 1. Halfshaft 2. Dust seal 3. Bearing 4. oil seal 5. Bearing 6. Ring gear 7. Brake cylinder 8. Piston 9. Friction disc 10. Halfshaft 11. Planet gear 12. Planet carrier
10-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-17 10-17
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.1.3 - Rear. PTO Description The rear power take-off allows drive to be transmitted to an implement at a predetermined rotation speed. The rotary drive is taken directly from the engine and the operator controls engagement of the PTO via the push-button on the right-hand side of the driving seat. The rear PTO, for 540, 540 ECO, 1000 and 1000 ECO, is engaged by way of the electrohydraulic operated PTO cutch, while the Groundspeed PTO (when present) is engaged by way of a mechanical control. The PTO speed is a selected by mechanical controls. The rear PTO is supplied in 2 versions with two or four rotation speeds: ●
PTO 540-1000
●
PTO 540 - 540 ECO - 1000 and 1000 ECO
In addition, a further shaft for the Groundspeed PTO may be installed. The speed of the groundspeed PTO is directly proportional to the rotation speed of the rear wheels with a fixed ratio between PTO shaft and wheel speeds.
Power flow diagram
Fig.18 - Rear. 2 speed
10-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-18 10-18
6/21/2007 4:31:34 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Fig.19 - Rear. 4 speed
PTO control clutch assembly 2
3
1 B
4 A
5
B
A
6
A-A
8
7
9 10 11
12
B-B
D0036360
Fig.20 - PTO control clutch assembly 1. Hub 10-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-19 10-19
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
2
3
1 B
4 A
5
B
A
6
A-A
8
7
9 10 11
12
B-B
D0036360
Fig.20 - PTO control clutch assembly 2. PTO engagement clutch 3. Clutch drum 4. Housing 5. PTO brake clutch piston 6. PTO brake clutch 7. PTO engagement piston 8. Piston return spring 9. Accumulator cylinder 10. Accumulator spring 11. Accumulator piston 12. Pressure relief valve
Malfunction The following text describes what happens when the PTO is engaged ●
When the operator activates PTO engagement, the solenoid valve (1) is energized and the pressurized oil from the regulator valve (2) flows into the line a.
●
The pressurized oil from regulator valve (2) is thus introduced into chamber b of accumulator (3).
●
As the pressure in chamber b, increases, the force exerted by the pressure on piston (4) compresses springs (5). The increased stroke of piston (4) corresponds to an increase in the pressure in chamber b and chamber c of piston (6). For this reason, the clutch engagement pressure is modulated in the pressure range between 2 and 12 bar. Simultaneously the oil in passage d is returned to tank and the pressure acting on piston (7) decreases, thereby allowing the hub to rotate (8).
10-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-20 10-20
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
5
3
4
b 2
a 1 d c
8 7
D0036370
6
Fig.21 The following text describes what happens when the PTO is disengaged ●
The PTO is disengaged by de-energizing the solenoid valve (1).
●
The oil under pressure in the line a is sent into the discharge circuit via the solenoid valve (1).
●
Because of the decrease in pressure in passage a, piston (4) is pushed to the right by springs (5) and force of spring (9) pushes piston (6) to the right, bringing it to the rest position. At the same time, the pressurised oil from regulator valve (2) flows into passage d. This causes piston (7) to shift to the right, thereby operating the PTO brake and stopping rotation of hub (8).
10-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-21 10-21
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Fig.22
10-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-22 10-22
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.1.4 - 2 and 4-speed PTO and groundspeed PTO 2-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO 15 1
23
4
5 6 7
13
15
14
12
16
13
11 8 9 D0036390
10
Fig.23 - 2-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO 1. Drive shaft 2. Bearing 3. 1000 PTO drive gear 4. Bearing 5. Cover 6. Bearing 7. 540-1000 PTO output shaft 8. Groundspeed PTO output shaft 9. Bearing 10. 540 PTO driven gear 11. 1000 PTO driven gear 12. Bearing 13. Selector sleeve 14. Yoke 15. Speed selector lever 16. Shoe
10-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-23 10-23
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 4-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO 56
7 17
18
19
8 9 12
10
34
20
11 22 21
19
20
12
16
15
14
13
D0036400
Fig.24 - 4-speed PTO and GROUNDSPEED PTO 1. PTO input shaft 2. Normal /ECO PTO selector sleeve 3. ECO PTO drive shaft 4. Flange 5. Normal PTO drive shaft input 6. ECO PTO drive gear 7. Bearing 8. Cover 9. Bearing 10. 540-1000 PTO output shaft 11. Groundspeed PTO output shaft 12. Bearing 13. ECO -1000 PTO driven gear 14. 1000/540 PTO selector sleeve 15. 540 PTO driven gear 16. Bearing 17. Yoke 18. Shoe 19. Normal /ECO PTO selector sleeve 20. 540/1000 PTO selector sleeve 21. Shoe 22. Yoke
10-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-24 10-24
6/21/2007 4:31:35 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.2 - FRONT AXLE 10.2.1 - Front axle
Fig.25 - Steering angle “A” ● ●
Single-acting steering cylinders version: 50° Double-acting steering cylinders version: 55°
10-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-25 10-25
6/21/2007 4:31:36 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Final drive
Fig.26 - Final drive 1. Planet carrier 2. oil seal 3. Ring gear 4. Brake disc 5. Steering knuckle housing 6. Top pin 7. Gasket 8. Top bearing 9. Halfshaft 10. Roller cage 11. oil seal 12. Lower bearing 13. Gasket 14. Lower pin 15. Brake piston 16. Steel disc 17. Friction disc 18. Bearing 19. Cover 20. Protective disc 21. Planet gear 22. Pin 23. Sensor drive plate 24. Sensor drive pin 25. Steering angle sensor 26. Sensor cover 10-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-26 10-26
6/21/2007 4:31:36 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS PINION, DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Fig.27 - PINION, DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK 1. Axle housing 2. Bevel crown wheel 3. Planet gear 4. Sun gear 5. Differential carrier 6. Differential lock device 7. Halfshaft 8. Bearing 9. Bearing 10. Spacer 11. Bearing 12. oil seal 13. oil seal 14. oil seal 15. Ringnut 16. Pinion 17. Differential carrier 18. Bearing 19. Sun gear 20. Differential carrier 21. Piston 22. Shock absorber spring 23. Return spring 24. Differential locking engagement lever 25. Shoe
10-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-27 10-27
6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 10.3.1 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 85) Description The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system that comprises two main circuits: ●
Steering and services circuit.
●
Lift and auxiliary services control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices which control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators, where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.
7
8
9
10
11
12 13
A B 6
14 5
15
2
3 4
17
16
1
D0025320
Fig.28 - Hydraulic system diagram 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Suction line filter Steering circuit gear pump Lift gear pump Suction line filter Power steering Steering cylinder HML solenoid valve assembly
10-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-28 10-28
6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
7
8
9
10
11
12 13
A B 6
14 5
2
15
3 4
17
16
1
D0025320
Fig.28 - Hydraulic system diagram 8. Hydraulic reverse shuttle solenoid valves assembly 9. 4WD engagement device 10. Differential lock engagement device 11. Rear PTO clutch 12. Services solenoid valve assembly 13. Auxiliary services directional control valve 14. Hydraulic lift directional control valve 15. Lift cylinder 16. HML and secondary shaft assembly lubrication 17. Ejector
10-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-29 10-29
6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Hydraulic system diagrams Hydraulic steering and services diagram 7 5 6
14 cm3 0.8-8 bar
6 R
L
T
12 bar
0.5-1 L/min.
2
8
150 Bar
4
1.1
T
P
P
11 bar
3
1135 cm 3
0.5-1 L/min.
C
M12x1.5
C1
21 bar
M12x1.5
12 bar
L
C
B
A
5 bar
P1 T
500 m
P
500 m
T
P
90 m
H
9
11 T
T
10 E
2
Sx
-0.5 bar
1
25 m nom.
D0036480
Rear gear box
Fig.29 - Hydraulic steering and services diagram 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Suction filter (25 μm) Hydraulic pump (14 cc/rev) Resonator Power steering Steering cylinders Oil cooler Rear PTO clutch Differential lock devices Pressure holding valves assembly
10-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-30 10-30
6/21/2007 4:31:37 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
7 5 6
14 cm3 0.8-8 bar
6 R
L
T
12 bar
0.5-1 L/min.
2
8
150 Bar
4
1.1
T
P
P
11 bar
3
1135 cm 3
0.5-1 L/min.
C
M12x1.5
C1
21 bar
M12x1.5
12 bar
L
C
B
A
5 bar
P1 T
500 m
P
500 m
T
P
90 m
H
9
11 T
T
10 E
Sx
2
-0.5 bar
1
25 m nom.
D0036480
Rear gear box
Fig.29 - Hydraulic steering and services diagram 10. Filter 11. Services solenoid valve assembly
10-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-31 10-31
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version)
6 3 B1
A1
B2
A2
4
5
T
210 bar 1.2
T
T 1
190 bar
RV 1
H.P.C. 0
2
2
T
T
T Lif
0.7x4
Lower
t 1
0 1
0
Neutral
1
P
6 bar
P
T
2 Dx -0.5 bar
1 25 m
25 m
0.03 bar
D0036490
Rear gear box
Fig.30 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve diagram (BASIC) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Suction filter (25 μm) Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev) 4-way auxiliary services control valve Hydraulic lift directional control valve Lift cylinders
10-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-32 10-32
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version) 7 v0= 0.7 L p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L p0= 130 bar
70 bar
6
8 Q regol. 16 L/min
5 B1
A1
B2
B3
A2
A3
4 T
T 190 bar
3
RV 1
1
1
0
0
0
2
2
2
H.P.C.
2 0
1
2 0 1 3
P
10
11 bar
9 T
B
1.2
210 bar
Lf Tractor brake
Freno trattore Sx
3 1
T
N Y2
Y1
Comando ON/OFF Freno
Rh Tractor brake
T
T Lift
0.7x4
Lower
1
ON/OFF brake control
Neutral
Freno trattore Dx
T P
6 bar
P
2 T
Dx -0.5 bar
1 25 m
25 m
0.03 bar
D0036530
Rear gear box
Fig.31 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve diagram (FULL OPTIONAL) 1. Suction line filter 2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev) 3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve 4. 8-way auxiliary services control valve 5. Free drain 6. Front power-lift 7. Damper valve assembly 8. Rate of drop control valve 9. Electronic lift directional control valve 10. Lift cylinders
10-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-33 10-33
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.2 - Hydraulic system (Agrofarm 100) Description The tractors in this series are equipped with a hydraulic system that comprises two main circuits: ●
Steering and services circuit.
●
Lift and auxiliary services control valve circuit.
Each of these circuits is supplied with oil by a hydraulic gear pump that converts the power supplied by the engine into hydraulic energy. The oil flow generated by the pumps is sent to the devices which control the distribution of the oil pressure to the actuators, where the hydraulic energy is converted into mechanical energy.
7
8
9
10
11
12 13
A B 6
14 5
2
15
3 4
17
16
1
D0025320
Fig.32 - Hydraulic system 1. Suction line filter 2. Steering circuit gear pump 3. Lift gear pump 4. Suction line filter 5. Power steering 6. Steering cylinder 7. HML solenoid valve assembly 8. Hydraulic reverse shuttle solenoid valves assembly 9. 4WD engagement device 10. Differential lock engagement device 10-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-34 10-34
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
7
8
9
10
11
12 13
A B 6
14 5
2
15
3 4
17
16
1
D0025320
Fig.32 - Hydraulic system 11. Rear PTO clutch 12. Services solenoid valve assembly 13. Auxiliary services directional control valve 14. Hydraulic lift directional control valve 15. Lift cylinder 16. HML and secondary shaft assembly lubrication 17. Ejector
10-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-35 10-35
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Hydraulic system diagrams Hydraulic steering and services diagram 9 5
32 cm3
6
5
0.8-8 bar
R
L
T
12 bar
0.5-1 L/min.
2
1.1
150 Bar
4
T
P
P
11 bar
3
1135 cm 3
0.5-1 L/min.
C
M12x1.5
C1
21 bar
M12x1.5
12 bar
L
C
B
A
5 bar
P1 T
500 m
P
500 m
T
P
90 m
H
7
8 T
E
Sx
T
2
-0.5 bar
1
25 m nom.
D0036500
Rear gear box
Fig.33 - Hydraulic steering and services diagram 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Suction filter (25 μm) Hydraulic pump (11 cc/rev) Resonator Power steering Steering cylinders Oil cooler Pressure holding valve HI-LO engagement solenoid valve Rear PTO clutch
10-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-36 10-36
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version)
6 3 B1
A1
B2
A2
4
5
T
210 bar 1.5
T
T
RV
1
190 bar 1
1
0
0
2
2
P
H.P.C. T
1
T Lif
Lower
t
T
Neutral
0 1
1
6 bar
P
T
2 Dx -0.5 bar
1 25 m
25 m
0.03 bar
D0036510
Rear gear box
Fig.34 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services directional control valve circuit diagram (basic version) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Suction filter (25 μm) Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev) Free drain 4-way auxiliary services control valve Hydraulic lift directional control valve Lift cylinders
10-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-37 10-37
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version) 7 v0= 0.7 L p0= 130 bar
v0= 0.7 L p0= 130 bar
70 bar
6
8 Q regol. 16 L/min
5 B1
A1
B2
B3
A2
A3
4 T
T 190 bar
3
RV 1
1
1
0
0
0
2
2
2
H.P.C.
2 0
1
2 0 1 3
P
10
11 bar
9 T
B
1.2
210 bar
Lf Tractor brake
Freno trattore Sx
3 1
T
N Y2
Y1
Rh Tractor brake
T
T Lift
0.7x4
Lower
1
ON/OFF brake control
Neutral
Freno trattore Dx
T P
Comando ON/OFF Freno
6 bar
P
2 T
Dx -0.5 bar
1 25 m
25 m
0.03 bar
D0036530
Rear gear box
Fig.35 - Hydraulic lift and auxiliary services control valve diagram (full optional version) 1. Suction line filter 2. Hydraulic pump (22.5 cc/rev) 3. Hydraulic trailer braking valve 4. Free drain 5. 8-way auxiliary services control valve 6. Front power-lift 7. Damper valve assembly 8. Rate of drop control valve 9. Lift cylinder 10. Lift unit auxiliary cylinder 11. Electronic lift directional control valve 10-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-38 10-38
6/21/2007 4:31:38 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.3 - Steering circuit pump - directional control valve circuit STEERING CIRCUIT GEAR PUMP
Fig.36 - Steering circuit gear pump ● ●
displacement: 14 cc/rev Maximum operating pressure: 155 bars
10-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-39 10-39
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Lift circuit gear pump
Fig.37 - Lift circuit gear pump ● ●
displacement: 22.5 cc/rev Maximum operating pressure: 190 bars
10-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-40 10-40
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.4 - Power steering
Fig.38 - Power steering OPERATION ●
The power steering system consists of a directional control valve with a rotary spool; these components have hydrostatic operation.
●
When the steering wheel is turned, the rotary spool control valve sends the oil from the pump to one side or the other of the steering cylinder. The rotary spool ensures that that the volume of oil delivered to the cylinder is proportional to the angle through which the steering wheel is turned.
●
In the event of a malfunction of the power steering pump, the rotary spool valve automatically functions as a manual pump to ensure emergency steering.
Technical characteristics ●
Relief valve setting: 150-155 bar
●
displacement: 125 cc/rev
10-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-41 10-41
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.5 - Auxiliary services directional control valve 1
2
2
3
4 B1
B1
B2
A1
1 A1
B2
A2 T
190 bar
P
A2
1
1
0
0
2
2
H.P.C.
1 0
3
4
D0036620
Fig.39 - Auxiliary services control valve - 4-way version 1. 2. 3. 4.
Detent element Double-acting section Pressure relief valve Double/single acting conversion screw 1
2
3 5 1
4
2 B1
B1
B2
B3
A1
5
3 B2
A2
B3
190 bar
3
1
1 1
A1
A2
A3
P
0 2
4
A3
H.P.C.
0 2 1 0 2
2 3 1 0 2
D0036610
Fig.40 - Auxiliary services control valve - 6-way version 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Double-acting section Detent element Float element Pressure relief valve Check valve
10-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-42 10-42
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.6 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 85) Hydraulic lift directional control valve B
19
F A
A
11
C
C D
D E
E F-F F 20 A-A B
16
15 11
10
2
19
ł1.2
20
20
210 bar
T
ł1
14 13
17
12
E-E
21
B-B
7 T T
8
T
Lift
0.7x4
18
A
Lower
ł1 ł1.5 6 bar
5
21
7
6
4 TT
3 18
16 9
2 17
D-D
12
10
C-C
1
D0032000
Fig.41 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve Components 1. Pipe union 2. Rate of drop control valve spool (Valvematic) 3. Crankpin 4. Rate of drop regulator valve spring 5. Spacer 6. Lift control spool return spring 7. Lift control spool 8. One-way valve actuator piston 9. Valve stem 10. One-way valve 11. Inlet valve 12. Pilot/enabling valve 13. Pilot/enabling valve spring 14. Spacer 15. Enabling valve spring 16. Enabling valve 17. One-way valve 18. Choke 10-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-43 10-43
6/21/2007 4:31:39 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
B
19
F A
A
11
C
C D
D E
E F-F F 20 A-A B
16
15 11
10
2
19
ł1.2
20
20
210 bar
T
ł1
14 13
17
12
E-E
21
B-B
7 T T
8
T
Lift
0.7x4
18
A
Lower
ł1 ł1.5 6 bar
5
21
7
6
4 TT
3 18
16 9
2 17
D-D
12
10
C-C
1
D0032000
Fig.41 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve 19. Relief valve 20. Directional control valve power 21. Lift control
Function The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the linkage to be raised and lowered. It incorporates the following valves: ●
One-way valve (1)
●
Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
●
Inlet valve (3)
●
Enabling valve (4)
●
Pilot/enabling valve (5)
●
Safety valve (6)
10-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-44 10-44
6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Fig.42
Malfunction When the lift control is in neutral position ●
The pressurised oil from the pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the force exerted on the enabling valve (2) overcomes that of the spring (3), the valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow out.
Fig.43 When the lift is raised ●
When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, lift lowering begins; this can be divided into two stages:
STAGE 1 ●
When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, this connects:
●
line b with line c thereby allowing the piston (6) to move to the right.
●
line d to drain line h thereby allowing the pressure in line e to fall.
10-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-45 10-45
6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 6
e
c b d
4 h
f
5 g
D0032320
2
Fig.44 STAGE 2 ●
When the piston (6) moves to the right, the ball (7) is also moved to the right to connect chamber m of the check valve (8) with line e. Consequently the pressure in chamber m is decreased and the force exerted on the piston (6) by the pressure in chamber n pushes the valve (8) to right thereby connecting line p with linee and allowing the oil to flow and the lift to be be lowered. Valve (9) is used to regulate the rate of drop; when moved downwards, it limits the flow of oil between port t and line p. t
n
6
e
7
8 m
9 p
D0032330
Fig.45 When the lift is raised ●
When the spool (4) is shifted to the left, this opens the connecting passages between lines b and d, f and g, a and e. When the forces exerted by the pressure in line e overcomes the force exerted by the pressure in chamber m, the valve (8) is shifted to the right and oil can flow into line p and from there, through the valve (9), to port t and the lifting cylinder (10. To increase the lifting speed i.e. the flow of oil to the lifting cylinder (10), a one-way valve (11) is installed in parallel with the spool (4); this ensures that oil is only supplied during the lifting stage
10-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-46 10-46
6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.7 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 100) Hydraulic lift directional control valve E
14
13
12 D
D C
C B
B
A
A E A-A
17
16
15 8
6
9
10
11
7
18
E-E
D-D
11
10
3
B-B 19
T
1
2
3
4
ø1.5
210 bar
5 ø1
7 18 T
T Lift
Lower
ø1 6 bar
P
C-C 19
18
16
D0024050
12
Fig.46 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve Components 1. Relief valve 2. Plug 3. Rate of drop control valve spool (Valvematic) 4. Crankpin 5. Rate of drop regulator valve spring 6. Lift control spool return spring 7. Lift control spool 8. One-way valve actuator piston 9. Valve stem 10. One-way valve 11. Inlet valve 12. Pilot/enabling valve 13. Pilot/enabling valve spring 14. Spacer 15. Enabling valve spring 16. Enabling valve 17. Directional control valve power 18. Exhaust 19. Lift control
10-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-47 10-47
6/21/2007 4:31:40 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Function The function of the lift control valve is to direct oil pressure to the lifting cylinder, thereby allowing the linkage to be raised and lowered. It incorporates the following valves: ●
One-way valve (1)
●
Rate of drop control valve (Valvematic) (2)
●
Inlet valve (3)
●
Enabling valve (4)
●
Pilot/enabling valve (5)
●
Safety valve (6)
Fig.47
Malfunction When the lift control is in neutral position ●
The pressurised oil from the pump (1) flows to line a. As all the passages are closed, the pressure increases and when the force exerted on the enabling valve (2) overcomes that of the spring (3), the valve (2) shifts to the right to allow oil to flow out.
10-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-48 10-48
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Fig.48 When the lift is lowered ●
When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, lift lowering begins; this can be divided into two stages:
STAGE 1 ●
When the spool (4) is shifted to the right, this connects:
●
line b with line c thereby allowing the piston (6) to move to the right.
●
line d to drain line h thereby allowing the pressure in line e to fall. 6
e
c b d
4 h
f
5 g
2
D0032370
Fig.49 STAGE 2 ●
When the piston (6) moves to the right, the ball (7) is also moved to the right to connect chamber m of the check valve (8) with line e. Consequently the pressure in chamber m is decreased and the force exerted on the piston (6) by the pressure in chamber n pushes the valve (8) to right thereby connecting line p with linee and allowing the oil to flow and the lift to be be lowered. Valve (9) is used to regulate the rate of drop; when moved downwards, it limits the flow of oil between port t and line p.
10-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-49 10-49
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS t
n
6
e
7
8 m
9 p
D0032380
Fig.50 When the lift is raised ●
When the spool (4) is shifted to the left, this opens the connecting passages between lines b and d, f and g, a and e. When the forces exerted by the pressure in line e overcomes the force exerted by the pressure in chamber m, the valve (8) is shifted to the right and oil can flow into line p and from there, through the valve (9), to port t and the lifting cylinder (10. To increase the lifting speed i.e. the flow of oil to the lifting cylinder (10), a one-way valve (11) is installed in parallel with the spool (4); this ensures that oil is only supplied during the lifting stage t
e
8 m
10
9
b
4
p d 11
f
g a
D0032390
Fig.51
10-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-50 10-50
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.8 - Braking system Description The braking system is 4 braking devices (1 for each wheel) operated by two hydraulic pumps with mechanical control. Each pump supplies oil to the brakes on one side of the tractor (right or left), giving the operator the possibility to apply the brakes on one side only and thus reduce the turning radius. The “Separate-Brakes” valve in the braking circuit allows braking on the rear wheel only when the operator requires.
1
2
3
4
5
D0002310
Fig.52 - Braking system diagram 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Front axle Master cylinder for RH side brakes Master cylinder for LH side brakes Separate-Brakes valve Rear axle
10-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-51 10-51
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.9 - “Separate-Brake” valve Function The Separate-Brake valve serves to exclude front wheel braking when the operator presses only one of the brake pedals. ON
OFF
HS
AR AL
AR
PL
PR
PL PR
L
ON
R
OFF AR
AL Pedale SX
OFF
ON
HS Pedale DX PL
Due pedali
PR L
R
D0002320
Fig.53 - “Separate-Brake” valve
10-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-52 10-52
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 3
2
4
1
11 HS
10 5 5 6
6 7
7 AL
AR
PL
PR
8 8 9 9 D0002330
L
R
Fig.54 - Components 1. Drive shaft 2. End cover 3. Flange 4. Control knob 5. Piston 6. Spring 7. Crankpin 8. Ball 9. Spring 10. Spring 11. Ball
Malfunction When the valve is not activated ●
In the following explanation it is assumed that the operator presses just one of the brake pedals; operation with both pedals is the same.
10-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-53 10-53
6/21/2007 4:31:41 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Fig.55 ●
When the valve is not activated, piston (1) in the lower position and the force of springs (2) push spools (3) downwards.
●
When one of the brake pedals is pressed (e.g. the RH pedal), the oil pressure pushes plunger (3) upwards against piston (1), thereby opening the connecting passage between chambers a and b.
●
This allows the oil pressure to reach both brakes on the side corresponding to the pedal that is pressed.
When the valve is activated and just one brake pedal is pressed
10-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-54 10-54
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Fig.56 ●
When the valve is activated, pistons (1) are in their high position.
●
When one of the brake pedals is pressed (e.g. the LH pedal), the oil pressure pushes plunger (3) upwards, overcoming the force of spring (2).
●
At the same time ball (4) is pushed upwards by spring (5) so that it closes the connecting passage between chambers a and b.
●
As a result, the oil flow from the pump is directed only towards the rear wheel brake.
When the valve is activated and both brake pedals are pressed
10-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-55 10-55
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Fig.57 ●
When the valve is activated and both brake pedals are pressed, the oil flow is directed to chambers c and d.
●
As the pressure acting on plungers (3) is the same, they are pushed downward exclusively by the force of springs (2).
●
As a result, the oil flow from the master cylinders is directed to the front and rear brakes on both sides of the tractor.
●
Even if the operator forgets to deactivate the valve after finishing field work, as soon as both brake pedals are pressed, braking on all four wheels is ensured.
10-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-56 10-56
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.10 - Trailer braking valve ITALY version Function The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
Operation
1 3
2
P
B
N
4
D0021840
Fig.58 - Trailer braking valve - ITALY version Valve control lever in position “1” ●
When lever (1) is in position “1” (valve activated) and the brake pedals are not pressed, there is a pressure of 12.5 bar (181.3 psi) available at port B.
●
This pressure is supplied constantly to the trailer to release the parking brake. In this condition, the pressure detected by the pressure switch (2) is higher than the pressure setting and consequently the indicator light (3) on the instrument panel remains off.
●
When the operator engages the parking brake, the lever (4) is operated too. The pressure at port B is thus eliminated and the pressure switch (2), on detecting the lack of pressure, illuminates the indicator light (3) on the instrument panel.
●
The pressure at port B is directly proportional to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Valve control lever in position “O” ●
When the lever (1) is in position “O” (valve deactivated), there is no pressure at port B. As a result, the pressure switch (2) detects the lack of pressure and illuminates the inidcator light (3) on the dashboard. In this condition, the pressure at port B remains null regardless of the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
10-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-57 10-57
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Y1 P
1
o
o
N
o
E Y2
B
T
P Y1 Y2 N D0021810
E B
T
Fig.59 - Couplers ●
P - Valve supply N - To auxiliary services control valve ● B - To trailer brake ● T - Exhaust ● Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system ● E - Parking brake pressure switch Technical characteristics ●
●
Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar (2900 psi)
●
Minimum constant pressure at port B: 12.5±2 bar (181.3±29 psi)
●
Maximum pressure at port B: 135±5 bar (1885±72.5 psi)
●
Oil supply flow rate: 20÷80 ,/min (5.3 ÷ 79.7 US.gpm)
EXPORT version Function The trailer braking valve is fitted when hydraulic trailer braking is required.
10-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-58 10-58
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Operation
P
B
N
D0021820
Fig.60 - Trailer braking valve - EXPORT version ●
When the brakes are not applied there is no pressure at port B.
●
When the operator applies the tractor brakes, the pressure in the circuit pilots the braking valve and the pressure at port B increases proportionally to the pressure in the tractor braking circuit.
Y1 P
P
T Y1
N Y2
Y2 B
N
B D0021830
Fig.61 - Couplers ●
P - Valve supply N - To auxiliary services control valve ● B - To trailer brake ● T - Exhaust ● Y1-Y2 - Connection to tractor braking system Technical characteristics ●
●
Maximum operating pressure at port N: 200 bar (2900 psi)
●
Minimum constant pressure at port B: 0 bar (0 psi)
●
Maximum pressure at port B: 130÷135 bar (1885÷1957.5 psi)
●
Oil supply flow rate: 20÷80 ,/min (5.3 - 8.7 US.gpm)
10-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-59 10-59
6/21/2007 4:31:42 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 10.3.11 - Services solenoid valve assembly B
3 C
B
1
B-B
2
A H B T
C
11 bar
A-A
2 C
BA
1 A
A T
3
500 m
P
500 m
T
P
90 m
T
D0036590
Fig.62 - Services solenoid valve assembly Components 1. PTO engagement solenoid valve 2. Differential lock engagement solenoid valve 3. Filter Couplers ●
H - Oil supply (from holding valve unit)
●
T - Exhaust
●
A - To rear PTO engagement clutch
●
B - To rear PTO brake engagement clutch
●
C - To differential lock engagement device
10-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-60 10-60
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Pressure holding valve unit
1
2 T
3
C-C
6
B
A
P1 C1
A-A
H
5
C
B
C
A
6 P
4
C C1
L
L
5 21 bar
12 bar
5 bar
P1
2 B-B H
1
T
3
D0036600
4
Fig.63 - Pressure holding valve unit Components 1. Check valve 2. Services circuit supply pressure control valve 3. Cooler by-pass valve 4. Lubrication pressure control valve 5. Pressure control valve test point 6. Cooler by-pass valve pressure test point Couplers ●
P1 - Oil supply
●
T - Exhaust
●
H - Services solenoid valve supply
●
L - To lubrication
●
C1 - To cooler
10-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-61 10-61
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
10-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 810-62 10-62
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
20 - CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSIS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-1 20-1
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 20.1 - DIAGNOSTIC INSTRUMENT 20.1.1 - All Round Tester Description In order to be able to troubleshoot correctly, commission the tractor and check the electrical components of the lift and engine systems work properly, the Technician has an instrument called the All Round Tester (hereinafter ART). Using the ART, the technician can: ●
display errors (faults) that have occurred;
●
carry out sensor calibration or setting procedures;
●
display data detected by the electronic control units (e.g. status of the sensors) managing the systems.
The exchange of data between the ART and the control units occurs by way of a diagnosis socket incorporated into the wiring harnesses of the tractor. Accordingly, the ART comes with different types of interface cables for the different models and versions of tractor being serviced, which must be used as indicated in the relative workshop manuals or on the CD supplied with the kit.
Description of the KIT The ART is supplied to Authorised Workshops in a carrying case containing:
1 9 7
2
8
6
4
5
3 F0057690
Fig.64 Tab.10 POS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
1 2
5.9030.730.6/30 5.9030.730.0 5.9030.681.3/10
3 4 5
5.9030.681.7 5.9030.681.5 5.9030.681.4
Case, complete All Round Tester Diagnostic cable for BOSCH EHR4 rear hydraulic lift Diagnosis and programming cable of electronic regulator, original type Diagnosis cable of SBA system, original type Adapter cable for radar connector Adapter cable for wheel speed sensor connector Cable for diagnostic socket *
20-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-2 20-2
6/21/2007 4:31:43 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC POS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
6 7
0.011.6178.4 0.011.5445.4
8 9
0.010.2154.2 307.1056.8/60
Adapter cable for diagnosis socket on armrest Cable for connection to diagnosis socket in engine, gearbox, and lift control units zone EPROM port box CD ROM
* As from 01/01/06 the cable has been modified to allow the All Round Tester to connect to all control units. Contact the Technical Assistance Service for further information.
Notes on correct use The ART is protected against battery polarity inversion, and positive or negative overvoltages of momentary duration (1 msec). Do not attempt to connect the ART to non-dedicated sockets, and do not use trailing connections or extension cables. The display features permanent backlighting in order to ensure visibility in all light conditions. A knob on the side allows adjustment of the contrast. If no information appears on the display it may be that the knob is positioned in such a way that data displayed on the screen are not visible. The tester operates correctly at temperatures between 0 and 40 °C, and should be switched off every 30 minutes to maximise its service life. Before disconnecting the ART from the diagnostic socket, turn the starter key to the “O” (OFF) position.
Description of the Tester
4 5
1
3
2
F0057700
Fig.65 The ART includes: 1. Liquid crystal display featuring permanent backlighting 2. 16-key alphanumeric keypad 3. Contrast adjustment knob. Used to adjust the contrast. If no information appears on the display it may be that the knob is positioned in such a way that data reading field on the screen is not visible. 4. Parallel port (used to connect the ART to systems with electronic control units that do not have microprocessors). 5. Serial port (used to connect the ART to systems with electronic control units incorporating microprocessors).
General notes on connecting and powering up the Tester 1 To connect the tester to the tractor electronic system proceed as follows: 2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key; 3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket; 4 Put the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON).
20-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-3 20-3
6/21/2007 4:31:44 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 5 When the ART powers up, a page appears showing an internal test run by the instrument to check the battery charge. If the voltage registers less than 10V, the ART does not have sufficient power to connect to the control units, whereas if the value is higher than 15V the instrument could be damaged. After a few seconds, the tester attempts to connect to the electronic system and displays a page (which may vary depending on the tractor or the connector to which it is plugged), from which the technician can choose to connect to a given control unit and test the operation of the components.
Selection of the display language 1 The ART is able to display information in a number of different languages (factory setting: ENGLISH). To change the display language, proceed as follows. 2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key 3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket 4 While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to “I” (ON). 5 Enter the password 1 2 3 F.
20-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-4 20-4
6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 6 Press “1 - Language SEL.”.
7 Press “C to change” and then the key corresponding to the desired language. In the example above, key “2 - ENGLISH” was pressed to select English. Press “E EXIT” twice to quit Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and disconnect the ART from the diagnostic socket.
Configuring the serial ports 1 The tractor electronic systems to which the ART can be connected are different one from another and utilize different pinouts at the diagnosis socket for interfacing purposes. For this reason, the serial ports must first be configured so as to guarantee full compatibility of the ART with all SAME electronic systems. To change the serial ports configuration, proceed as follows. 2 Switch off the engine and remove the starter key 3 Connect the ART to a diagnostic socket 4 While holding pressed key A on the keypad, turn the starter key to “I” (ON)
20-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-5 20-5
6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 5 Enter the password 1 2 3 F.
6 Press “2 - Serial Ports”.
7 Enable all the serial ports by pressing “1 - Port Enable” seven times. Press “E EXIT” twice to quit. Turn the starter key to “O” (OFF) and disconnect the ART from the diagnostic socket.
20-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-6 20-6
6/21/2007 4:31:45 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 20.1.2 - Connecting the tester to the lift and engine control units Connecting the tester to the electronic control units 1
WARNING Before connecting the ART®, switch off the engine and remove the key from the starter switch.
Connecting ART® to the hydraulic lift and engine control units 1 Connect cable (1) (P/N. 5.9030.861.4) to the ART® (2) (code. 5.9030.730.0). Insert connector (3) in connector X62 located inside the LH console.
1 3
Check that connectors (3) and X62 are securely connected.
2
2 Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to “I” (ON) to switch on the tester. 3 On power up, the ART(r) will perform the battery level test and then display the following screen:
4 The technician should now press the key corresponding to the control unit to be tested. 5
WARNING Do not start the engine unless this is required for subsequent operations.
20-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-7 20-7
6/21/2007 4:31:46 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 20.2 - INTRODUCTION TO THE TRACTOR≈S ELECTRONIC SYSTEM 20.2.1 - Introduction to the tractor’s electronic system Instrument panel The instrument panel installed on these tractors is designed and programmed to manage and display the information needed by the operator to control the operation of the tractor in various work conditions, displaying the performance values in real time and signal any faults detected by the ECU and transmission control unit by means of the display located on the right-hand side. The instrument panel comprises a single unit that mounts three digital displays supplying information by means of a text message display and analogue instruments showing engine revs, fuel level, etc. The instrument panel also incorporates indicator lights showing the operating status of various tractor systems, or the presence of faults (e.g. clogged oil filters, etc.). In addition, engine preheating is controlled from the instrument panel.
Fig.66
Description of the preheating system The preheating system is managed by a logic system in the instrument panel and it is designed to ensure that the engine starts correctly when the coolant temperature is below +30°C. A special feature of the system is that the preheating cycle is enabled manually by the operator and only if the coolant temperature is below 30 °C. The preheating cycle does not terminate with the starting of the engine, but continues for a certain time through a so-called postheating phase that heats the combustion air drawn into the engine in order to reduce the amount of white exhaust smoke typically produced during this stage. The air drawn into the engine is preheated by a heating element (flange located on the intake manifold containing an electrical resistance). The instrument panel, powered on when the starter key is turned, indicates the preheating operation by means of a yellow light, and ensures the system operation by means of a series of sensors and air preheating device. The sensors connected to the control unit are as follows; the coolant temperature sensor (specific for the preheating system) and the alternator, which transmits the “W” signal, starter key (which transmits the engine start signal) and the “Preheating” pushbutton. The preheating device is comprised of a relay feeding power to the heating element and the heating element itself.
Operation Operation of the preheating device is automatic, and the device is activated only when the coolant temperature is below 30°C. When the operator turns the key to “I” (ON) without starting the engine, the instrument panel reads the temperature of the coolant and, if lower than +30°C, illuminates the yellow indicator light (flashing) thereby alerting the operator to the fact that that the engine should only be started on completion of the preheating phase. The operator must therefore wait for around 10 seconds before attempting to start the engine (this is the time required for completion of the preheating phase). On termination of the preheating phase, the operator can start the engine and, as soon as it receives the W signal from the alternator, the control unit starts the postheating phase (flashing yellow light). The duration of the postheating phase can vary between 35 seconds to a maximum of 320 seconds, depending on the the temperature of the coolant. 20-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-8 20-8
6/21/2007 4:31:46 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC Important: The control unit activates the post-heating phase only after receiving the W signal indicating that the engine is running and that the battery charging warning light off. If the red battery charging warning light does not go out, due, for example, to the engine idle speed being too low, the post-heating phase will not be activated. If the engine start attempt is unsuccessful, in order to repeat the start procedure the operator must return the starter key to “O” (OFF) and then repeat the procedure from the beginning. The instrument panel features a self-diagnostic function and in the event of malfunctioning of the components it manages it informs the operator of the fault by means of a coded message shown on the right-hand display.
5K
3K 20 15
7 8 13 19
8
15 21
14
125A
F104
F9
15A
F1
+30
5A
3A
+50
F8
+15
X5
1 2
A
B
2 1
t
4
3
2
RL42
+30
W
1
D0036630
Fig.67 1. 2. 3. 4.
Alternator Preheater power relay Preheating device Engine coolant temperature sensor.
20-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-9 20-9
6/21/2007 4:31:47 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 20.3 - PUTTING THE TRACTOR INTO SERVICE 20.3.1 - Putting the tractor into service introduction This chapter contains all the information required to establish or restore correct operation of the tractor’s various electronic systems. Whenever an electronic control unit of the tractor is changed or a calibration-sensitive electronic component replaced, the tractor must be put into service as if from new. The necessary procedures must be carried out by a skilled technician, who in turn must follow the instructions in the manual precisely.
Renewal of the instrument panel Each time the instrument panel is renewed, the Technician must carry out these operations: ●
Programming the type of tractor
●
enter the wheels constant
●
set speed conversion factors
The tractor type and wheels constant settings serve to inform the ECU of the parameters to be used to display information. To perform the configuration, connect the ART to the connector on the left-hand side of the instrument panel, then select the instrument panel (CLUSTER) from the “AVAILABLE TESTS” menu and proceed as described.
Programming the type of tractor 1 From the opening menu press “E” to open the “MAIN MENU”. 2 From the main menu, press “2 - CALIBRATION” to open the “PARAMETERS MENU”.
20-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-10 20-10
6/21/2007 4:31:47 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 3 From the parameters menu press “1- PARAMETERS” on the ART.
4 From the calibrations menu, press “3 - CONFIGURAT.”.
5 Enter parameter “7” corresponding to the tractor to be configured. Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the main menu.
20-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-11 20-11
6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC enter the wheels constant 1 From the opening menu press “E” to open the “MAIN MENU”. 2 From the main menu, press “2 - CALIBRATION” to open the “PARAMETERS MENU”.
3 From the parameters menu press “1- PARAMETERS” on the ART.
20-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-12 20-12
6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 4 From the calibrations menu, press “1 - WHEELS(mm)”.
5 Type the “WHEELS” parameter recording the value corresponding to the tyre fitted on the rear of the tractor according to the following table:
6 Tab.11 TYRE
13.6 R38 14.9 R 38 16.9 R30 16.9 R34 16.9 R38 18.4 R30 18.4 R34 230/95 R44 230/95 R48 340/85 R38 380/85 R38 420/85 R30 420/85 R34
CONSTANT 85HP
100 HP
5098 5429 5168 5277 5064 5098 5429 5064
4671 4518 4735 4348 4489 4640 4348 4671 4489 4640
20-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-13 20-13
6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC TYRE
420/85 R38 460/85 R30 460/85 R34 480/70 R30 480/70 R34 480/70 R38 520/70 R34 520/70 R34 540/65 R30 540/65 R34 540/65 R38
CONSTANT 85HP
100 HP
5429 5064 5429 5064 -
4348 4489 4640 4348 4489 4489 4640 4348
Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the main menu.
set speed conversion factors 1 From the opening menu press “E” to open the “MAIN MENU”. 2 From the main menu, press “2 - CALIBRATION” to open the “PARAMETERS MENU”.
20-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-14 20-14
6/21/2007 4:31:48 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 3 From the parameters menu press “1- PARAMETERS” on the ART.
4 From the calibrations menu, press “4 - SPEED(1=MPH)”.
5 Enter “0” to display the speed values according to the metric system (km/h) or “1” to display the speed values according to the Imperial system (mph). Press “E” to save the value and “C” to confirm and return to the main menu.
20-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-15 20-15
6/21/2007 4:31:49 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC 20.4 - ECU ALARMS 20.4.1 - Instrument panel alarms The instrument panel signals any malfunctioning of the components it manages to the operator with the display on the right-hand side. Faults are indicated using a system of coded flash sequences that identify the device affected.
List of alarms signalled on the “ALARM” light Tab.12 CODE ON INSTRUMENT PANEL
DISPLAY ON ART
ALARM DESCRIPTION
I18 I19 I20 I21
18 19 20 21
I22 I23 I24 I25 I26
22 23 24 25 26
I32 I33 I34 I35 I36 I37 I38 I39 I40
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is short-circuiting to ground. The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is shorting to a positive feed. The instrument panel indicates that the fuel level sensor is short-circuiting to battery positive. The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the “W” signal). Alarm available but not utilized The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is disconnected. The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to ground. The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive. The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive or disconnected. Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is on, even though it should be off. The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is off, even though it should be on. Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized
List of alarms displayed on the ART@ Tab.13 DISPLAY ON ART
CODE ON INSTRUMENT PANEL
ALARM DESCRIPTION
18 19 20 21
I18 I19 I20 I21
22 23 24 25
I22 I23 I24 I25
The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is short-circuiting to ground. The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is shorting to a positive feed. The instrument panel indicates that the fuel level sensor is short-circuiting to battery positive. The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the “W” signal). Alarm available but not utilized The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is disconnected. The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to ground. The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive.
20-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-16 20-16
6/21/2007 4:31:49 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DISPLAY ON ART
CODE ON INSTRUMENT PANEL
ALARM DESCRIPTION
26
I26
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
I32 I33 I34 I35 I36 I37 I38 I39 I40
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive or disconnected. Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is on, even though it should be off. The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is off, even though it should be on. Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized Alarm available but not utilized
Display on ART@: 18 Code on instrument panel: I18 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is short-circuiting to ground.
Inspection ●
Check that the contacts on connector “35” of the instrument panel and “X5” of the refrigerant temperature sensor are not oxidized and are firmly secured.
●
Check that the temperature sensor is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
●
With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “35” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “X5” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter reading: infinity).
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed
5K
13 20 21
4 14 15 21
3K
5A
F1
15A
F9
9 3
+12/30
+12/30
+12/15
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
GND
TEMP.
0.014.8628. 4
+15
+30
G2
G3
G1
3 4
X5
1 4 3 2
28
X10
1 2 t
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4
0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.68
20-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-17 20-17
6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC Display on ART@: 19 Code on instrument panel: I19 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the coolant temperature sensor is shorting to a positive feed.
Inspection ●
Check that the contacts on connector “3K” of the instrument panel and “X5” of the refrigerant temperature sensor are not oxidized and are firmly secured.
●
With the starter key in position “I” (ON) and connector “3K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “X5” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter reading: 0 V).
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
5K
13 20 21
4 14 15 21
3K
5A
F1
15A
F9
9 3
+12/30
+12/30
+12/15
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
GND
TEMP.
0.014.8628. 4
+15
+30
G2
G3
G1
3 4
X5
1 4 3 2
28
X10
1 2 t
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4
0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.69
Display on ART@: 20 Code on instrument panel: I20 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the fuel level sensor is short-circuiting to battery positive.
Inspection ●
Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “X10” of the fuel level sensor are not oxidized and are firmly secured.
●
With the starter key in position “I” (ON) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 3 of connector “X10” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter reading: 0 V).
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
20-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-18 20-18
6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC
5K
13 20 21
+12/30
+12/30
+12/15
FUEL RESERVE
FUEL LEVEL
GND
TEMP.
0.014.8628. 4
4 14 15 21
5A
F1
15A
F9
3K
+15
+30
9 3
G2
G3
G1
3 4
X5
1 4 3 2
28
X10
1 2 t
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4
0.014.9193. 4
D0036641
Fig.70
Display on ART@: 21 Code on instrument panel: I21 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the alternator is faulty or disconnected (does not receive the “W” signal).
Inspection
●
With the starter key in position “O” (OFF) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to connector “W” of the alternator and to pin 24 of connector “5K” and perform a resistance test to check for electrical continuity (test meter reading: 0 Ohm).
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
13 24
14
GND
5K
15 21
G1
3K
F1 15A
5A
F9
6
+12/30
Check that the alternator is functioning correctly.
+12/30
●
+12/15
Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “W” of the alternator are not oxidized and are firmly secured.
W
●
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
B-
W
B+
D+
W
G
+
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4 D0036651
Fig.71 20-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-19 20-19
6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC Display on ART@: 23 Code on instrument panel: I23 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is disconnected.
Inspection
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
13
15
19
14
11
12 9
B
2 1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
3K
F1 5A
F9 3A
F8
15 21
15A
5K
+12/30
With the starter key in the “O” (OFF) position and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and pin 19 of connector “5K” and test the resistance to check for continuity (meter reading: 0 Ohm).
+12/30
●
+12/15
Check that the preheating control relay is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
PREHEATING RELE
●
GND
Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidised and are firmly secured.
PREHEATING
●
+30
RL42
X113 A
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4 D0036661
Fig.72
Display on ART@: 24 Code on instrument panel: I24 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to ground.
Inspection ●
Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidised and are firmly secured.
●
Check that the preheating control relay is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
●
With the starter key in position “O” (OFF) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter reading: infinity).
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
20-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-20 20-20
6/21/2007 4:31:50 AM
+12/15
15
19
14
11
12 9
B
2 1
3K
15A
5A
F1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
15 21
F9 3A
F8
+12/30
PREHEATING RELE
13
+12/30
GND
5K
PREHEATING
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC
+30
X113
RL42
A
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4 D0036661
Fig.73
Display on ART@: 25 Code on instrument panel: I25 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive.
Inspection
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
13
15
19
14
11
12 9
B
2 1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
3K
F1 5A
F9 3A
F8
15 21
15A
5K
+12/30
With the starter key in position “I” (ON) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter reading: 0 V).
+12/30
●
+12/15
Check that the preheating control relay is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
PREHEATING RELE
●
GND
Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidised and are firmly secured.
PREHEATING
●
+30
RL42
X113 A
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4 D0036661
Fig.74 20-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-21 20-21
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC Display on ART@: 26 Code on instrument panel: I26 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating control relay is short-circuiting to battery positive or disconnected.
Inspection
●
With the starter key in position “O” (OFF) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for shorts (meter reading: infinity).
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
13
15
19
14
11
12 9
B
2 1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
3K
F1 5A
F9 3A
F8
15 21
15A
5K
+12/30
With the starter key in position “I” (ON) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter reading: 0 V).
+12/30
●
+12/15
Check that the preheating control relay is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
PREHEATING RELE
●
GND
Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidised and are firmly secured.
PREHEATING
●
+30
RL42
X113 A
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4 D0036661
Fig.75
Display on ART@: 36 Code on instrument panel: I36 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is on, even though it should be off.
Inspection ●
Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidized and are firmly secured.
●
Check that the preheating control relay is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
20-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-22 20-22
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC
19
14
11
12 9
B
2 1
3K
5A
F1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
15 21
F9 3A
F8
+12/30
15
+12/30
13
15A
5K
+12/15
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
PREHEATING RELE
●
GND
With the starter key in position “I” (ON) and connector “5K” disconnected from the instrument panel, connect a test meter to pin 2 of connector “RL42” and to the earth on the tractor frame and perform a resistance test to check for 0 voltage (meter reading: 0 V).
PREHEATING
●
+30
RL42
X113 A
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4 D0036661
Fig.76
Display on ART@: 37 Code on instrument panel: I37 Description ●
The instrument panel indicates that the preheating device is off, even though it should be on.
Inspection ●
Check that the contacts on connector “5K” of the instrument panel and “RL42” of the preheating control relay are not oxidized and are firmly secured.
●
Check that the preheating control relay is functioning correctly (for details, see section 40).
●
Connect a test meter to connector “X113” of the pre-heating device and to pin 15 of connector “5K” and, with the diodes test, check that the diode is functioning (place the negative prod of the meter on pin 15 of connector “5K” and the positive prod on connector “X113”).
●
Clear all alarms, turn the starter key first to “O” (OFF) and then back to the “I” (ON) position again, and if the alarm is still present, the control unit must be renewed.
20-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-23 20-23
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
+12/15
15
19
14
11
12 9
B
2 1
3K
15A
5A
F1
+15
+30
0.014.8628. 4
125A
G1
15 21
F9 3A
F8
+12/30
PREHEATING RELE
13
+12/30
GND
5K
PREHEATING
CALIBRATIONS AND ELECTRONIC
+30
RL42
X113 A
0.014.8629. 4 0.015.1597. 4 D0036661
Fig.77
20-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 820-24 20-24
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
30 - METHOD
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-1 30-1
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
METHOD 30.1 - ENGINE 30.1.1 - Engine - Separation from the transmission (B0.00.02) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01) See para. 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-31 - (C0.06.01)
Separating the engine from the transmission 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (–) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screw (1) and remove bracket (2). Disconnect pipes (3). ●
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. 1
3
2
F0120520
3 For versions with front PTO Disconnect cable clamp (5) from battery positive terminal (4). 5
Disconnect relay support assy (7) from battery support (6).
6
4
7
4 For versions with air conditioning Disconnect air conditioning pipes (8) and (9).
8
9
30-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-2 30-2
6/21/2007 4:31:51 AM
METHOD 5 For versions with cab Remove nuts (10) and disconnect pipes (11) and (12) from bracket (13). Loosen clamps (14) and disconnect heater pipes (15).
6 For all versions Disconnect connectors (16), remove screw (17) and move brake and clutch fluid compensation tank (18) towards the rear of the tractor.
16
18
17
7 Remove screw (19) and move bracket (13) forwards.
19
13
8 Loosen nut (20) and remove clamp (21). 21
20
30-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-3 30-3
6/21/2007 4:31:52 AM
METHOD 9 Disconnect connector (22) and power connectors (23).
22
23
10 Loosen clamps (24) and (25). Disconnect fuel delivery and return pipes (26) and (27).
26
25
24 27
11 Disconnect accelerator cable (28).
28
12 Remove screws (29) and tilt hood support (30) towards the front of the tractor.
30
29
29
30-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-4 30-4
6/21/2007 4:31:54 AM
METHOD 13 Remove surround (31).
31
14 For versions with trailer air braking 32
Remove union (32) and disconnect pipe (33) from compressor (34). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 33 34
15 For versions with front lift control only
35
Disconnect pipes (35), remove screw (36) and overturn valves assy (37) towards the front of the tractor. ●
36
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. Before disconnecting pipes (35), close valves (37) (turning counterclockwise) and operate lift control lever to discharge all residual pressure in the circuit. Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities.
37
16 Position a trolley jack “A” under the engine sump and a stand “B” under the clutch housing. Drive two wedges “C” between the front axle support and the axle to prevent the engine dropping when it is moved.
30-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-5 30-5
6/21/2007 4:31:55 AM
METHOD 17 Remove screw (38) and nuts (39) (n°2) on both sides. 39
38
18 Remove upper screws (40) and separate the engine from the clutch housing by applying force to both front wheels.
40
Connection Connect transmission and engine by performing the separation steps in reverse order: Procedure 22 ●
To facilitate instillation of the shafts, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions. Before inserting the transmission input shaft in the clutch assembly, insert the rear PTO control shaft and make sure that it is correctly engaged in the flywheel. Screws: M12 = 102±5 Nm - M16 = 254±12 Nm Nuts: 254±12 Nm Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces. Mating surfaces and dowels: oil
Procedure 6 ●
Delivery (5/8”-18UNF):
13.6÷20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
Return (7/8”-14UNF):
35.3÷42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
Bleed the air from the hydraulic clutch system. Bleed the air from the brake circuits.
30-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-6 30-6
6/21/2007 4:31:56 AM
METHOD 30.1.2 - Engine (B0.00.01) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01) See para. 30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor... - Page 30-16 - (C0.01.01) See para. 30.2.2 - RADIATOR - Tractor... - Page 30-20 - (C0.01.01) See para. 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-31 - (C0.06.01) See para. 30.5.1 - Front carrier - Page 30-180 - (F0.01.01) See para. 30.1.1 - Engine - Separatio... - Page 30-2 - (B0.00.02)
REMOVAL 1 Remove screw (1) and remove bracket (2). Disconnect pipes (3). ●
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. 1
3
2
F0120520
2 For versions with front PTO Disconnect cable clamp (5) from battery positive terminal (4). 5
Disconnect relay support assy (7) from battery support (6).
6
4
7
3 For versions with air conditioning Disconnect air conditioning pipes (8) and (9).
8
9
30-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-7 30-7
6/21/2007 4:31:56 AM
METHOD 4 For versions with cab Remove nuts (10) and disconnect pipes (11) and (12) from bracket (13). Loosen clamps (14) and disconnect heater pipes (15).
5 For all versions Disconnect connectors (16), remove screw (17) and move brake and clutch fluid compensation tank (18) towards the rear of the tractor.
16
18
17
6 Remove screw (19) and move bracket (13) forwards.
19
13
7 Loosen nut (20) and remove clamp (21). 21
20
30-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-8 30-8
6/21/2007 4:31:57 AM
METHOD 8 Disconnect connector (22) and power connectors (23).
22
23
9 Loosen clamps (24) and (25). Disconnect fuel delivery and return pipes (26) and (27).
26
25
24 27
10 Disconnect accelerator cable (28).
28
11 Remove screws (29) and tilt hood support (30) towards the front of the tractor.
30
29
29
30-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-9 30-9
6/21/2007 4:31:58 AM
METHOD 12 Remove surround (31).
31
13 For versions with trailer air braking 32
Remove union (32) and disconnect pipe (33) from compressor (34). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 33 34
14 Position a stand “A” under the clutch housing.
15 Remove screw (35) and nuts (36) (n°2) on both sides. 36
35
30-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-10 30-10
6/21/2007 4:31:59 AM
METHOD 16 Position a suitable jack under engine (37).
37
17 Remove the two upper screws (38) (n°2) and remove engine assembly (37).
38
37
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 17 ●
To facilitate instillation of the shafts, turn the crankshaft slightly in both directions. Before inserting the transmission input shaft in the clutch assembly, insert the rear PTO control shaft and make sure that it is correctly engaged in the flywheel.
Procedures 15-17 ●
Screws: M12 = 102±5 Nm - M16 = 254±12 Nm Nuts: 254±12 Nm Apply a film of lubricant to the locating dowels and mating surfaces. Mating surfaces and dowels: oil
Procedure 3 ●
Delivery (5/8”-18UNF):
13.6÷20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.)
Return (7/8”-14UNF):
35.3÷42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
Bleed the air from the brake circuits.
30-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-11 30-11
6/21/2007 4:32:00 AM
METHOD 30.1.3 - Fan belt Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen nut (1) and unscrew tie rod (2) to de-tension drive belt (3). 1
2
3
3 For versions with front PTO Using a pin punch, remove dowel (4) and withdraw PTO drive shaft (5) towards the rear of the tractor.
5
4
4 For all versions Remove the drive belt.
Installation 1 Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: 2 Procedure 2 ●
Adjust the tension of the fan drive belt.
30-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-12 30-12
6/21/2007 4:32:01 AM
METHOD 30.1.4 - Tensioning the fan drive belt Tensioning 1
●
Before adjusting the tension, carefully examine the drive belt for signs of wear. The belt must be renewed immediately at the first sign of cracking, fraying or separation of the plies.
●
Always replace both drive belts at the same time. DANGER If new drive belts are fitted, re-adjust the tension after approx. 50 operating hours.
2 Loosen nuts (1) and screws (2).
1 2 1
2
3 Tighten tie-rod (3) forcing it gradually until obtaining belt deflection of 10÷15 mm (0.4-0.6 in.) when applying a load of 10 kg (22 lb.) on the long section of the belt ●
4
In the case of a new belt, deflection should be 7÷9 mm (0.276 - 0.355 in.).
Lock compressor (4) in place and re-check belt tension
3
30-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-13 30-13
6/21/2007 4:32:02 AM
METHOD 30.1.5 - Alternator and fuel pump drive belt Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen screws (1) and (2) securing the fuel pump, disengage alternator drive belt (3) and remove it by passing it between the bottom of the crankshaft pulley and the front axle support.
1 2
3
Installation 1 Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Adjust drive belt tension.
30-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-14 30-14
6/21/2007 4:32:03 AM
METHOD 30.1.6 - Alternator and fuel pump belt tensioning Tensioning 1 Tension the belt using a “T” bar with a 3/4” drive extension, or a 3/4” angle drive bar inserted in the aperture in the support of fuel pump (1).
2
1
Tension the drive belt by turning the bar clockwise and then tighten down screws (2) and (3).
3 F0078106
2 To check that the tension is correct, use the tool and procedure indicated in the engine manual. Static deflection “A” on first fitting ●
13 mm belt: 450±50 N
Static deflection “A” after 15 minutes ●
A
13 mm belt: 300±50 N DANGER This check should be carried out with the engine cold.
F0077882
30-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-15 30-15
6/21/2007 4:32:04 AM
METHOD 30.2 - ENGINE ACCESSORIES 30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor without front PTO (C0.01.01) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01)
Removal 1
DANGER Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and remove surround (2).
1 1
2 F0120060
3 Disconnect battery leads (3). ●
First disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and then from the positive terminal (+).
3
F0120070
4 Remove screws (4), bracket (5) and battery (6). 6
5
4 F0120080
30-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-16 30-16
6/21/2007 4:32:05 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screw (7) and remove bracket (8). 7
8
F0120090
6 Remove screws (9) (n°3) and screws (10) (n°2) then tilt the hydraulic oil cooler (11) towards the rear of the tractor. 11
9 10
F0120100
7 Loosen clamp (12) and disconnect pipe (13). 13
12 F0120120
8 Remove screws (14) and tilt fuel cooler (15) towards the rear of the tractor.
15
14 14
F0120110
30-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-17 30-17
6/21/2007 4:32:06 AM
METHOD 9 Loosen clamp (16) and remove screws (17).
17
17 16 F0120130
10 Loosen clamps (18) and remove air intake hose (19).
18 19 F0120140
11 Remove screws (20). 20
F0120150
12 Loosen clamps (21) and disconnect sleeves (22) from cooler (23).
22
23
21 F0120160
30-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-18 30-18
6/21/2007 4:32:08 AM
METHOD 13 Remove screw (24) on both sides and remove cooler assy (23).
24 23 F0120170
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. ●
Fill the engine cooling system with coolant. Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to circulate; check the system for leaks. Stop the engine and top up the coolant level.
30-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-19 30-19
6/21/2007 4:32:09 AM
METHOD 30.2.2 - RADIATOR - Tractor with front PTO (C0.01.01) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01)
Removal 1
DANGER Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and remove surround (2).
1 1
2 F0120060
3 Remove screw (3) and remove bracket (4). 3
4
4 Loosen clamp (5).
5
30-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-20 30-20
6/21/2007 4:32:10 AM
METHOD 5 Loosen clips (6) and remove air intake hose (7).
6 Remove pipes (8) from cooler (9). 9
8
7 Remove screws (10) (1 per side) and remove the cooler. 10
8 Remove screws (11) (n°2) on each side and tip hydraulic oil cooler (12) towards the rear.
12
11
30-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-21 30-21
6/21/2007 4:32:11 AM
METHOD 9 Loosen clamp (13) and disconnect pipe (14). 14
13
10 Remove screws (15) and tilt fuel cooler (16) towards the rear of the tractor.
16
15 15
11 Remove screws (17). 17
12 Loosen clamps (18) and disconnect sleeves (19) from cooler (20).
19
20
18
30-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-22 30-22
6/21/2007 4:32:13 AM
METHOD 13 Remove screw (21) on both sides and remove cooler assy (20).
21 20
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. ●
Fill the engine cooling system with coolant. Start the engine and run for a few minutes to allow the coolant to circulate; check the system for leaks. Stop the engine and top up the coolant level.
30-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-23 30-23
6/21/2007 4:32:14 AM
METHOD 30.2.3 - Changing the coolant and flushing the circuit Clean the cooling system using a specific detergent. CAUTION Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is still hot. The radiator is under pressure when hot, and if opened, boiling liquid and steam can escape and cause serious injury to yourself and anyone else in the vicinity. Before removing the radiator cap, stop the engine and wait for the circuit to cool down.
Procedure for changing the coolant and flushing the circuit 1 Park the tractor on level ground. The engine must be switched off and the coolant cold. 2 Place a suitable receptacle under the plug. 3 Drain the cooling system by opening the plug on the righthand side of the engine (only for tractors not equipped with air conditioning).
1
4 Move the receptacle under the radiator. 5 Drain the radiator by removing the the drain plug on the bottom left-hand side. WARNING Always respect environmental protection regulations. Any fluid (oil, diesel, coolant) or filters and batteries must be disposed of in accordance with the applicable regulations.
30-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-24 30-24
6/21/2007 4:32:15 AM
METHOD 6 Close the plugs opened beforehand, fill the circuit with detergent mixture via the filler (2) located on the reservoir (1), (if the tractor is equipped with a cab heating system it is necessary for it to be set on maximum so that the detergent mixture will circulate inside it too).
2 1
7 Start the engine and allow to it run for approx. one and a half hours; IMPORTANT: When the engine is running, check that the detergent mixture does not drop under the minimum level in the reservoir. 8 Switch off the engine, drain the system and then fill it with water; then start the engine again bring it up to a speed of approx. 1000 rpm. and leave it running for 5 minutes; 9 Drain the system once again; 10 Refill the circuit with coolant, run the engine for a few minutes and then top up the system if necessary.
30-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-25 30-25
6/21/2007 4:32:15 AM
METHOD 30.2.4 - Fuel tank (C0.03.01) Previous operations: See para. 30.11.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-405 - (S0.02.01)
Removal 1
DANGER Do not smoke or allow naked flames in the vicinity during the removal, refitting and filling of the fuel tank.
DANGER Wipe up any spilt fuel immediately before someone slips on it.
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and remove cab access left step (2).
1
2
F0120550
3 Position suitable lifting equipment under tank (3) and apply a slight lifting force.
3 F0081230
30-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-26 30-26
6/21/2007 4:32:16 AM
METHOD 4 Remove nut (4) and remove lower tank support pin (5). 4
5
F0081240
5 Remove screw (6) and pin (7). 6
7 F0081250
6 Remove pin (8) supporting tank (3). 8
3
F0120560
7 Lower tank (3) slowly by about 10 cm.
3 F0120570
30-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-27 30-27
6/21/2007 4:32:16 AM
METHOD 8 Disconnect fuel level sensor connector (9). 9
Loosen hose clamp (10) and disconnect hose (11). ●
Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt.
11 10
F0120580
9 Loosen clamp (12), disconnect hose (13) and remove tank (3). ●
Plug the pipe and union to prevent the ingress of dirt.
13
3 12
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-28 30-28
6/21/2007 4:32:18 AM
METHOD 30.2.5 - Starter motor Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove nut (1), disconnect lead (2) from starter motor (3) and remove cover (4).
1
3
4
2
F0120180
3 Remove extension (5), disconnect cables (6) and remove cover (7).
6
5
7
F0120190
4 Remove screw (8) and disconnect cable (9). 8 9
F0120200
30-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-29 30-29
6/21/2007 4:32:18 AM
METHOD 5 Remove the two nuts (10) and remove starter motor (3).
10
3 F0120210
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 4 ●
Screw: 1÷1.3 Nm (0.74-0.96 lb.ft.)
Procedure 3 ●
Extension: 16÷20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
Procedure 2 ●
Nut: 16÷20 Nm (11.76-14.74 lb.ft.)
30-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-30 30-30
6/21/2007 4:32:19 AM
METHOD 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tractor with cab (C0.06.01) Removal 1 Remove screw (1).
1
F0120380
2 Slacken off collar (2) and remove exhaust pipe (3). 3
2 F0120390
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-31 30-31
6/21/2007 4:32:20 AM
METHOD 30.3 - TRANSMISSION 30.3.1 - Parking brake Disassembly 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-).
2 Remove circlip (1). ●
Mark the relative positions of lever (2) and cam (3).
3 Withdraw lever (2) and remove cam (3). ●
Check the condition of O-ring (4) and renew it if necessary.
4 Using a slide hammer puller, remove pin (5).
30-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-32 30-32
6/21/2007 4:32:20 AM
METHOD 5 Remove reaction plate (6) and friction plate (7).
6 Remove intermediate friction plates (8) and friction plate (9).
7 Remove circlip (10) and remove steel discs (11). 11 10
F0085770
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedures 5-6 ●
Friction plates: Transmission oil
30-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-33 30-33
6/21/2007 4:32:22 AM
METHOD 30.3.2 - Clutch plate Removal and renewal of the clutch plate 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (–) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Insert a suitable dowel into the centre hole of the clutch assembly.
1
Remove screws (1).
F0120760
3 Remove clutch assembly (2). ●
Loosen the bolts gradually in a crosswise sequence. 2
Remove clutch plate (3). ●
Note that the clutch plate is oriented with the smooth shoes facing the clutch unit and the grooved shoes facing the flywheel.
3
F0120770
Checking clutch plate wear 1 Check that the thickness of the clutch plate is within the prescribed tolerance limits and there is no sign of burning.
S
Clutch plate thickness “S” (for 85HP P/N. 0.014.9016.3): ●
standard measurement: 8.5±0.4 mm Limit: 5.5±0.4 mm
Clutch plate thickness “S” (for 100HP P/N. 0.012.7095.3/10): ●
standard measurement: 10.6±0.4 mm Limit: 7.6±0.4 mm
D0028140
30-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-34 30-34
6/21/2007 4:32:23 AM
METHOD Refitting the clutch plate Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-35 30-35
6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM
METHOD 30.3.3 - Clutch thrust bearing Renewal 1 Withdraw sleeve assy (1). Position the sleeve assembly under a press and, using a suitable tool, separate thrust bearing (2) from hub (1).
1
2
F0068260
2 Fit thrust bearing (2) on sleeve (1). ●
2
Take care to install bearing (2) the right way round.
1
2 1
F0068271
3 Grease hub (1) and install it on guide sleeve (3), making sure that it is installed the right way round in relation to release fork (4). ●
Sleeve: Molikote
30-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-36 30-36
6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM
METHOD 30.3.4 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01) See para. 30.11.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-405 - (S0.02.01) See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-26 - (C0.03.01) See para. 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-31 - (C0.06.01)
Separating the engine from the transmission 1 Remove the four lower screws (1).
1
F0120840
2 Position a trolley jack “A” under the clutch housing and a stand “B” under the transmission. Force a stand “C” under the towing hitch to prevent the transmission toppling over.
3 Remove split pin (2), remove pin (3) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod (4).
4
3 2 F0120850
30-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-37 30-37
6/21/2007 4:32:24 AM
METHOD 4 Remove screws (5) and (6) and remove support assy (7).
6
7
5
6
5 Loosen nut (8) and remove cover (9). 8
9 F0120870
6 Disconnect pipe (10) from resonator (11). ●
Plug the pipe and port to prevent impurities getting in.
11 10
F0120880
7 Loosen union (12). 12
F0120890
30-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-38 30-38
6/21/2007 4:32:25 AM
METHOD 8 Remove nut (13).
13
9 Remove screws (14) and remove relay assy (15).
15
14
F0120910
10 Loosen unions (16). 16
11 Remove union (17). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
17
30-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-39 30-39
6/21/2007 4:32:27 AM
METHOD 12 Loosen unions (18) and disconnect brakes pipes (19). ●
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
18 19 F0120940
13 Remove the remaining screws (20).
20
14 Separate clutch housing (21) from transmission (22) by pushing on both front wheels. 21
22 F0120960
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures. Procedure 14 ●
Mating face: Silastic
D0037040
30-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-40 30-40
6/21/2007 4:32:28 AM
METHOD Procedures 5-13-18 ●
Nut: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.) Screws: 70±3 Nm (51.6±2.2 lb.ft.)
30-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-41 30-41
6/21/2007 4:32:29 AM
METHOD 30.3.5 - Clutch housing - assembly (D0.02.01) (Agrofarm 100) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01) See para. 30.11.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-405 - (S0.02.01) See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-26 - (C0.03.01) See para. 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-31 - (C0.06.01)
Separating the engine from the transmission 1 Remove the four lower screws (1).
1
F0120840
2 Position a trolley jack “A” under the clutch housing and a stand “B” under the transmission. Force a stand “C” under the towing hitch to prevent the transmission toppling over.
3 Remove nut (2), screws (3) and clamp (4). Remove nuts (5). 4
2
3 5
30-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-42 30-42
6/21/2007 4:32:29 AM
METHOD 4 Remove screw (6) and tilt resonator (7) towards the rear of the tractor. 6 7
5 Remove screws (8) and remove cover (9).
8 9
8
6 Remove split pin (10), remove pin (11) and disconnect tie rod (12) of the 4WD engagement control.
12
10
7 Remove screws (13) and (14) and remove carrier assembly (15).
11
14
13
15
14
30-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-43 30-43
6/21/2007 4:32:30 AM
METHOD 8 Loosen union (16).
16
9 Remove nut (17).
17
10 For versions with front lift control only: Disconnect front lift control pipes (18).
18
11 For versions with trailer air braking
19
Remove union (19) and overturn pipe (20) towards the rear.
20
30-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-44 30-44
6/21/2007 4:32:31 AM
METHOD 12 Remove screws (21) and remove relay assy. (22).
21
22
21
13 Loosen unions (23). 22
14 Remove union (24). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
24
15 Loosen unions (25) and disconnect brake pipes (26). ●
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
26
25
30-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-45 30-45
6/21/2007 4:32:32 AM
METHOD 16 Remove the remaining screws (27).
27
17 Separate clutch housing (28) from transmission (29) by pushing on both front wheels. 28
29
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 16 ●
Mating face: Silastic
D0027970
Procedures 5-13-20 ●
Screws: 70±3 Nm (51.6±2.2 lb.ft.) Nut: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.)
30-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-46 30-46
6/21/2007 4:32:34 AM
METHOD 30.3.6 - Gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit (D0.09.03) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01) See para. 30.11.2 - Rear wheels - Page 30-405 - (S0.02.01) See para. 30.2.4 - Fuel tank - Page 30-26 - (C0.03.01) See para. 30.3.4 - Clutch housing - a... - Page 30-37 - (D0.02.01) - (Agrofarm 85) See para. 30.3.5 - Clutch housing - a... - Page 30-42 - (D0.02.01) - (Agrofarm 100) See para. 30.2.6 - Exhaust pipe - Tra... - Page 30-31 - (C0.06.01) See para. 30.3.29 - Changing transmis... - Page 30-127 - (D0.00.01)
Removal 1 Remove screw (1) and nut (2) and remove lever (3).
2 1
3 F0120970
2 Remove screws (4) and remove gear control lever (5).
5
4 F0120980
3 Remove screws (6) (n°10) and remove gearbox assembly (7).
6 6
7 F0120990
30-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-47 30-47
6/21/2007 4:32:35 AM
METHOD Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
D0027990
Procedure 2 ●
Mating faces: Silastic 738
D0027980
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil. Bleed the air from the clutch control circuit. Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
30-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-48 30-48
6/21/2007 4:32:36 AM
METHOD 30.3.7 - Disassembly of gearbox and shuttle assy. - complete unit Disassembly 1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove cover (2). ●
3
1
Renew the paper gasket (3) on reassembly.
2
1 F0096680
2 Engage 1st gear, and using a bar “A” made of soft material as a restraint, remove screw (4).
A
4 F0096690
3 Remove cover (5) and recover O-ring (6). ●
Check the condition of O-ring (6) and renew it if necessary.
6 5 F0096700
4 Remove screw (7) and remove 1st speed selector rod (8) and synchronizer assy (9). ●
Renew the screw (7) on reassembly.
8
9
7 F0096710
30-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-49 30-49
6/21/2007 4:32:36 AM
METHOD 5 Remove circlip (10) and remove 1st speed driving gear (11).
10
11
F0096720
6 Remove sleeve (12) and 1st speed driven gear (13). 13 12
F0096730
7 Remove thrust washer (14). ●
Note which way round the thrust washer (14) is installed. 14
F0096740
8 Remove plug (15) and recover spring (16) and ball (17). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
16 15
17
F0087481
30-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-50 30-50
6/21/2007 4:32:37 AM
METHOD 9 Remove screw (18) and remove reverse shuttle control rod (19) and relative fork (20). 18
20
19 F0098300
10 Remove screws (21) and (22) securing 1st, 2nd and 3rd speed selector fork (23) and 4th and 5th speed selector fork (24). ●
24
Fit new screws on reassembly.
21 22
23 F0096750
11 Open circlip (25) and simultaneously strike input shaft (26) with a soft mallet to separate bearing (27) from circlip (25).
25
27 26
F0098310
12 Using a soft mallet, strike in sequence input shaft (26), main shaft (28) and secondary shaft (29) to dislodge them from gearbox support (30).
26 28 30
29
F0098320
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-51 30-51
6/21/2007 4:32:38 AM
METHOD Procedure 4 ●
Take care to install synchronizer (9) the right way round with respect to secondary shaft (29).
Procedures 4-10 ●
Screws: 25 Nm (18.4 lb.ft.) Bolt: Loctite 270
Procedure 2 ●
Bolt: 73±1 Nm (53.8±0.74 lb.ft.) Bolt: Loctite 270
F0098330
30-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-52 30-52
6/21/2007 4:32:40 AM
METHOD 30.3.8 - Gearbox support and gear selector rods Disassembly 1 Remove plugs (1) and recover springs (2) and balls (3). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 3
2 1
3 2
1
1
F0083011
2 Remove plug (4) and withdraw 1st speed selector rod (5). 4
5
F0083020
3 Recover interlock pin (6) and withdraw 2nd/3rd speed selector rod (7).
7
6
F0083030
4 Recover interlock pin (8).
8
F0083040
30-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-53 30-53
6/21/2007 4:32:40 AM
METHOD 5 Remove bearing (9), recover spring (10) and ball (11) and withdraw 4th/5th speed selector rod (12).
6 Open circlip (13) and remove bearing (15) from gearbox support (14).
14 13
15 F0083071
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 5 ●
Take care to install 4th/5th speed selector rod (12) the right way round.
12 F0086980
Procedure 3 ●
Take care to install 2nd/3rd speed selector rod (7) the right way round. 7
F0083090
30-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-54 30-54
6/21/2007 4:32:41 AM
METHOD Procedure 2 ●
Take care to install 1st speed selector rod (5) the right way round.
5
F0083080
30-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-55 30-55
6/21/2007 4:32:42 AM
METHOD 30.3.9 - Shuttle shaft
15
14
10
13 11 12 7
9
6
8
5 4 3 2 1
D0023941
Fig.78 - Shuttle shaft
Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1) and remove spacer (2). 1
2
F0086911
30-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-56 30-56
6/21/2007 4:32:43 AM
METHOD 2 Using a puller, remove bearing (3).
3
F0086921
3 Using two screwdrivers as levers, prise off thrust washer (4).
4
F0086931
4 Remove gear (5), driver ring (6) and synchronizer ring (7). 5
6
7
F0086941
5 Remove circlip (8) and remove synchronizer (9) complete with synchronizer ring (10) and driver ring (11). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
9 8
11
10 F0086951
30-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-57 30-57
6/21/2007 4:32:43 AM
METHOD 6 Remove circlip (12) and remove gear (13). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly. 12
13 F0086961
7 Remove thrust washer (14) and circlip (15).
14
15 F0086971
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures. Procedure 3 ●
Take care to install synchronizer (16) the right way round.
16
D0024711
Procedure 1 ●
Temporarily fit circlip (8) and, using a feeler gauge, measure dimension “A”. e.g: A = 2.85 mm From the available spacers, select the one with thickness nearest to but below the measured dimension “A”. e.g: A = 2.85 spacer thickness = 2.80 mm
30-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-58 30-58
6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM
METHOD ●
Fit spacer (2) and secure it in position with circlip (1). 1
2
F0086991
30-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-59 30-59
6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM
METHOD 30.3.10 - Primary shaft 3
1 2
D0028200
Fig.79 - Primary shaft
Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1) and remove spacer (2).
2 Using a puller, remove bearing (3).
Assembly Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-60 30-60
6/21/2007 4:32:44 AM
METHOD 30.3.11 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 85)
3
1 2
4 7
6
5 8 9 10 11 12
13 14
15 16
19
17 18
20
21 D0036410
Fig.80 - Secondary shaft
Disassembly 1 Using a puller, remove thrust washer (1) and the 2nd speed driven gear.
30-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-61 30-61
6/21/2007 4:32:45 AM
METHOD 2 Remove needle roller bearing (3) and remove circlip (4). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
3 Remove synchroniser (5) complete with driver rings (6).
4 Remove circlip (7) and remove 3rd speed driven gear (8). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
5 Remove thrust washer (9) and remove circlip (10) and thrust washer (11).
30-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-62 30-62
6/21/2007 4:32:45 AM
METHOD 6 Remove 4th speed driven gear (12) and remove circlip (13). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
7 Remove synchronizer (14) complete with driver rings (15).
8 Remove circlip (16) and remove 5th speed driven gear (17). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
9 Remove circlip (18) and spacer (19).
30-63
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-63 30-63
6/21/2007 4:32:46 AM
METHOD 10 Remove bearing (20). 20
D0036430
11 Only if necessary: Withdraw bush (21).
21
D0036420
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 7 ●
Take care to install synchronizer (14) the right way round.
14
D0024880
Procedure 5 ●
Take care to install the thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way round.
9 11
D0024870
30-64
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-64 30-64
6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM
METHOD Procedure 3 ●
Take care to install synchronizer (5) the right way round.
5
D0024860
30-65
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-65 30-65
6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM
METHOD 30.3.12 - Secondary shaft (Agrofarm 100)
3
1 2
4 7
6
5 8 9 10 11 12
13 14
15 16 19
17 18
20
22 21
D0024820
Fig.81 - Secondary shaft
Disassembly 1 Using a puller, remove thrust washer (1) and the 2nd speed driven gear.
30-66
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-66 30-66
6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM
METHOD 2 Remove needle roller bearing (3) and remove circlip (4). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
3 Remove synchroniser (5) complete with driver rings (6).
4 Remove circlip (7) and remove 3rd speed driven gear (8). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
5 Remove thrust washer (9) and remove circlip (10) and thrust washer (11).
30-67
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-67 30-67
6/21/2007 4:32:47 AM
METHOD 6 Remove 4th speed driven gear (12) and remove circlip (13). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
7 Remove synchronizer (14) complete with driver rings (15).
8 Remove circlip (16) and remove 5th speed driven gear (17). ●
Renew the circlip on reassembly.
9 Remove circlip (18) and spacer (19).
30-68
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-68 30-68
6/21/2007 4:32:48 AM
METHOD 10 Remove bearing outer ring (20) and the thrust washer. Using a suitable tool, remove bearing inner ring (20).
11 Remove circlip (21) and remove needle roller bearing (22).
22
21 D0024890
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 7 ●
Take care to install synchronizer (14) the right way round.
14
D0024880
Procedure 5 ●
Take care to install the thrust washers (9) and (11) the right way round.
9 11
D0024870
30-69
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-69 30-69
6/21/2007 4:32:49 AM
METHOD Procedure 3 ●
5
Take care to install synchronizer (5) the right way round.
D0024860
30-70
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-70 30-70
6/21/2007 4:32:50 AM
METHOD 30.3.13 - PTO output shaft (4 speed version) Removal 1 Loosen the two nuts (1) and remove lubrication rotary union (2).
1
2
F0084140
2 For versions with fixed output shaft Remove nuts (3) and remove cover (4).
3 For versions with removable PTO output shaft Remove nuts (5) and remove output shaft (6). 6
5 F0097001
4 Remove nuts (7) and flange (8).
8
7
7
F0097010
30-71
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-71 30-71
6/21/2007 4:32:50 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (9) and nuts (10) and remove cover (11).
10 10
9
9
11 F0097020
6 For all versions: Remove screw (12) and remove lever (13) and shaft (14).
12 14
13
F0084161
7 Move circlip (15) and sleeve (16) towards the front of the tractor.
15
16 F0084171
8 Remove circlip (17) and move crown wheel (18) towards the front of the tractor.
17 18
F0084181
30-72
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-72 30-72
6/21/2007 4:32:51 AM
METHOD 9 Using a soft metal punch and mallet, drive out PTO input shaft (19)
19
F0084191
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 6 ●
Screw: Loctite 270 Screw: 25 Nm (18.4 lb.ft.)
Procedures 2-5 ●
Mating face: Silastic
Procedure 1 ●
Nuts: Loctite 270
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
30-73
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-73 30-73
6/21/2007 4:32:52 AM
METHOD 30.3.14 - PTO output shaft disassembly (4 speed version) 7 11
4 3
1
5 6 8
9 2
10
D0024270
Fig.82 - PTO output shaft (4 speed version)
Disassembly 1 Remove the gear (1).
2 Remove needle roller bearings (2) and (3).
30-74
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-74 30-74
6/21/2007 4:32:53 AM
METHOD 3 Remove thrust bearing (4) and needle roller bearing (5).
4 Remove circlip (6) and, using a suitable puller, remove bearing (7).
5 Remove circlip (8) and separate gear (9) from shaft (10).
6 Remove bearing (11) from the transmission casing.
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-75
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-75 30-75
6/21/2007 4:32:53 AM
METHOD Procedure 6 ●
Take care to install bearing (11) the right way round.
Procedure 4 ●
Take care to install bearing (7) the right way round relative to the gear (9).
30-76
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-76 30-76
6/21/2007 4:32:54 AM
METHOD 30.3.15 - PTO output shaft (2 speed version) Removal 1 Loosen the two nuts (1) and remove lubrication rotary union (2).
2
1
F0096990
2 For versions with fixed output shaft: Remove nuts (3) and remove cover (4).
3 For versions with removable output shaft - EXPORT USA version : Remove nuts (5) and remove output shaft (6). 6
5 F0097001
4 Remove nuts (7) and flange (8).
8
7
7
F0097010
30-77
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-77 30-77
6/21/2007 4:32:54 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (9) and nuts (10) and remove cover (11).
10 10
9
9
11 F0097020
6 For all versions Move circlip (12) towards the front of the tractor.
12
F0097030
7 Using a slide hammer puller, remove PTO input shaft assy (13).
13
F0097040
8 Remove gear (14) and circlip (12). 14 13
12
F0097050
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-78
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-78 30-78
6/21/2007 4:32:55 AM
METHOD Procedures 2-5 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
Procedure 1 ●
Nuts: Loctite 270
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
30-79
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-79 30-79
6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM
METHOD 30.3.16 - PTO output shaft disassembly (2 speed versions) Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1) and spacer (2). Using the puller, remove bearing (3).
2
1
D0028270
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 1 ●
Take care to install bearing (3) the right way round with respect to the shaft.
3
D0028010
30-80
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-80 30-80
6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM
METHOD 30.3.17 - PTO clutch REMOVAL 1 Loosen union (1) and disconnect pipe (2). 1
2
2 Disconnect pipe (3), remove screws (4) and remove pipe (5). 4
5 3
3 Remove screws (6) and remove cover (7). 6
7
6
4 Loosen upper and lower unions (8) and remove PTO control pipes (9)
8
9
8
30-81
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-81 30-81
6/21/2007 4:32:57 AM
METHOD 5 Using a slide hammer puller, withdraw PTO drive shaft (10) 10
6 Remove screw (11) and remove manifold (12). ●
Check the condition of O-rings (13) and renew them if necessary.
12
11
13
7 Remove extension (14) from the transmission. ●
Check the condition of O-rings (15) and renew them if necessary.
14
15
8 Dislodge circlip (16) from its seat and insert driver sleeve (17) in clutch assembly (18).
18
16
17
30-82
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-82 30-82
6/21/2007 4:32:58 AM
METHOD 9 Fully loosen union (19) and disconnect lubrication pipe (20) from clutch assembly (18). 20 19
18
10 Remove complete clutch assembly (18). 18
11 Remove sleeve (17) complete with circlip (16) from clutch assembly (18) and, if present, remove also spacer (20).
18 17
16
20
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 11 ●
18
Install driver sleeve (17) in clutch assembly (18) complete with circlip (16) and spacer (20).
17
Spacer (20) must always be installed when carrying out the overhaul or renewal of any of the assemblies or components associated with operation of the rear PTO.
16
20
30-83
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-83 30-83
6/21/2007 4:33:00 AM
METHOD Procedure 5 ●
Move driver sleeve (17) towards the front of the tractor so that it seats against O-ring (22).
22
17
D0036440
●
Using a feeler gauge, measure the residual clearance “G” between spacer (20) and circlip (16). If measured clearance “G” is less than 1.00 mm, remove spacer (20). 20 16
Procedure 3 ●
Mating face: Silastic
D0024300
Procedure 2 ●
Renew gasket (21) after every removal. 21
30-84
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-84 30-84
6/21/2007 4:33:00 AM
METHOD 30.3.18 - PTO clutch disassembly 4 5 6 7 16 17
3
13 21 19
1 20 24 25
26 1 9
22
11
18
8 27
2
23 12
10
14
15 D0036450
Fig.83 - PTO clutch
Disassembly 1 Using a suitable wrench T7 remove accumulator (1). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
2 Remove pressure relief valve (2). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
30-85
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-85 30-85
6/21/2007 4:33:01 AM
METHOD 3 Remove circlip (3) and remove spacer (4).
4 Remove steel disc (5) and then remove all friction discs (6) and steel discs (7).
5
6
7
F0084460
5 Remove hub (8) and shim (9). 8 9
F0084470
6 Using a press and a suitable tool, lightly compress spring (10) and remove circlip (11).
30-86
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-86 30-86
6/21/2007 4:33:02 AM
METHOD 7 Remove disc (12) and spring (10).
8 Turn the assembly over and blow compressed air at low pressure into the hole on clutch housing (13) to expel piston (14).
9 Remove O-ring (15) from piston (14) and remove O-ring (17) from hub (16).
10 Remove screws (18) and remove cover (19), friction disc (20) and steel disc (21).
18 19
21 18
20
30-87
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-87 30-87
6/21/2007 4:33:02 AM
METHOD 11 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the hole in the side of clutch housing (13) to expel piston (22). ●
22
13
Restrain the piston (22) as it could be expelled at high speed and thus damaged.
12 Remove O-ring (23) from piston (22) and O-ring (24) from clutch housing (13).
22 13
23
24
13 Remove circlip (25) and thrust washer (26). 26
25
14 Remove clutch assembly (13) from clutch housing (16).
30-88
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-88 30-88
6/21/2007 4:33:03 AM
METHOD 15 Remove retaining rings (27) from clutch housing (16).
16 27
Assembly Refitting is the reverse of removal. Procedure 15 ●
Seal rings: Oil
Procedures 9-12 ●
O-rings: Oil
Procedures 4-10 ●
Friction plates: Oil
Procedure 3 ●
Position the clutch assembly vertically and, using a feeler gauge, check that the clearance “G” between circlip (3) and spacer (4) is within the tolerance limits. If the clearance exceeds tolerance limits, add another spacer (4). clearance “G”: 0.6÷2.0 mm
Procedures 1-2 ●
Accumulator and pressure relief valve:
Loctite 542
30-89
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-89 30-89
6/21/2007 4:33:04 AM
METHOD 30.3.19 - PTO final shaft (2-speed version) 10 5 14 13 4
3
12 6 9
8
11
Fig.84 - PTO final shaft
Disassembly 1 Drive out spring pin (1).
1
2 Remove PTO speed selector rod (2).
2
F0109630
30-90
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-90 30-90
6/21/2007 4:33:05 AM
METHOD 3 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (3) using a suitable wrench. ●
Renew the ringnut on reassembly. 3
F0084601
4 Using a suitable tool, partially withdraw PTO output shaft (4).
4
F0084611
5 Remove gear (5) complete with bush (6). 5 6
6 Remove PTO speed selector fork (7). 7
30-91
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-91 30-91
6/21/2007 4:33:05 AM
METHOD 7 Remove selector sleeve (8) and guide sleeve (9). 9
8
F0084641
8 Remove gear (10) and remove shaft assy (4). 10 4
9 Remove circlip (11) and, using a press, remove thrust washer (12) and bearing (13). 11
12 13
10 Recover bearing (14). 14
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-92
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-92 30-92
6/21/2007 4:33:06 AM
METHOD Procedure 9 ●
13
Take care to install bearing (13) the right way round relative to shaft (4).
4
Procedure 3 ●
Ringnut: 88±1 Nm (64.9±0.74 lb.ft.) Stake the ringnut (3). 3
F0084681
Procedure 2 ●
Check the condition of O-ring (15) and renew it if necessary.
15
O-ring: Grease
30-93
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-93 30-93
6/21/2007 4:33:07 AM
METHOD 30.3.20 - PTO final shaft (4-speed version) 5
10 11
15
14 4
3
13 6 D0024341
9
12 8
Fig.85 - PTO final shaft
Disassembly 1 Remove grub screw (1).
2 Remove PTO speed selector rod (2)
2
F0109630
30-94
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-94 30-94
6/21/2007 4:33:07 AM
METHOD 3 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (3) using a suitable wrench. ●
Renew the ringnut on reassembly. 3
F0084601
4 Using a suitable tool, partially withdraw PTO output shaft (4)
4
F0084611
5 Remove gear (5) complete with bush (6). 5 6
F0084621
6 Remove PTO speed selector fork (7)
7
F0084631
30-95
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-95 30-95
6/21/2007 4:33:08 AM
METHOD 7 Remove selector sleeve (8) and guide sleeve (9). 9
8
F0084641
8 Remove gear (10) complete with needle roller bearings (11) and remove shaft assy (4).
10 11
4
F0084651
9 Remove circlip (12) and, using a press, remove thrust washer (13) and bearing (14). 12
13 14
F0084661
10 Recover bearing (15).
15
F0085111
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-96
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-96 30-96
6/21/2007 4:33:09 AM
METHOD Procedure 9 ●
14
Take care to install the bearing (14) the right way round relative to the shaft (4).
4 D0024351
Procedure 3 ●
Ringnut: 88±1 Nm (64.9±0.74 lb.ft.) Stake the ringnut (3). 3
F0084681
Procedure 2 ●
Check the condition of O-ring (16) and renew it if necessary.
16
O-ring: Grease
F0084671
30-97
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-97 30-97
6/21/2007 4:33:10 AM
METHOD 30.3.21 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft
Fig.86 - Groundspeed PTO final shaft
Disassembly 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (–) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove nuts (1) and remove cover (2). ●
Label the top of the cover (2) to avoid error on reassembly.
1
2 F0084690
30-98
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-98 30-98
6/21/2007 4:33:11 AM
METHOD 3 Check that groundspeed PTO engagement lever (3) is in position “ON” to prevent the engagement sleeve from falling.
4 Withdraw groundspeed PTO output shaft assy (4).
5 Remove circlip (5) and spacer (6).
6 Using a press remove bearing (7) from shaft (4). Remove spacer (8) and circlip (9).
30-99
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-99 30-99
6/21/2007 4:33:11 AM
METHOD 7 Remove oil seal (10) from cover (2).
2
10
D0024381
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 7 ●
Take care to install oil seal (10) the right way round relative to cover (2).
2
10
D0024381
●
Mating face: Silastic 738 Oil seal lip: Oil
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil
30-100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-100 30-100
6/21/2007 4:33:12 AM
METHOD 30.3.22 - Groundspeed PTO engagement device Disassembly 1 Remove screw (1), withdraw drive shaft (2) and recover lever (3), shoe (4) and sleeve (5). ●
Renew the screw on reassembly.
Assembly Refitting is the reverse of removal. Procedure 1 ●
Check the condition of O-ring (6) and renew it if necessary. Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-101
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-101 30-101
6/21/2007 4:33:12 AM
METHOD 30.3.23 - Range and differential assembly - complete assembly Removal After having performed the pre-disassembly operations the unit will be already disconnected from the tractor.
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-102
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-102 30-102
6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM
METHOD 30.3.24 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 85) 13 16 12
14
17
8 5
11
7 6
18
D0036460
Fig.87 - Rear pinion
Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and remove complete range gear selector assembly (2). 2
1
1
30-103
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-103 30-103
6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM
METHOD 2 Loosen union (3) and remove lubrication pipe (4).
4
3
F0084951
3 Remove circlips (5) and (6). 6
5
F0109300
4 Using a puller, partially withdraw pinion (7) in order to gain access to ringnut (8).
5 Apply a 46 wrench (for 4 range versions) or 50 wrench (for 2 or 3 range versions) to ringnut (8) and secure in position. For versions with groundspeed PTO: Fit a suitable bush on output shaft (9) of the groundpseed PTO and loosen ringnut (8) by turning output shaft (9) clockwise. ●
If possible, relieve the staking on the ringnut (8).
30-104
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-104 30-104
6/21/2007 4:33:13 AM
METHOD 6 For versions without groundspeed PTO: Remove cover (10), fit special tool T11 (P/N. 5.9030.988.0) and loosen ringnut (8) by turning clockwise. ●
If possible, relieve the staking on the ringnut (8).
10 F0098660
7 Proceed with withdrawal of pinion shaft (7) sleeve (11) and selector (12).
12
11
7
D0032270
8 Remove gear (13) and rotary union (14). 13
14
D0032280
9 Remove low or high range selector fork (13).
13
30-105
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-105 30-105
6/21/2007 4:33:14 AM
METHOD 10 Remove ringnut (8) and gear (16) 16 8
11 If the outer ring of the pinion bearing remains in the gearbox casing, re-insert the pinion shaft and fit a service bush “A” (example: Ø 65 x Ø 45 x 18) and ringnut (8).
A
8
F0085030
12 Using a puller, remove pinion (7) complete with bearing (17) and shims (18).
18
7
17
13 Only if necessary: Using a press and a suitable puller, remove the bearing (17) from the pinion (7). 7 17
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: ●
If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear pair.
30-106
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-106 30-106
6/21/2007 4:33:15 AM
METHOD Procedure 13 ●
Before fitting bearing (17) on pinion shaft (7) lubricate the inner rings of the bearing.
7
Bearing: Transmission oil During assembly of the bearing (17), rotate the outer ring to bed in the rollers and ensure smooth rotation.
17
Procedure 6 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
Procedure 5 ●
Stake the ringnut (8).
Procedure 5 ●
Renew the ringnut on reassembly. Tighten the ringnut by turning the groundspeed PTO shaft or service tool T11 (P/N. 5.9030.988.0) counterclockwise and using special wrench T8 (P/N. 5.9030.979.0).
T8 T11
Ringnut: Loctite 270 Ringnut: Nominal tightening torque: 460±20 Nm (339±14.7 lb.ft.) Tightening torque using the output shaft and the groundspeed PTO tool: 472±20.5 Nm (348±15.1 lb.ft.)
F0085071
30-107
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-107 30-107
6/21/2007 4:33:16 AM
METHOD 30.3.25 - Rear pinion (Agrofarm 100) 17 12
11
10
18
14
5
1 8
8
6
7
19
Fig.88 - Rear pinion
Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and remove complete range gear selector assembly (2). 1
2
1
1
1
F0084940
2 Loosen union (3) and remove lubrication pipe (4). 4
3
F0084950
30-108
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-108 30-108
6/21/2007 4:33:16 AM
METHOD 3 Remove circlips (5) and (6). 6
5
F0084960
4 Versions with 3 range gears Using a puller, partially withdraw pinion (7) in order to gain access to ringnut (8).
5 Apply special wrench T8 (P/N. 5.9030.984.0) to ringnut (8) and secure it in position. Fit a suitable bush on output shaft (9) of the groundpseed PTO and loosen ringnut (8) by turning output shaft (9) clockwise. ●
If possible, relieve the staking on the ringnut (8).
6 Proceed with withdrawal of pinion shaft (7) and remove synchronizer (10) complete with driver ring (11) and synchronizer ring (12).
10 12
11 F0084990
30-109
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-109 30-109
6/21/2007 4:33:17 AM
METHOD 7 Remove synchronizer ring (13), gear (14) and rotary union (15). 14 13 15
F0085000
8 Remove low or high range selector fork (16).
16
9 Remove ringnut (8) and gear (17) 17 8
10 Install a service bush “A” on the pinion shaft (7) (example: Ø 65 x Ø 50 x Ø 20) and the ringnut (8). 8
A
F0085030
30-110
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-110 30-110
6/21/2007 4:33:18 AM
METHOD 11 Using a puller, remove pinion (7) complete with bearing (18) and shims (19).
19
7
18
12 Only if necessary: Using a press and a suitable puller, remove bearing (18) from pinion (7). 7 18
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: ●
If the bevel gear pair, the bearings of the pinion or differential or the transmission casing are renewed, adjust the bevel gear pair.
Procedure 12 ●
Before fitting bearing (18) on pinion shaft (7), lubricate the inner rings of the bearing.
7
Bearing: Transmission oil During assembly of bearing (18), rotate the outer race to bed in the rollers and ensure smooth rotation.
18
Procedure 5 ●
Stake the ringnut (8).
30-111
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-111 30-111
6/21/2007 4:33:19 AM
METHOD Procedure 5 ●
Renew the ringnut on reassembly. Tighten the ringnut by turning the groundspeed PTO shaft counterclockwise and using the special wrench T8 (P/N. 5.9030.984.0). Ringnut: Loctite 270 Ringnut: Nominal tightening torque:460±20 Nm (339±14.7 lb.ft.) Tightening torque using the groundspeed PTO output shaft: 390±17 Nm (287.4±12.5 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1 ●
Mating face: Silastic
30-112
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-112 30-112
6/21/2007 4:33:19 AM
METHOD 30.3.26 - Four-wheel drive output shaft 13
10 8
16
15
11 12
7 1
14
9
D0036470
Fig.89 - Four-wheel drive output shaft
Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1). 1
F0096980
2 Remove pin (2) and remove range selector fork (3). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 2
3
F0085381
30-113
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-113 30-113
6/21/2007 4:33:20 AM
METHOD 3 Remove circlip (4) and remove spacer (5). 4 5
F0085391
4 Remove retaining half rings (6). 6
F0085401
5 Using a soft metal punch, partially drive out shaft (7) and remove gear (8). 7
8
F0085411
6 Continue to withdraw shaft (7) and remove gear (9) complete with bush (10) and selector sleeve (11) complete with hub (12).
9 10
12
11
F0085421
30-114
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-114 30-114
6/21/2007 4:33:20 AM
METHOD 7 For all versions: 13
Remove gear (13). Remove shaft (7).
8 Remove circlip (14) and, using a press, remove thrust washer (15) and bearing (16).
14
15 16
Assembly Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-115
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-115 30-115
6/21/2007 4:33:21 AM
METHOD 30.3.27 - Differential - Bevel gear pair
Fig.90 - Differential - Bevel gear pair
30-116
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-116 30-116
6/21/2007 4:33:22 AM
METHOD
Preparation of adjustments 1
●
All the procedures described in this chapter must be carried out following renewal of the transmission casing, differential support flanges, bevel gear pair, differential housing or the support bearings of the pinion and differential.
2 Install bearing assembly (2) on pinion shaft (1). ●
When handling bearing (2), take care not to invert the inner races. During assembly of the bearing (2) on the pinion shaft (1), rotate the outer ring to help seat the rollers. Bearing: Transmission oil
3 Install a service bush “A” on the pinion shaft (1) (example: Ø 65 x Ø 50 x Ø 20, for 100hp versions or Ø 60 x Ø 45 x Ø 18, for 85hp versions) and temporarily tighten the new ringnut (3).
4 Remove bearing outer ring (5) and relative shims (6) from flange (4) on the crown wheel side. ●
Note the thickness “S” of shim pack (6) (e.g., 0.80 mm).
5 Remove bearing outer ring (8) and shims (9) from flange (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel.
30-117
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-117 30-117
6/21/2007 4:33:22 AM
METHOD 6 Heat bearing inner race (5) to 80 °C and install it on the crown wheel side of differential (10). ●
Check that the bearing seats against the shoulder on the differential.
5 5
10 4
Install the outer race of bearing (5) in crown wheel side flange (4), with shim pack (6) approximately 0.5 mm less than the measured dimension “S”. ●
e.g:
●
Measured dimension = 0.80 mm
6 F0085490
Thickness of shim pack (6) to be installed: 0.30 mm 7 Heat the inner ring of bearing (8) to approx. 80 °C and install on differential (10) on the side opposite to the crown wheel. ●
Check that the bearing (8) seats against the shoulder on the differential.
8
8 10
Install bearing outer race (8) and a 1.00 mm thick shim pack (9) on flange (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel. 9 F0087710
Adjustment of the differential bearings preload 1 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.
2 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws (11). ●
While tightening the screws (11), rotate the differential unit to help seat the bearings. Warehouse: Transmission oil Screws: 32÷40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
30-118
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-118 30-118
6/21/2007 4:33:23 AM
METHOD 3 Position a dial gauge with magnetic stand “A” on the crown wheel side of differential carrier (4) and set it to zero on the end face of the differential while simultaneously forcing the differential with lever “B” towards the opposite side. Force the differential towards the crown wheel side and measure end float “G”. ●
If the end float is zero, adjust shim pack (9) on the opposite side to the crown wheel to 0.70 mm and repeat the procedure to measure end float “G”.
4 Add 0.10 mm to the measured end float value “G” and round up to the nearest 0.05 mm to determine the shim thickness to be added under the outer ring of bearing (8) on the opposite side to the crown wheel. e.g: ●
Measured value: 0.28 mm Final end float: 0.28 + 0.10 = 0.38 mm Actual shim thickness to be added: 0.40 mm
5 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position for safety.
11 11
11 F0084831
6 Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential flanges (4) and (7) from the transmission casing.
30-119
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-119 30-119
6/21/2007 4:33:24 AM
METHOD 7 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
8 Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.
Adjustment of the pinion position 1 Make a note of the value “E” stamped on one of the teeth of pinion (1). ●
In this example: + 0.15 mm
2 Install pinion (1) without shims (12) in the transmission casing. 1
F0087720
30-120
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-120 30-120
6/21/2007 4:33:25 AM
METHOD 3 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing
4 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws (11). ●
Screws: 32÷40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.) While tightening screws (11), check for the presence of clearance between the differential and pinion (1). If the differential is seated against the pinion, adjust the shim packs installed under the outer races of the bearings so as to reduce the thickness of the pack on the crown wheel side and increase the thickness of the pack on the opposite side by the same amount.
5 Use a feeler gauge to measure the distance “D” between the end face of pinion (1) and the Ø 174 section of differential (10) (in this example 4.85). Calculate dimension “R” by adding dimension “E” previously read on the tooth of pinion (1) to the design value of 4.00 mm. If the value “E” is positive, as in the case reported in the figure, it should be added to the design value of 4.00 mm: ●
1
D
10
R= 4.00 + “E” i.e. R= 4.00 + 0.15 = 4.15
If “E” is negative, subtract it from the design value of 4.00 mm F0087791
●
R= 4.00 - “E” i.e. R= 4.00 - 0.15 = 3.85
If the measured value “D” differs from the calculated value “R”, calculate the difference between “D” and “R”. The resulting value “S” is the shim thickness to be installed under bearing (2) of pinion (1). Formula: S = D - R ●
which in our example gives: S = 4.85 - 4.15 = 0.70 mm
30-121
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-121 30-121
6/21/2007 4:33:25 AM
METHOD 6 Remove screws (11) on both sides, leaving just one in position for safety.
11 11
11 F0084831
7 Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential flanges (4) and (7) from the transmission casing.
8 Remove last screw (11) and remove flanges (4) and (7).
9 Attach differential (10) to a hoist and remove it.
30-122
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-122 30-122
6/21/2007 4:33:26 AM
METHOD 10 Using a puller, remove pinion (1) complete with the transmission casing.
1 1
Remove ringnut (3) and service spacer “A” from pinion shaft (1).
3
A
F0085540
11 Measure dimension “R” of the shoulder of bearing (2). e.g: ●
“R” = 4.96 mm
Install pinion (1) and shim pack (12) of the previously calculated thickness “S”, reversing the removal procedure.
12 Secure pinion (1) in position with suitable circlip (13) selected from the available sizes.
13
Select circlip (13) by applying the following formula: Circlip thickness: ●
1
Fixed dimension “K” = 9.5 mm Shim thickness = “S” Dimension “R” = 4.96 mm (valid measurements: 4.90÷ 5.00mm)
Formula:
F0085550
●
A = K - S - R which in our example gives:
●
A = 9.5 - 0.7 - 4.96 = 3.84 mm
The circlip to be used is therefore the one whose thickness equals 3.80 mm.
Circlip (13) installed should in any case ensure pinion end float of less than 0.1 mm.
30-123
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-123 30-123
6/21/2007 4:33:26 AM
METHOD Adjustment of pinion and crown wheel backlash 1 Locate complete differential (10) in the transmission casing.
2 Install the flanges (4) and (7) and secure in position with screws (11). ●
While tightening screws (11), rotate differential assembly (10) to help seat the bearings. Warehouse: Transmission oil Screws: 32÷40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
3 Position a dial gauge “A” on a magnetic stand with the contact point perpendicular to the side of a tooth on the external diameter of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 3 mm and check the backlash “Z” between pinion and crown wheel while turning the differential (3) in both directions. ●
A
Normal backlash: 85 HP: 0.12÷0.18 mm 100 HP: 0.20÷0.28 mm
●
Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the average.
F0085560
4 If backlash “Z” is less than the minimum value, remove a shim from shim pack (6) (crown wheel side) and add the same shim to shim pack (9) (side opposite to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is greater than the maximum value add a shim to (shim pack (6) (crown wheel side) and remove an identical shim from shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). ●
The sum total thickness of shim packs (6) and (9) should not be different from the calculated value.
Recheck the backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust the shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance limits.
6
9 D0024630
30-124
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-124 30-124
6/21/2007 4:33:28 AM
METHOD 30.3.28 - Range selector assembly Disassembly 1 Remove springs (1) and pins (2). 2
1
2
F0085130
2 Remove screw (3). ●
Renew the screw on reassembly. 3
F0085140
3 Remove screws (4) and raise lever support assy (5) and creeper range control rod (6) and remove yoke (7).
4 Remove high speed/low speed range control rod (8). ●
Recover interlock pin (9).
8
9
30-125
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-125 30-125
6/21/2007 4:33:28 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screw (10) and remove yoke (11). ●
Renew the screw on reassembly.
10
11
F0085170
6 Remove rod (6) from lever support (5). 6
5
F0085180
7 Remove O-rings (12).
12
F0087690
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
Mating face: Silastic
Procedure 2 ●
Screw: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-126
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-126 30-126
6/21/2007 4:33:29 AM
METHOD 30.3.29 - Changing transmission oil (D0.00.01) CAUTION Hydraulic accumulators contain gas or oil under pressure. For all repairs, first consult the instructions given in the manufacturer’s manual. IMPORTANT: Dispose of the oil and filters in compliance with current regulations. DO NOT dump oil on the ground, in sewers or containers that are not sealed. Respect the environment. IMPORTANT: Change the filters on this occasion too.
Procedure for changing the transmission oil 1 Park the tractor on level ground. 2 Open the plug on top of the lift casing (see “Checking the transmission oil level”). CAUTION If fuel or oil under pressure hits the skin or eyes, it can cause serious injury, blindness or even death. Leaks of fluid under pressure may not be even visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood when looking for leaks. NEVER use your hands! Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes. If any fluid penetrates your skin, seek immediate attention from medical personnel with experience of this particular problem. 3 Remove the plug (1) located under the gearbox, placing a suitable receptacle under the hole. DANGER When draining off used oil from the engine sump, take care because if the oil is hot it can cause burns. 1
30-127
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-127 30-127
6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM
METHOD 4 Remove the oil plug with dipstick (1). CAUTION Never top up with oil of a different type (class or viscosity) to that already in the engine.
1
5 Change the oil filters located on the left-hand side of the transmission casing. 6 Fit and tighten the drain plug (1) and fill the gearbox with oil through the hole on top of the lift casing after removing the plug (3) to reach the level indicated by the plug with the dipstick (4).
7 After filling, screw in the oil filler plug and run the engine for a few minutes. 8 Check the oil level via the plug with dipstick (4) and top up if necessary. The tractor is equipped with a gearbox oil cooler, for cleaning it see “Cleaning engine front compartment gearbox oil cooler”.
30-128
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-128 30-128
6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM
METHOD 30.3.30 - Pump drive PTO - Outer gear
Fig.91 - Pump drive PTO
Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2).
2 Remove front and rear pump drive sleeves (3).
30-129
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-129 30-129
6/21/2007 4:33:30 AM
METHOD 3 Remove screws (4) and front and rear flanges (5). ●
6
Renew paper gaskets (6) on reassembly.
5
4
5 F0085590
4 Withdraw sleeve (7), bearings (8), spacer (9) and gear (10) from the transmission casing. ●
Insert a tie “A” in sleeve (7) to prevent spacer (9) from falling inside the transmission.
7
7
8
9 8
A F0085600
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 1 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
D0024400
30-130
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-130 30-130
6/21/2007 4:33:31 AM
METHOD 30.3.31 - Pump drive PTO - Inner gear
Fig.92 - Pump drive PTO
Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1).
1 F0085610
2 Using a soft metal punch, drive out driving gear assy (2) and spacer (3).
2 3
F0085620
30-131
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-131 30-131
6/21/2007 4:33:32 AM
METHOD 3 Remove bearing (4) from the transmission casing. 4
F0085630
4 Using a puller, remove bearing (5) from gear (2).
5 Only if necessary: Remove circlip (6) and withdraw spacer (7) and needle roller bearing (8). Remove O-ring (9).
Assembly Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 4 ●
For 85 HP versions only: Install the bearing (5) with the plastic shield on the gear (2).
30-132
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-132 30-132
6/21/2007 4:33:32 AM
METHOD 30.3.32 - 4WD engagement device
2
10
1
11
9 12 13
D0024720
Fig.93 - 4WD engagement device
Disassembly 1 Remove oil seal (1) and circlip (2). ●
Renew the seal every time the pump is removed.
2 Remove screw (3) and remove retaining plate (4).
30-133
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-133 30-133
6/21/2007 4:33:33 AM
METHOD 3 Remove screw (5), and withdraw control rod (6) and remove lever (7). ●
Check the condition of O-ring (8) and renew it if necessary.
7 5 6
Renew the screw (5) on reassembly.
8 F0085210
4 Using a suitable drift, drive out hub assembly (9). Only if necessary: 10
Remove circlip (10). 9
F0085220
5 Withdraw sleeve (11). 11
F0085230
6 Remove circlip (12) and, using a press, remove bearing (13).
12
13
F0085240
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-134
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-134 30-134
6/21/2007 4:33:33 AM
METHOD Procedure 3 ●
Bolt: 20 Nm (14.7 lb.ft.)
30-135
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-135 30-135
6/21/2007 4:33:34 AM
METHOD 30.4 - REAR AXLE 30.4.1 - RH rear axle (E0.02.01) (Agrofarm 85) Previous operations: See para. 30.3.29 - Changing transmis... - Page 30-127 - (D0.00.01)
Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and disconnect bracket (2). 2
1
3 Remove nut (3) and the relative screw.
3
4 Using suitable lifting equipment, raise cab (4) so as to be able to remove support (5).
5
4
30-136
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-136 30-136
6/21/2007 4:33:34 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (6) and remove support (5).
5
6
6 Disconnect brake pipe (8) from axle (7). 8
7
7 Attach axle (7) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting rope.
7
8 Remove screws (9) and remove axle (7). 9
7
9
30-137
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-137 30-137
6/21/2007 4:33:35 AM
METHOD 9 Remove halfshaft (10).
10
10 Blow compressed air at low pressure into hole “A” of the brake to disconnect brake cylinder assembly (11). Remove brake cylinder assembly (11).
11
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedures 9-11 ●
Mating faces: Silastic 738
Procedure 9 ●
Screws and nuts: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6 ●
Bleed the air from the braking system
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil
30-138
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-138 30-138
6/21/2007 4:33:36 AM
METHOD 30.4.2 - LH rear axle (E0.02.02) (Agrofarm 85) Previous operations: See para. 30.3.29 - Changing transmis... - Page 30-127 - (D0.00.01)
Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) and disconnect bracket (2).
2
1
3 Remove nut (3) and the relative screw.
3
4 Using suitable lifting equipment, raise cab (4) so as to be able to remove support (5).
4
5
30-139
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-139 30-139
6/21/2007 4:33:37 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (6) and disconnect bracket (7) from support (5). 7
5
6
6 Remove screws (8) and remove support (5). 5
8
7 Remove nuts (9) and (10) and remove support (11).
12
Disconnect brakes pipes (12). 11 9
10
8 Attach axle (13) to a hoist and take the strain with the rope.
13
30-140
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-140 30-140
6/21/2007 4:33:37 AM
METHOD 9 Remove all the nuts (14) and remove axle (13). ●
Recover bracket (15). 13
14 15
10 Remove halfshaft (16).
16
11 Blow compressed air at low pressure into hole “A” of the brake to disconnect brake cylinder assembly (17). Remove brake cylinder assembly (17).
17
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedures 9-11 ●
Mating faces: Silastic 738
30-141
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-141 30-141
6/21/2007 4:33:38 AM
METHOD Procedure 9 ●
Screws and nuts: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 7 ●
Bleed the air from the braking system Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
30-142
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-142 30-142
6/21/2007 4:33:39 AM
METHOD 30.4.3 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 85) 5
7
8
11
6
10
12
1
2 3 4
9
Fig.94 - Rear axle
Disassembly 1 Remove anti-rotation plate (1). 1
2 Remove screw (2) and remove spacer (3) and shims (4). 3 2
4
30-143
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-143 30-143
6/21/2007 4:33:39 AM
METHOD 3 Remove planet carrier assembly (5). 5
4 Using a puller, apply force on halfshaft (6) to dislodge bearing inner race (7) from halfshaft (6). Recover inner bearing ring (7). 7 7 6
5 Attach axle housing (8) to a hoist and remove it.
8
6 Withdraw bearing outer ring (7) and oil seal (9) from axle housing (8).
7
9 8
30-144
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-144 30-144
6/21/2007 4:33:40 AM
METHOD 7 Withdraw bearing outer ring (10) and disc (11) from axle housing (8).
10 11
11
10
8 Remove bearing inner ring (10) from halfshaft (6).
10 6
9 Only if necessary: Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (12) from the axle housing. ●
12
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
10 Remove dust seal (12) from axle shaft (6). ●
Renew the oil seal on reassembly. Note which way round the oil seal is installed.
6 12
30-145
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-145 30-145
6/21/2007 4:33:41 AM
METHOD Assembly Procedure 8 ●
Fill the area indicated in the figure with grease.
Procedure 5
15
°
●
Machining required for assembly of the axle housing ring gear.
°
14
Simultaneously drill axle housing (8) and ring gear (13). Fit cylindrical dowels (14) fully down and close the holes with plugs (15).
8
13
Procedures 4-6 ●
Lubricate bearing (7) and the lip of oil seal (9). Take care to install oil seal (9) the right way round.
Procedure 2 ●
Temporarily install spacer (3) and screw (2) without shims and tighten. Bolt: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.) After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat correctly, then tighten screw (2) again. Repeat the procedure until screw (2) no longer turns.
30-146
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-146 30-146
6/21/2007 4:33:41 AM
METHOD ●
Remove screw (2) and spacer (3) and, using a depth gauge “F” measure dimensions “A” and “B”.
●
Calculate thickness “S” of shim pack (4) to be installed under spacer (3) with the formula: S = A - B (round off the value obtained by ± 0.02 mm) Calculation example 1: dimension “A”: 97.44 mm dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.44 - 95.95 = 1.49 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (4) will be 1.50 mm. Calculation example 2: dimension “A”: 97.37 mm dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.37 - 95.95 = 1.42 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (4) will be 1.40 mm.
●
Fit shim pack (4), spacer (3) and secure in positions by tightening screw (2).
3
Bolt: 177±9 Nm (130.5±6.6 lb.ft.)
2
Bolt: Loctite 270
4
30-147
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-147 30-147
6/21/2007 4:33:42 AM
METHOD 30.4.4 - RH rear axle (Agrofarm 100) Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Versions with air braking system: Completely release pressure from the pneumatic circuit
1
Remove union (1) and disconnect pipe (2). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 2
F0083900
3 For trailer air braking export versions:
●
Label pipes (4) to avoid confusion on refitting.
●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
4
3
Remove unions (3) and disconnect pipes (4) from valve (5). 5
4
3
4
3
4 Versions with air braking system
F0083910
6
Loosen nut (6), remove screws (7) and remove tank (8) complete with support.
7 8
7 F0083920
30-148
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-148 30-148
6/21/2007 4:33:42 AM
METHOD 5 For all versions: Remove nuts (9) and disconnect bracket (10) from the axle.
6 Remove nut (11) and remove plate (12).
7 Using suitable lifting equipment “A”, raise the cab slightly on the right hand side and keep in place.
8 Remove screws (13) and remove cab support (14).
30-149
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-149 30-149
6/21/2007 4:33:43 AM
METHOD 9 Disconnect brakes pipes (15) and (16). 15 16
F0083940
10 Remove all ten screws (17) and the two nuts (18)
17
18
17
11 Attach axle (19) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting rope.
19
12 Remove screw (20) and using a service screw “B” (M10x120 with full-length thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (19) from the transmission.
20
Tighten removed screw (20) and repeat the procedure with the remaining screws until axle (19) is completely detached from the transmission.
19
30-150
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-150 30-150
6/21/2007 4:33:44 AM
METHOD 13 Remove axle assembly (19). 19
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 13 ●
Mating face: Silastic
Procedure 10 ●
Screws and nuts: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 9 ●
Bleed the air from the braking system Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
30-151
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-151 30-151
6/21/2007 4:33:45 AM
METHOD 30.4.5 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 85)
Fig.95 - Planet carrier assembly
Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1) and remove pins (2).
2 Remove planet gears (3) with shims (4) and remove needle roller bearings (5) and spacer (6).
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures.
30-152
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-152 30-152
6/21/2007 4:33:45 AM
METHOD Procedure 2 ●
Lubricate the roller cages (4). Roller cages: oil
30-153
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-153 30-153
6/21/2007 4:33:46 AM
METHOD 30.4.6 - LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100) Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Versions with air braking system: Completely release pressure from the pneumatic circuit.
2
3
1
6
Remove unions (1), (2), (3) and (4) and disconnect pipes (5) and (6). ●
5
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. Plug the pipes and ports to prevent dirt getting in. Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
4 F0087250
3 Unplug connector (7) from pressure sensor (8). 8
7 F0087240
4 Remove retaining clip (9), loosen nut (10) and disconnect cable (11).
10
9
11
F0081391
30-154
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-154 30-154
6/21/2007 4:33:46 AM
METHOD 5 Remove union (12) and disconnect breather pipe (13) from pressure control valve (14). ●
14
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 13
12
F0087260
6 Loosen nut (15), remove screws (16) and remove tank (17) complete with valves.
7 Remove the three nuts (18), screw (19) and disconnect bracket (20) from the axle.
8 Remove nut (21) and remove plate (22).
30-155
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-155 30-155
6/21/2007 4:33:47 AM
METHOD 9 Using suitable lifting equipment “A”, raise slightly the cab on the left hand side and keep in place.
10 Remove screws (23) and remove cab support (24).
11 Remove all ten screws (25) and the two nuts (26)
25
26
25
12 Attach axle (27) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting rope.
27
30-156
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-156 30-156
6/21/2007 4:33:48 AM
METHOD 13 Remove screw (28) and using a service screw “B” (M10x120 with full-length thread) or a threaded rod, separate axle (27) from the transmission.
28
Tighten removed screw (28) and repeat the procedure with the remaining screws until axle (27) is completely detached from the transmission.
27
14 Remove axle assembly (27). 27
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 14 ●
Mating face: Silastic
Procedure 11 ●
Screws and nuts: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 2 ●
Bleed the air from the braking system Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil.
30-157
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-157 30-157
6/21/2007 4:33:49 AM
METHOD 30.4.7 - RH/LH rear axle (Agrofarm 100)
Fig.96 - Rear axle
Disassembly 1 Position the axle vertically and remove the three screws (1).
2 Using a puller, remove braking flange assy (2).
30-158
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-158 30-158
6/21/2007 4:33:50 AM
METHOD 3 Using a puller, remove ring gear (3).
4 Remove anti-rotation plate (4).
5 Remove screw (5) and remove spacer (6) and shims (7).
6 Remove planet carrier assembly (8).
30-159
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-159 30-159
6/21/2007 4:33:50 AM
METHOD 7 Using a puller, apply force on axle shaft (9) to remove bearing inner ring (10) from axle shaft (9).
10
Recover inner bearing ring (10). 10
9
F0084060
8 Attach axle housing (11) to a hoist and remove it.
9 Withdraw bearing outer ring (10) and oil seal (12) from axle housing (11).
10 Withdraw bearing outer ring (13) and disc (14) from axle housing (11).
30-160
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-160 30-160
6/21/2007 4:33:51 AM
METHOD 11 Remove bearing inner ring (13) from axle halfshaft (9).
12 Only if necessary: Remove the back-up ring of oil seal (15). ●
15
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
F0071141
13 Remove dust seal (15) from axle shaft (9). ●
Renew the oil seal on reassembly. Note which way round the oil seal is installed.
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 11 ●
Fill the area indicated in the figure with grease.
30-161
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-161 30-161
6/21/2007 4:33:51 AM
METHOD Procedures 7-9 ●
Procedure 7: Lubricate bearing (10) and the lip of oil seal (12).
●
Procedure 9: Take care to install oil seal (12) the right way round.
Procedure 5 ●
Temporarily install spacer (6) and screw (5) without shims and tighten. Bolt: 29.4 Nm (21.7 lb.ft.)
●
After tightening to the specified torque, rotate the axle housing while holding the axle shaft still to allow the bearings to seat correctly, then tighten screw (5) again.
●
Repeat the procedure until the screw (5) no longer turns.
●
Remove screw (5) and spacer (6) and, using a depth gauge “F” and calibrated shims “G” of approximately 25mm, measure dimensions “A” and “B”.
●
Calculate thickness “S” of shim pack (7) to be installed under spacer (6) with the formula: S = A - B (round off the value obtained by ± 0.02 mm): Calculation example 1: dimension “A”: 97.44 mm dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.44 - 95.95 = 1.49 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (7) will be 1.50 mm. Calculation example 2: dimension “A”: 97.37 mm Dimension “B”: 95.95 mm S = 97.37 - 95.95 = 1.42 mm thus the final thickness “S” of shims (7) will be 1.40 mm.
30-162
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-162 30-162
6/21/2007 4:33:52 AM
METHOD ●
Fit shim pack (7), spacer (6) and secure in position by tightening screw (5). Bolt: 177±9 Nm (130.5±6.6 lb.ft.) Bolt: Loctite 270
Procedure 3 ●
Surfaces: Loctite 510
30-163
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-163 30-163
6/21/2007 4:33:52 AM
METHOD 30.4.8 - Planet carrier assembly (Agrofarm 100)
Fig.97 - Planet carrier assembly
Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1) and remove pins (2).
2 Remove planet gears (3) with shims (4) and remove needle roller bearings (5) and spacer (6).
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures.
30-164
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-164 30-164
6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM
METHOD Procedure 2 ●
Lubricate the roller cages (4).
●
Roller cages: oil
30-165
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-165 30-165
6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM
METHOD 30.4.9 - Rear differential Removal 1 Remove union (1) and plug (2). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
2 Drive out spring pin (3)
3 Withdraw piston (4) from the transmission casing and partially withdraw the rod (5).
4 Remove spring (6) and spacer (7).
30-166
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-166 30-166
6/21/2007 4:33:53 AM
METHOD 5 Finally remove rod (5), selector fork (8), spring (9) and spacer (10).
6 Remove nut (11), spacers (12) and nut (13) on both sides.
7 Remove brake disc (14) and axle shaft (15). 14
15
F0084820
8 Remove screws (16) on both sides, leaving one in place for safety.
30-167
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-167 30-167
6/21/2007 4:33:54 AM
METHOD 9 Using a suitable drift made of soft material, separate differential support flanges (17) from the transmission casing.
10 Remove the last screw (16) and remove flanges (17) and (18). ●
Label the flanges to avoid confusion on reassembly.
11 Attach differential (19) to a hoist and remove it from the tractor.
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 8 ●
Screws: 32÷40 Nm (23.6-29.5 lb.ft.)
30-168
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-168 30-168
6/21/2007 4:33:55 AM
METHOD 30.4.10 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 2 3
15 14 10
11 12
13 8
9
5
6
4 7
D0024520
1
Fig.98 - Rear differential
Disassembly 1 Using a puller, remove bearing (1). ●
If the bevel gear pair or both bearings are to be renewed, remove also bearing (2). 1
2
F0084870
2 Remove differential lock flange (3). 3
F0084880
30-169
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-169 30-169
6/21/2007 4:33:56 AM
METHOD 3 Remove screws (4) and remove differential crown wheel (5).
4 Remove side gear (6) and its thrust washer (7). 7 6
F0084900
5 Drive out spring pin (8) and remove pin (9).
6 Remove planet pinions (10) and (11) with their respective thrust washers (12) and (13).
30-170
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-170 30-170
6/21/2007 4:33:56 AM
METHOD 7 Remove side gear (14) and its thrust washer (15). 14
15
F0084930
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedures 4-6-7 ●
Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedures 1-3 ●
Screws: Engine oil Screws: 112±5.5 Nm (82.5±4.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1 ●
If the transmission casing, differential housing or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not install the bearings (1) and (2) at this stage, but proceed as described in the chapter “BEVEL GEAR PAIR”.
30-171
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-171 30-171
6/21/2007 4:33:57 AM
METHOD 30.4.11 - Rear differential disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 2 3
15 14 10
11 12
13 8
9
5
6
4 7
D0024520
1
Fig.99 - Rear differential
Disassembly 1 Using a puller, remove bearing (1). ●
If the bevel gear pair or both bearings are to be renewed, remove also bearing (2). 1
2 Remove differential lock flange (3).
2
3
30-172
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-172 30-172
6/21/2007 4:33:57 AM
METHOD 3 Remove screws (4) and remove differential crown wheel (5).
4 Remove side gear (6) and its thrust washer (7). 7 6
F0084900
5 Drive out spring pin (8) and remove pin (9).
6 Remove planet pinions (10) and (11) with their respective thrust washers (12) and (13).
30-173
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-173 30-173
6/21/2007 4:33:58 AM
METHOD 7 Remove side gear (14) and its thrust washer (15). 14
15
F0084930
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedures 4-6-7 ●
Gears and thrust washers: Transmission oil
Procedure 3 ●
Screws: Engine oil Screws: 112±5.5 Nm (82.5±4.0 lb.ft.)
Procedure 1 ●
If the transmission casing, differential housing or bevel gear pair are renewed, do not install the bearings (1) and (2) at this stage, but proceed as described in the chapter “BEVEL GEAR PAIR”.
30-174
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-174 30-174
6/21/2007 4:33:58 AM
METHOD 30.4.12 - Rear axle brake discs Renewal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove friction disc (1) and renew. ●
Brake disc: Transmission oil.
1
F0084821
3 Refit the previously removed axle and repeat the procedure for the brake disc on the other side. 4 On completion of the renewal procedure fill the transmission and bleed the air from the braking circuit.
30-175
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-175 30-175
6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM
METHOD 30.4.13 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 85) Disassembly 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Blow compressed air at low pressure through hole “A” to force out piston (1). 1
A F0107950
3 Remove O-rings (2) and (3).
2 3
F0107960
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
To facilitate installation of O-rings (2) and (3), stretch them slightly at various points around the circumference so that they are held in place in their grooves.
2 3
O-rings: Brake fluid
F0107960
30-176
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-176 30-176
6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM
METHOD Procedure 2 ●
Fit piston (1), taking care to align anti-rotation pins (4) correctly.
1
4
F0107970
30-177
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-177 30-177
6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM
METHOD 30.4.14 - Rear axle brake piston (Agrofarm 100) Disassembly 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Position the axle vertically and blow compressed air at low pressure through hole “A” to force out piston (1).
1
A F0085650
3 Remove O-rings (2) and (3).
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
To facilitate installation of O-rings (2) and (3), stretch them slightly at various points around the circumference so that they are held in place in their grooves. O-rings: Brake fluid
30-178
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-178 30-178
6/21/2007 4:33:59 AM
METHOD Procedure 2 ●
Fit piston (1), taking care to align anti-rotation pins (4) correctly.
1
4
F0085671
30-179
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-179 30-179
6/21/2007 4:34:00 AM
METHOD 30.5 - FRONT AXLE 30.5.1 - Front carrier (F0.01.01) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01) See para. 30.11.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-404 - (S0.01.01) See para. 30.2.1 - RADIATOR - Tractor... - Page 30-16 - (C0.01.01) See para. 30.2.2 - RADIATOR - Tractor... - Page 30-20 - (C0.01.01)
REMOVAL 1 Position a stand “A” under the engine block.
2 Versions without front PTO Remove screws (1) and overturn wiring towards the rear. 1
F0120290
3 Remove screws (2) and remove gasket (3). 3 2
30-180
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-180 30-180
6/21/2007 4:34:00 AM
METHOD 4 Versions with front PTO Using a pin punch, remove dowel (4) and withdraw PTO drive shaft (5) towards the rear of the tractor.
5
4
5 For versions with front lift control only
6
Disconnect pipes (6), remove screw (7) and overturn valves assy (8) towards the front of the tractor. ●
7
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. Before disconnecting pipes (6), close valves (8) (turning counterclockwise) and operate lift control lever to discharge all residual pressure in the circuit. Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities.
8
6 For all versions Loosen and remove lower nuts (9) (2 per side). 9
7 Position a jack “B” under the front support (10) and drive two wedges “C” between axle (11) and front support (10) to prevent the support from tipping.
10
11
30-181
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-181 30-181
6/21/2007 4:34:01 AM
METHOD 8 Loosen screw (12) to de-tension fuel pump drive belt (13).
13
12
9 Loosen and remove screws (14) and nuts (15).
14
15
10 Remove front support assembly (10). ●
Recover shims (16) installed between the front support and the engine sump, making a note of their positions.
10
Keep the right and left shims separate.
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 10 ●
If the engine or engine sump are to be renewed, or if the shims have got mixed up or lost, recalculate the shim thicknesses as follows:
●
Before installing front support “C” measure the distance “X” between the bottom of the engine block and the face of the sump.
X
F0120360
30-182
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-182 30-182
6/21/2007 4:34:02 AM
METHOD ●
Form a shim pack (16) to obtain alignment within the tolerance of ±0.1 mm (0.004 in.).
16
Procedure 9 ●
Nuts and bolts: 300±1.5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.) Bleed the front brakes circuit.
Procedure 8 ●
Adjust the tension of the fuel pump drive belt.
Procedure 6 ●
Nuts: 300±1.5 Nm (221.1±1.1 lb.ft.)
30-183
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-183 30-183
6/21/2007 4:34:03 AM
METHOD 30.5.2 - 4WD front axle (F0.03.01) Previous operations: See para. 30.11.1 - Front wheels - Page 30-404 - (S0.01.01)
Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Lift the front of the tractor so that the front tyres are clear of the ground and position a stand “A” under the engine block.
3 Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering pipes (2). ●
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly
2 2 1
4 Position a jack “A” under the front axle.
30-184
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-184 30-184
6/21/2007 4:34:03 AM
METHOD 5 Remove nuts (3) (n°4).
3
3
3
3
6 Remove front axle assembly (4).
4
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 6 ●
If the front support, axle body, or axle pivot brackets are renewed, adjust axle end float before proceeding with the final fixing of the axle.
Procedure 5 ●
Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)
30-185
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-185 30-185
6/21/2007 4:34:04 AM
METHOD 30.5.3 - Adjusting the front axle end float 1 Install thrust washer (1) and pivot bracket (2) on the rear of the axle.
1
2 F0079890
2 Loosen nuts (3) and remove shim packs (4) on both sides. Retighten nuts (3).
3 4
F0079900
3 Fit dust seal (5). ●
Take care to install the dust seal the right way round.
●
Dust seal: grease
5
5 F0079910
4 Fit thrust washer (6) and support (7).
30-186
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-186 30-186
6/21/2007 4:34:05 AM
METHOD 5 Fit front axle assembly (8) on front support (9).
9 8
6 Tighten nuts (10) and (11). ●
Nuts: 270±13 Nm (199±9.6 lb.ft.)
7 Loosen nuts (3) and use two levers to force axle (8) and support (12) apart.
8 Using a feeler gauge, measure clearance “A” between axle (8) and support (12).
30-187
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-187 30-187
6/21/2007 4:34:06 AM
METHOD 9 Calculate the thickness “S” of shim packs (4) to obtain a final end float value “G” between 0.1 and 0.4 mm. Example calculation: ●
measured play “A”: 3.20 mm calculated value “S”: 3.00 mm residual end float “G”: 0.20 mm
10 Form two shim packs (4) of the same thickness “S” and install them between axle (8) and support (12) then tighten nuts (3). ●
4
Nuts: 120±6 Nm (88.4±4.4 lb.ft.)
8
3
12 F0086420
30-188
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-188 30-188
6/21/2007 4:34:06 AM
METHOD 30.5.4 - Steering cylinders Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove unions (1) and disconnect steering control pipes (2). ●
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt.
●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
2 2 1
3 Remove screw (3) on both sides and remove guard (4). ●
Recover spacers (5). 5
3 4
4 Loosen nut (6) and remove set screw (7). 7 6
30-189
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-189 30-189
6/21/2007 4:34:07 AM
METHOD 5 Withdraw pin (8). ●
9
If the cylinder is to be removed with the axle installed on the tractor, remove grease nipple (9) and extract pin (8) downwards.
8
6 Recover oil seals (10) complete with bushes (11). 11
10
7 Remove screw (12) and withdraw pin (13). 12
13
8 Recover seals (14) complete with bushes (15) and remove steering cylinder (16).
15
14
16
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. After installing the steering cylinder, start the engine and repeatedly turn the steering to full lock in both directions to expel any air from the steering circuit. 30-190
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-190 30-190
6/21/2007 4:34:07 AM
METHOD 30.5.5 - Steering cylinders disassembly Disassembly 1 Loosen front ringnut (1) by about 5 turns. 1
F0009110
2 With a soft mallet, lightly tap front ringnut (1) to drive in end cap (2) by about 3 mm (0.118 in.) 1
2
F0009120
3 Remove ringnut (1) and remove circlip (3) fixing head (2). 3
1 F0009130
4 Withdraw piston assembly (4).
4
F0009140
30-191
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-191 30-191
6/21/2007 4:34:09 AM
METHOD 5 Unscrew and remove self-locking nut (5) and remove piston (6). Withdraw end cap (2) from rod (7). 7
2
6 5
F0009150
6 Remove outer O-ring (8), rod wiper (9) and rod guide ring (10) from end cap (2).
7 Remove outer seal (11) and inner O-ring (12) from piston (6).
11 F0009170
Assembly 1 Fit rod guide (10) and rod wiper (9) in end cap (2). ●
Carefully check correct orientation of ring (10).
Fit O-ring (8).
30-192
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-192 30-192
6/21/2007 4:34:09 AM
METHOD 2 Fit a suitable installation guide on the piston (6) and fit piston sealing O-ring (12) by hand.
12
6 F0009160
3 Fit the outer piston seal (11) on the installation guide. Using a suitable installer, drive the seal into its seat (11).
11 F0009170
4 Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal passing the gauge over the entire length of piston (6).
5 Fit end cap (2) and piston (6) on rod (7); Secure piston (6) with self-locking nut (5). ●
Cylinder end cap: Gearbox oil.
●
Nut: 86÷90 Nm (63.4-66.3 lb.ft.)
7
2
6 5
F0009150
30-193
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-193 30-193
6/21/2007 4:34:10 AM
METHOD 6 Lubricate the seals of the piston and end cap; install the assembly in the cylinder taking care not to damage the seals. ●
Seals: Gearbox oil.
●
Insert end cap (2) approx. 2 mm (0.08 in.) beyond the seat of circlip (3)
2
F0009190
7 Fit circlip (3) and tighten ringnut (1). ●
Ringnut: 40 Nm (29.5 lb.ft.)
●
To tighten the ringnut pressurise the lower side of the cylinder with compressed air at 5-8 bar.
3
1 F0009130
30-194
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-194 30-194
6/21/2007 4:34:10 AM
METHOD 30.5.6 - Final drive reduction unit Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from steering knuckle housing (3). ●
Oil: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
3 Remove screw (4), loosen breather valve (5) and remove cover (6).
4 Unscrew and remove cover (7). Remove circlip (8).
30-195
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-195 30-195
6/21/2007 4:34:11 AM
METHOD 5 Using a slide hammer, remove cover (9). Remove circlip (10).
6 Remove all the nuts (11) and, using two bolts as pullers, dislodge final drive reduction gear assembly (12).
7 Attach final drive reduction unit assembly (12) to a hoist and lift it clear off the tractor.
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 7 ●
Check the condition of O-ring (13) and renew it if necessary. O-ring: grease.
Procedure 2 ●
Fill the steering knuckle housing with oil. Steering knuckle housing: ~2.5 l (0.66 US.gall.)
30-196
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-196 30-196
6/21/2007 4:34:12 AM
METHOD 30.5.7 - Final drive reduction unit disassembly
Fig.100 - Planetary end drive
Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1).
2 Remove disc (2).
30-197
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-197 30-197
6/21/2007 4:34:12 AM
METHOD 3 Extract pins (3).
4 Move planet pinions (5) towards the centre of planet carrier (4).
5 Position the assembly under a press and, using a suitable tool, separate ring gear (6) from planet carrier (4). ●
Before starting this operation, make sure the planet pinions (5) have not moved outwards.
6 Recover ring (7) and ball cage (8).
30-198
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-198 30-198
6/21/2007 4:34:13 AM
METHOD 7 Remove ring gear (6) and recover ball cage (9).
8 Remove planet pinions (5) and shims (10) from planet carrier (4). Remove needle roller bearings (11) from planet pinions (5).
9 Using a puller, remove oil seal (12). ●
Renew oil seal (12) on reassembly.
10 Only if necessary: Using a puller, remove ring (13).
30-199
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-199 30-199
6/21/2007 4:34:13 AM
METHOD 11 Only if necessary: extract bearing (14), circlip (15) and O-ring (16) from planet carrier (4).
16
15
4
14
D0023880
Assembly 1 Remove all traces of paint from face “A” of planet carrier (4) and face “B” of ring gear (6) to facilitate subsequent installation of oil seal (12).
B
A
4 6 D0023890
2 Only if removed: Heat ring (13) to around 80 °C (176 °F) and install it on planet carrier (4). ●
Make sure that is seated correctly.
3 Fit ball cage (9).
30-200
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-200 30-200
6/21/2007 4:34:14 AM
METHOD 4 Install planet pinions (5) complete with needle roller bearings (11) and shims (10) in planet carrier (4) and secure them with pins (3).
5 Fit ring gear (6).
6 Fit ball cage (8) and ring (7).
7 Locate disc (2) and tighten screws (1). ●
Screws: 63±3 Nm (46.4±2.2 lb.ft.)
30-201
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-201 30-201
6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM
METHOD 8 Place the final drive reduction unit under a press and, using the specific tool T4 (P/N. 5.9030.980.0), install new oil seal (12).
30-202
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-202 30-202
6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM
METHOD 30.5.8 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft 3
14
18
15 16 17 19 25
27
23 26 28 24 22 21 11
20
12
D0028080
13
Fig.101 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft
REMOVAL 1 Remove split pin (1) and loosen nut (2) without removing it.
1
2
2
F0080221
2 Using a soft mallet, disconnect rod (4) from steering knuckle housing (3).
4
3
F0080232
30-203
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-203 30-203
6/21/2007 4:34:15 AM
METHOD 3 Remove screw (5) and withdraw pin (6). 5
6
F0079962
4 Recover oil seals (7) complete with bushes (8). 8
7
F0079972
5 Remove union (9) and disconnect brake pipe (10). 9
10 F0080241
6 Remove screws (11).
11
F0080251
30-204
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-204 30-204
6/21/2007 4:34:16 AM
METHOD 7 Tighten screws (11) into the three threaded holes and withdraw pin (12). Recover shim (13). 12
11
13 F0080261
8 Remove screws (14).
14
14
F0080271
9 Tighten the three screws (14) into the threaded holes and partially withdraw pin (15). 15
Recover shims (16). ●
Note the quantity of shims (16) installed under the upper pin (15). 14 16 F0080281
10 Attach the steering knuckle housing (3) to a hoist, remove pin (15) and lift steering knuckle housing (3) clear of the tractor. 3
15
3
F0080291
30-205
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-205 30-205
6/21/2007 4:34:17 AM
METHOD 11 Remove seal (17), thrust washer (18), and remove bearing inner ring (19).
17 18
19 F0080301
12 Remove seal (20) and thrust washer (21) and remove bearing inner ring (22). 21
22 20 F0080311
13 Remove halfshaft (23).
23
F0080321
14 Only if necessary: Remove the outer races of bearings (19) and (22).
19
22 D0023442
30-206
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-206 30-206
6/21/2007 4:34:18 AM
METHOD 15 Only if necessary: Remove oil seal (25), circlip (26) and needle roller bearing (27) from axle housing (24). 25
24 27
26
D0023901
16 Remove oil seal (28) from steering knuckle housing (3). ●
Take care to install oil seal (28) the right way round.
28
3
D0023331
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 17 ●
24
Using a suitable drift, install roller cage (27) in axle housing (24) and secure with circlip (26).
27
26 F0073202
●
Using a suitable drift A, install oil seal (25) in the axle housing.
25
A
F0073215
30-207
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-207 30-207
6/21/2007 4:34:19 AM
METHOD
Fig.102 - Drift drawing Procedure 16 ●
Only if the bearings (19) and (22) or the steering knuckle housing (3) or the axle housing (24) are renewed, adjust the bearing preload.
Procedure 1 ●
Nut: 98±5 Nm (72.2±3.7 lb.ft.) If the slot does not line up with the hole in the pin, tighten the nut further until they are aligned.
Bleed the front brakes circuit.
30-208
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-208 30-208
6/21/2007 4:34:19 AM
METHOD 30.5.9 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft 9
12
5 10
11 6 3
1
2 4 14 D0028090
7
15
8
13
Fig.103 - Steering knuckle housing and halfshaft
Adjusting the bearings preload 1 Fit halfshaft (2) in axle housing (1). 1 2
F0080322
2 Using a suitable tool, fit the outer rings of bearings (3) and (4) in axle housing (1). ●
Make sure that the thinner outer ring is installed in the upper hole and the thicker outer ring in the the lower hole.
Install, the inner race of bearing (3), shim (5) and seals (6) in axle housing upper side, and install the inner race of bearing (4), shim (7) and oil seal (8) on the axle housing lower side.
30-209
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-209 30-209
6/21/2007 4:34:20 AM
METHOD 3 Locate the steering knuckle housing (9) and secure it in position with the upper pin (10) without the shim and tighten the screws (12).
12 10
9
F0080340
4 Fit the lower pin (13) and an 0.5 mm shim (14) and secure it in position with screws (15). 14
15
13
F0080350
5 Loosen screws (12), raise upper pin (10) and insert a shim pack (11) approx.1.5 mm thick; retighten screws (12).
6 Position a dial gauge “A” with a magnetic stand on the axle housing oriented so that the contact point is perpendicular to the lower pin (13) and preload the gauge by about 2 mm.
13
A F0080370
30-210
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-210 30-210
6/21/2007 4:34:20 AM
METHOD 7 Apply leverage between axle housing (1) and steering knuckle housing (9) and measure play “G” of the bearings. Calculate the thickness of the shim pack to be inserted between the upper pin (10) and the steering knuckle housing (9) in order to preload the bearings between 0.10 and 0.15 mm.
9
10 1
Example 1: Measured play: 0.07 ●
Final shim pack thickness: 1.5 - 0.10 - 0.07=1.33 mm which rounds down to: 1.30 with a bearing preload of 0.13 mm
Example 2: Measured play: 0.18 mm ●
F0080380
Final shim pack thickness: 1.50 - 0.10 - 0.18=1.22 mm which rounds down to: 1.20 mm with a bearing preload of 0.12 mm
8 Loosen screws (12), adjust shim pack (11) to the calculated thickness and fully tighten screws (12).
30-211
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-211 30-211
6/21/2007 4:34:21 AM
METHOD 30.5.10 - Differential unit Removal 1 Remove plugs (1) and (2) and drain off all the oil from the axle. ●
Axle oil: max. 10.5 l (2.77 US.gall.)
2 Remove union (3) and disconnect differential locking pipe (4). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 3 4
F0080400
3 Remove all the nuts (5). ●
Note the positions of the thicker washers. 5
5
5 F0080422
4 Using two screws as pullers, separate differential assembly (6) from the axle housing.
6 F0080432
30-212
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-212 30-212
6/21/2007 4:34:21 AM
METHOD 5 Attach differential unit (7) to a hoist and lift it clear of the tractor.
7
F0080452
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 5 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
Bleed the front brakes circuit.
30-213
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-213 30-213
6/21/2007 4:34:22 AM
METHOD 30.5.11 - Differential disassembly Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2) and O-ring (3).
3
1
2 F0080460
2 Remove differential lock control piston (4). ●
Check the condition of O-rings (5) and renew them if necessary.
4
5 F0080470
3 Detach spring (6).
6
F0080480
4 Remove split pin (7) and remove pin (8) and washer (9). 8
9 7
F0080490
30-214
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-214 30-214
6/21/2007 4:34:22 AM
METHOD 5 Remove control rod assembly (10).
10
F0080500
6 Drive out spring pin (11) and remove lever (12) and fork (13) complete with shoes (14).
13
11
12 14 F0080510
7 Remove circlip (15), shims (16) and complete differential lock assembly (17). ●
Note the quantity of shims (16).
15
16
17
F0080520
8 Only if necessary: Remove disc (18) and remove the seventeen balls (19) and shims (20). ●
Note the quantity of shims (20).
30-215
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-215 30-215
6/21/2007 4:34:23 AM
METHOD 9 Separate quill (21) from sleeve (22).
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
O-ring: oil
30-216
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-216 30-216
6/21/2007 4:34:24 AM
METHOD 30.5.12 - Differential unit adjustment Adjustment 1 Insert quill (2) into sleeve (1). Position the seventeen balls (3) and disc (4). ●
Do not install any shims at this point.
2 Install differential lock (6) on differential unit (5) and install a suitable shim pack (7) to eliminate any play between the sleeve and circlip (8).
3 Remove the differential lock and fit some of the shims (7) between disc (4) and sleeve (2), then reinstall on the differential unit.
4 Secure the differential lock (6) with the remaining shims (7) and the circlip (8).
30-217
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-217 30-217
6/21/2007 4:34:24 AM
METHOD 5 With sleeve (1) moved towards the differential, check that the flat part “A” of sleeve (1) is positioned on balls (3) as shown in the figure.
1
A 3
If not, repeat the procedure described in points 4, 5 and 6 until the condition described above is obtained. D0023460
6 Fit fork (9) complete with shoes (10) and lever (11).
7 Secure lever (11) in position with spring pin (12).
8 Fit the differential lock piston (13). ●
O-rings: Oil 13
F0080471
30-218
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-218 30-218
6/21/2007 4:34:25 AM
METHOD 9 Fit cover (14) and relative O-ring (15) and tighten screws (16). 16 15
14 F0080560
10 Fit complete control rod assembly (17). Fit pin (18) and washer (19) and secure them in position with split pin (20).
18 19
17 20
F0080570
11 Adjust the length “B” of differential lock control rod (13) so that, when sleeve (1) is in the position shown, shoes (10) are not forced against it.
1
13
10
B
18,5 D0022000
30-219
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-219 30-219
6/21/2007 4:34:26 AM
METHOD 12 Fit spring (21).
21
F0080481
30-220
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-220 30-220
6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM
METHOD 30.5.13 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 85) 12 3 9
11
6
2
7 8
4
10
5 1
19 15
20 21 18 17
23 22
16 13
14
D0027930
Fig.104 - Bevel gear pair
Disassembly 1 Remove bolts (1) and detach flange (2) and shims (3). 1
2
3
1 F0080580
30-221
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-221 30-221
6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM
METHOD 2 Remove bolts (4) and detach flange (5) and shims (6). 6
4 5
4 F0080590
3 Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender drift, dislodge the inner ring of bearing (8).
7
8 F0080600
4 Using a puller, completely remove the inner ring of bearing (8).
5 Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove bearing inner ring (10).
30-222
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-222 30-222
6/21/2007 4:34:27 AM
METHOD 6 Remove differential assembly (11).
7 Remove the remaining screws (9) and remove crown wheel (12).
8 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (13). ●
To loosen the ringnut turn it clockwise. Renew ringnut (13) on reassembly.
9 Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier (15) and recover spacer (16). 14
16
15
F0080660
30-223
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-223 30-223
6/21/2007 4:34:28 AM
METHOD 10 Recover shims (17) and spacer (18) from pinion (14).
14
17
18
F0080670
11 Remove bearing outer race (19), shims (20) and spacer (21) from differential carrier (15).
20
21 15 19 F0095450
12 Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (22) and bearing (23) from differential carrier (15). ●
23
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
15
22 F0080692
13 Remove the inner race of bearing (19) from pinion (14). ●
Dislodge the bearing using a very thin tool and then use a puller to remove it completely.
Assembly Adjust.
30-224
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-224 30-224
6/21/2007 4:34:29 AM
METHOD Stake ringnut (13) at the two points corresponding to the locations in pinion (14).
Using a suitable tool, install oil seal (22) in differential carrier (15). ●
oil seal: Grease
30-225
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-225 30-225
6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM
METHOD 30.5.14 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 85) Adjusting the position and preload of the bevel pinion 5
7
8
6
2 3
9 4 10 12 11 13 14
1
D0027931
Fig.105 - Bevel gear pair
Adjustment 1 Note dimension “E” stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1). ●
In the example described: E = -0.15 mm
30-226
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-226 30-226
6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM
METHOD 2 Install bearing inner race (2) on pinion shaft (1).
3 Install bearing outer race (2) and spacer (4) in differential carrier (3).
3
2 4
F0095460
4 Install pinion (1) and flanges (5) and (6) complete with outer bearing races (7) and (8) in differential carrier (3) and use a depth gauge “A” to measure distance “X”. ●
A 5
Rotate pinion (1) in both directions to seat bearing (2). Place onto the outer bearing race (8) on the crown wheel side a cylindrical pin “C” 2.5 mm (code 2.1651.109.0) in diameter to make up the difference between the outside diameters of the bearings (7) (Ø90) and (8) (Ø85).
7
C 8 6
3
F0080741
30-227
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-227 30-227
6/21/2007 4:34:30 AM
METHOD 5 Calculate distance “D” from the differential’s axis of rotation to pinion head (1) with the following formula: D=X-R
2,5 mm
Where: R = 45.00 = radius of bearing (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel
R
e.g: ●
X
Dimension “X” = 107.75 mm
D
Radius “R” = 45.00 D = 107.75 - 45.00 = 62.75 mm
2 4 1 D0027940
6 Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (5) and (6) and form a shim pack (9) of thickness “S” calculated using the following formula: S = D - Theoretical value + E
1
Where: S = final shim pack thickness (8) D = measurement calculated at point 5
2
Theoretical value = 61.00 E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1) Example 1 (negative “E” value) ●
F0080750
D = 62.75 mm E = - 0.15 mm Theoretical value = 61.00
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.15 = 1.60 mm Example 2 (positive “E” value) ●
D = 62.75 mm E = + 0.15 mm Theoretical value = 61.00
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm
30-228
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-228 30-228
6/21/2007 4:34:31 AM
METHOD 7 Install shim pack (9) and bearing outer race (2) in differential carrier (3).
9
3 2
F0080683
8 Install pinion assembly (1) in the differential carrier and install spacer (10) and a shim pack (11) approx. 1.50 mm thick. ●
Bearing: oil
11 1
10
F0080761
9 Install bearing assembly (12) in differential carrier (3) and seat it using a suitable drift. ●
12
To facilitate assembly, position the differential carrier vertically and rest the end face of the pinion on a spacer.
3
F0080771
10 Fit spacer (13) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening ringnut (14). ●
Ringnut: 206÷226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
1 13
To tighten the ringnut, turn it anti-clockwise. When tightening the ringnut, take care not to preload bearings (2) and (12). If the bearings are preloaded, increase the thickness of the shim pack (11).
14
F0080781
30-229
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-229 30-229
6/21/2007 4:34:31 AM
METHOD 11 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand as shown and place the contact point perpendicular to pinion (1) head. Preload the gauge by about 2 mm then apply leverage to the pinion and read play “G” of bearings (2) and (12).
12 Calculate thickness “P” of shim pack (11) to be installed under spacer (10) using the following formula, rounding the value down to the nearest 0.05 mm. “P” = Installed shim thickness - measured play “G” Example 1: (measured play = 0.17 mm) ●
12
10 11
14
P = 1.50 - 0.17 = 1.33 mm which rounds down to 1.30 mm
Example 2: (measured play = 0.13 mm) ●
P = 1.50 - 0.23 = 1.27 mm which rounds down to 1.25 mm
D0023491
13 Remove ringnut (14) and withdraw the complete pinion, spacer (10) and the inner race of bearing (12). ●
Loosen the ringnut by turning it clockwise. 14
F0080801
14 Alter shim pack (11) to the thickness “P” calculated in point 12 and refit the pinion as described in points 8 - 9 and 10. ●
While tightening the ringnut, rotate the pinion to ensure bearings (2) and (12) run smoothly.
Rotate the pinion in both directions, lightly tapping it in an axial direction to help seat bearings (2) and (12) and check as described in point 12 that there is no pinion end float. If end float is detected, repeat the procedure from point 13.
30-230
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-230 30-230
6/21/2007 4:34:32 AM
METHOD Adjustment of the differential preload
Fig.106 - Adjustment of the differential preload
Adjustment 1 Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3). ●
Screws: 75±4 Nm (55.3±3 lb.ft.)
30-231
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-231 30-231
6/21/2007 4:34:33 AM
METHOD 2 Fit differential assembly (1) in differential carrier (4) and, using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (5). ●
Check that the bearing (5) and the differential (1) are installed the right way round relative to the differential carrier (4).
5
4
1
F0080830
3 Using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (6).
6
F0080840
4 Install outer bearing race (5) on the flange of the side opposite the crown wheel (7). Fit bearing outer race (6) in the crown-wheel side flange (8).
5 Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (10).
7
9
7
10
4 F0080860
30-232
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-232 30-232
6/21/2007 4:34:33 AM
METHOD 6 Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (12).
11
8
12
4 F0080870
7 Position a dial gauge on a magnetic stand “F” as shown, with the contact point perpendicular to the hub of differential (1). Preload the dial gauge by about 2mm and set it to zero.
F
Use a lever to apply force under differential (1) and measure play “G” e.g: ●
Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm 1 F0088280
8 Calculate the total thickness of shims “T” to be installed under the flanges by subtracting measured play “G” from the thickness of shims (9) and (11) installed under flanges (7) and (8), rounding down the value obtained to the nearest 0.05 mm.
9
11
e.g: ●
Thickness of installed shims (9) and (11): 2.00 mm Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm Total shims thickness “T”: 2.00 -0.37 = 1.63 mm which rounds down to 1.60 mm
8
7
F0080890
Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11). 9 Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall it with flange (8). ●
8
11
12
Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).
F0080871
30-233
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-233 30-233
6/21/2007 4:34:34 AM
METHOD 10 Calculate thickness “H” of shim pack (9) by subtracting the thickness of shims (11) installed under flange (8) from value “T” calculated in point 10.
7
9
7
e.g: ●
H = T - 1.00 = 1.60 -1.00 = 0.60 mm
10
Form a shim pack (9) of thickness “H”, install it with flange (7) and secure it by tightening down screws (10). ●
While tightening the screws, rotate the differential to ensure that bearings (5) and (6) turn smoothly.
●
Bearing: oil
F0080861
11 Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat the bearings (5) and (6) and check, as described in point 7, that the differential has no end float. Using a feeler gauge “A”, check that dimension “D” between the end face of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct within a tolerance of ±0.10 mm.
12 Distance “D” = theoretical distance+ value “E” where: Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm Value E = value stamped on pinion tooth. Example 1 (positive value “E”) ●
Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm E = + 0.10 mm D = 1.00 + 0.10 = 1.10 mm Acceptable values: 1.00÷1.20 mm
Example 2 (negative value “E”) ●
Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm E = - 0.05 mm D = 1.00 - 0.05 = 0.95 mm Acceptable values: 0.85÷1.05 mm
30-234
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-234 30-234
6/21/2007 4:34:35 AM
METHOD Adjustment of the pinion and crown wheel 1 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand with the contact point perpendicular to a tooth flank on the external diameter of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 2 mm and measure the backlash “Z” between the pinion and crown wheel by turning the differential back and forth in both directions. Normal backlash “Z”: ●
85HP version: 0.14÷0.19 mm Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the average.
2 If backlash “Z” is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim pack (11) (crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims to shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is greater than 0.20 mm add shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel side) and remove the same number of shims from shim pack (9) (opposite side to the crown wheel). ●
9
11
The sum total thickness of shim packs (11) and (9) should be the same as the value obtained when checking the preload of the differential bearings.
Recheck the backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust the shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance limits. 3 Finally tighten down screws (10) and (12) securing flanges (7) and (8). ●
D0023500
7
12
Screws: 45±2 Nm (33.2±1.5 lb.ft.) Screws: Loctite 242 10 8
F0080910
30-235
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-235 30-235
6/21/2007 4:34:35 AM
METHOD 30.5.15 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 10
6
5
1
9 2
12
4
3
11 7 8
D0023510
Fig.107 - Differential
Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2).
2 Remove thrust washer (3) and side gear (4).
30-236
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-236 30-236
6/21/2007 4:34:36 AM
METHOD 3 Withdraw spring pin (5).
On more recent versions the spring pin (5) is installed parallel to the differential’s axis of rotation.
4 Withdraw pin (6) and side gear (7) with relative thrust washer (8).
7
8 6
F0080970
5 Remove planet side gear (9) and relative thrust washer (10). 11
Remove side gear (11) and relative thrust washer (12). 9
10
12
F0080980
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedures 2 - 4 - 5 ●
Thrust washers: oil
30-237
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-237 30-237
6/21/2007 4:34:36 AM
METHOD 30.5.16 - Bevel gear pair (Agrofarm 100)
Fig.108 - Bevel gear pair
Disassembly 1 Remove bolts (1) and detach flange (2) and shims (3). 1
2
3
1 F0080580
30-238
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-238 30-238
6/21/2007 4:34:37 AM
METHOD 2 Remove bolts (4) and detach flange (5) and shims (6). 6
4 5
4 F0080590
3 Remove the two opposing screws (7) and, using a very slender drift, dislodge the inner ring of bearing (8).
7
8 F0080600
4 Using a puller, completely remove the inner ring of bearing (8).
5 Remove screw (9) and using a very slender drift remove bearing inner ring (10).
30-239
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-239 30-239
6/21/2007 4:34:37 AM
METHOD 6 Remove differential assembly (11).
7 Remove the remaining screws (9) and remove crown wheel (12).
8 Relieve the staking and remove ringnut (13). ●
To loosen the ringnut turn it clockwise. Renew ringnut (13) on reassembly.
9 Using a soft mallet, drive pinion (14) out from differential carrier (15) and recover spacer (16). 14
16
15
F0080660
30-240
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-240 30-240
6/21/2007 4:34:38 AM
METHOD 10 Recover shims (17) and spacer (18) from pinion (14).
14
17
18
F0080670
11 Remove the outer ring of bearing (19) and shims (20) from differential carrier (15).
20
15 19 F0080680
12 Using a suitable tool, remove oil seal (21) and bearing assembly (22) from differential carrier (15). ●
22
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
15
21 F0080690
13 Remove the inner race of bearing (19) from pinion (14). ●
Dislodge the bearing using a very thin tool and then use a puller to remove it completely.
Assembly Adjust.
30-241
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-241 30-241
6/21/2007 4:34:39 AM
METHOD Stake ringnut (13) at the two points corresponding to the locations in pinion (14).
Using a suitable tool, install oil seal (21) in differential carrier (15). ●
oil seal: Grease
30-242
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-242 30-242
6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM
METHOD 30.5.17 - Bevel gear pair disassembly (Agrofarm 100) Adjusting the position and preload of the bevel pinion 4
6
7
5
2 3 8 9 10
11 12 13
1
D0023471
Fig.109 - Bevel gear pair
Adjustment 1 Note dimension “E” stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1). ●
In the example described: E = -0.05 mm
30-243
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-243 30-243
6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM
METHOD 2 Install bearing inner race (2) on pinion shaft (1).
3 Install bearing outer race (2) in differential carrier (3).
3
2 F0080730
4 Install pinion (1) and flanges (4) and (5) complete with outer bearing races (6) and (7) in differential carrier (3) and, using a depth gauge “A”, measure distance “X”. ●
Rotate the pinion in both directions to seat the bearing. Place onto the outer bearing race (7) on the crown wheel side a cylindrical pin “C” 2.5 mm (code 2.1651.109.0) in diameter, to make up the difference between the outside diameters of the bearings (7) (Ø90) and (6) (Ø85).
30-244
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-244 30-244
6/21/2007 4:34:40 AM
METHOD 5 Calculate distance “D” from the differential’s axis of rotation to pinion head (1) with the following formula: D=X-R Where: R = 45.00 = radius of bearing (7) on the opposite side to the crown wheel e.g: ●
Dimension “X” = 107.75 mm Radius “R” = 45.00
D = 107.75 - 45.00 = 62.75 mm
6 Remove pinion (1), outer bearing race (2) and flanges (4) and (5) and form a shim pack (8) of thickness “S” calculated using the following formula: S = D - Theoretical value + E
1
Where: S = final shim pack thickness (8) D = measurement calculated at point 5
2
Theoretical value = 61.00 E = dimension stamped on the crest of a tooth of pinion (1) Example 1 (negative “E” value) ●
F0080750
D = 62.75 mm E = - 0.05 mm Theoretical value = 61.00
S = 62.75 - 61.00 - 0.05 = 1.70 mm Example 2 (positive “E” value) ●
D = 62.75 mm E = + 0.15 mm Theoretical value = 61.00
S = 62.75 - 61.00 + 0.15 = 1.90 mm
30-245
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-245 30-245
6/21/2007 4:34:41 AM
METHOD 7 Install shim pack (8) and bearing outer race (2) in differential carrier (3).
8
3 2
F0080681
8 Install pinion assy (1) in the differential carrier and install spacer (9) and a shim pack (10) approx. 1.50 mm thick. ●
Bearing: oil
10 1
9
F0080760
9 Install bearing assembly (11) in differential carrier (3) and seat it using a suitable drift. ●
To facilitate assembly, position the differential carrier vertically and rest the end face of the pinion on a spacer.
10 Fit spacer (12) on pinion shaft (1) and secure it by tightening ringnut (13). ●
Ringnut: 206÷226 Nm (151.8-166.6 lb.ft.)
1 12
To tighten the ringnut, turn it anti-clockwise. When tightening the ringnut, make sure not to preload the bearings (2) and (11). If the bearings are preloaded, increase the thickness of the shim pack (10).
13
F0080780
30-246
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-246 30-246
6/21/2007 4:34:41 AM
METHOD 11 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand as shown and place the contact point perpendicular to pinion (1) head. Preload the gauge by about 2 mm then apply leverage to the pinion and read play “G” of bearings (2) and (11).
12 Calculate the thickness “P” of shim pack (10) to be installed under spacer (9) using the following formula, rounding the value down to the nearest 0.05 mm. “P” = Installed shim thickness - measured play “G” Example 1: (measured play = 0.17 mm) ●
P = 1.50 - 0.17 = 1.33 mm which rounds down to 1.30 mm
Example 2: (measured play = 0.13 mm) ●
P = 1.50 - 0.23 = 1.27 mm which rounds down to 1.25 mm
13 Remove ringnut (13) and withdraw the pinion assembly, spacer (9) and the inner race of bearing (11). ●
Loosen the ringnut by turning it clockwise.
14 Alter shim pack (10) to thickness “P” calculated in point 12 and refit the pinion as described in points 8 - 9 and 10. ●
While tightening the ringnut, rotate the pinion to ensure bearings (2) and (11) run smoothly.
15 Rotate the pinion both directions tapping it lightly to help seat bearings (2) and (11) and check as described in point 12 that there is no pinion end float. If end float is detected, repeat the procedures described in points 13, 14 and 15.
30-247
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-247 30-247
6/21/2007 4:34:42 AM
METHOD Adjustment of the differential preload
Fig.110 - Adjustment of the differential preload
Adjustment 1 Fit crown wheel (2) to differential (1) and tighten screws (3). ●
Screws: 75±4 Nm (55.3±3 lb.ft.)
30-248
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-248 30-248
6/21/2007 4:34:43 AM
METHOD 2 Fit differential assembly (1) in differential carrier (4) and, using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (5). ●
Check that the bearing (5) and the differential (1) are installed the right way round relative to the differential carrier (4).
5
4
1
F0080830
3 Using a suitable tool, install the inner race of bearing (6).
6
F0080840
4 Install outer bearing race (5) on the flange of the side opposite the crown wheel (7). Fit bearing outer race (6) in the crown-wheel side flange (8).
5 Install an 0.5 mm thick shim pack (9) and flange (7) in differential carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (10).
7
9
7
10
4 F0080860
30-249
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-249 30-249
6/21/2007 4:34:43 AM
METHOD 6 Install a 1.5 mm thick shim pack (11) and flange (8) in differential carrier (4) and secure in position by tightening screws (12).
11
8
12
4 F0080870
7 Position a dial gauge on a magnetic stand “F” as shown, with the contact point perpendicular to the hub of differential (1). Preload the dial gauge by about 2mm and set it to zero.
F
Use a lever to apply force under differential (1) and measure play “G” e.g: ●
Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm 1 F0088280
8 Calculate the total thickness of shims “T” to be installed under the flanges by subtracting measured play “G” from the thickness of shims (9) and (11) installed under flanges (7) and (8), rounding down the value obtained to the nearest 0.05 mm.
9
11
e.g: ●
Thickness of installed shims (9) and (11): 2.00 mm Measured play “G” = 0.37 mm Total shims thickness “T”: 2.00 -0.37 = 1.63 mm which rounds down to 1.60 mm
8
7
F0080890
Remove flanges (7) and (8) and shims (9) and (11). 9 Change the thickness of shim pack (11) to 1.00 mm, and reinstall it with flange (8). ●
8
11
12
Bearing: oil
Tighten screws (12).
F0080871
30-250
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-250 30-250
6/21/2007 4:34:44 AM
METHOD 10 Calculate thickness “H” of shim pack (9) by subtracting the thickness of shims (11) installed under flange (8) from the value “T”, calculated in point 9.
7
9
7
e.g: ●
H = T - 1.00 = 1.60 -1.00 = 0.60 mm
10
Form a shim pack (9) of thickness “H”, install it with flange (7) and secure it by tightening down screws (10). ●
While tightening the screws, rotate the differential to ensure that bearings (5) and (6) turn smoothly.
●
Bearing: oil
F0080861
11 Rotate the pinion and crown wheel in both directions to help seat bearings (5) and (6) and check, as described in point 8, that the differential has no end float. Using a feeler gauge “A”, check that dimension “D” between the end face of pinion (13) and differential housing (1) is correct within a tolerance of ±0.10 mm.
12 Distance “D” = theoretical distance+ value “E” where: Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm Value E = value stamped on pinion tooth. Example 1 (positive value “E”) ●
Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm E = + 0.10 mm D = 1.00 + 0.10 = 1.10 mm Acceptable values: 1.00÷1.20 mm
Example 2 (negative value “E”) ●
Theoretical distance = 1.00 mm E = - 0.05 mm D = 1.00 - 0.05 = 0.95 mm Acceptable values: 0.85÷1.05 mm
30-251
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-251 30-251
6/21/2007 4:34:45 AM
METHOD Adjustment of the pinion and crown wheel 1 Position a dial gauge “F” on a magnetic stand with the contact point perpendicular to a tooth flank on the external diameter of the crown wheel. Preload the gauge by approx. 2 mm and measure the backlash “Z” between the pinion and crown wheel by turning the differential back and forth in both directions. Normal backlash “Z”: ●
100 HP version: 0.15÷0.20 mm Take four measurements 90° apart and calculate the average.
2 If backlash “Z” is less than 0.15 mm, remove shims from shim pack (11) (crown wheel side) and add the same number of shims to shim pack (9) (opposite side to crown wheel). If backlash “Z” is greater than 0.20 mm add shims to shim pack (11) (crown wheel side) and remove the same number of shims from shim pack (9) (opposite side to the crown wheel). ●
9
11
The sum total thickness of shim packs (11) and (9) should be the same as the value obtained when checking the preload of the differential bearings.
Recheck the backlash “Z” and, if necessary, continue to adjust the shims until the backlash is within the specified tolerance limits. 3 Finally tighten down screws (10) and (12) securing flanges (7) and (8). ●
D0023500
7
12
Screws: 45±2 Nm (33.2±1.5 lb.ft.) Screws: Loctite 242 10 8
F0080910
30-252
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-252 30-252
6/21/2007 4:34:45 AM
METHOD 30.5.18 - Differential disassembly (Agrofarm 100) 10
6
5
1
9 12
2
4
3
11 7
D0023510
8
Fig.111 - Differential
Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and detach flange (2).
2 Remove thrust washer (3) and side gear (4).
30-253
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-253 30-253
6/21/2007 4:34:46 AM
METHOD 3 Withdraw spring pin (5).
On more recent versions the spring pin (5) is installed parallel to the differential’s axis of rotation.
4 Withdraw pin (6) and side gear (7) with relative thrust washer (8).
7
8 6
F0080970
5 Remove planet side gear (9) and relative thrust washer (10). 11
Remove side gear (11) and relative thrust washer (12). 9
10
12
F0080980
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedures 4-5 ●
Thrust washers: oil
30-254
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-254 30-254
6/21/2007 4:34:46 AM
METHOD 30.5.19 - Front brake discs Removal 1 Remove screws (1) and remove reaction flange (2).
2 Remove friction disc (3) and steel disc (4). 3 4
F0085690
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Friction disc: Transmission oil
Procedure 1 ●
Screws: 59÷65 Nm (43.5-48.0 lb.ft.)
30-255
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-255 30-255
6/21/2007 4:34:47 AM
METHOD 30.5.20 - Front axle brake piston Disassembly 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Using a slide hammer puller, remove piston (1). ●
1
To facilitate removal of the piston, loosen the bleed screw by a few turns.
F0085700
3 Recover seals (2) and (3). 3
2
F0085710
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Install piston (1), making sure that the side with the slots is oriented outwards. Seals: Brake fluid
30-256
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-256 30-256
6/21/2007 4:34:47 AM
METHOD 30.5.21 - 4WD shaft REMOVAL 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (–) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screws (1) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the righthand side). 1
F0120220
3 Remove screws (2) and (3) and remove guard (4). 3
2
4
4
F0120230
4 Remove clamps (5). 5
5
F0120240
30-257
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-257 30-257
6/21/2007 4:34:48 AM
METHOD 5 Disconnect brake pipes (6) and differential lock pipes (7). ●
7
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.
6
F0120250
6 Disconnect steering control pipes (8). ●
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities
8
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.
F0120260
7 Remove front spring pin (9) and slide sleeve (10) along front axle drive shaft (11).
11
9
10
F0120270
8 Remove rear pin (12) and slide sleeve (13) along the front axle drive shaft (11).
11
12
Remove 4WD shaft (11).
13
F0120280
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-258
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-258 30-258
6/21/2007 4:34:49 AM
METHOD Procedure 5 ●
Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
30-259
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-259 30-259
6/21/2007 4:34:50 AM
METHOD 30.6 - BODYWORK - CAB - PLATFORM 30.6.1 - Cab (G0.03.01) Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-).
2 For versions with air conditioning Disconnect the air conditioning pipes (1) and (2).
1
2
3 For versions with cab Remove nuts (3) and disconnect pipes (4) and (5) from bracket (6). Loosen clamps (7) and disconnect heater pipes (8).
4 For all versions Disconnect connectors (9), remove screw (10) and move brake and clutch fluid compensation tank (11) towards the rear of the tractor.
9
11
10 F0120421
30-260
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-260 30-260
6/21/2007 4:34:50 AM
METHOD 5 Disconnect connectors (12), loosen screw (13) and move brake and clutch fluid compensation tank (14) towards the rear of the tractor.
12
14
13 F0120420
6 Unplug connector (15).
15
F0120041
7 Disconnect the clutch control cylinder pipe (16). 16
F0120620
8 Remove screws (17) (3 on the left-hand side and 2 on the righthand side). 17
F0120221
30-261
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-261 30-261
6/21/2007 4:34:51 AM
METHOD 9 Remove screws (18) and (19) and remove guard (20). 19
18
20
20
F0120231
10 Disconnect steering control pipes (21). ●
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
21
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.
F0120261
11 Remove screw (22) and bracket (23).
24
Disconnect power steering pressure pipe (24). 22 23
F0120610
12 Remove split pin (25) and remove pin (26). ●
28
Always renew the split pin.
Lower gaiter (27) and disengage parking brake cable (28). 27
25
26
30-262
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-262 30-262
6/21/2007 4:34:52 AM
METHOD 13 Remove split pin (29) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod (30). ●
Always renew the split pin.
30 29
14 Remove circlip (31) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod (32). 31
32
15 Remove yoke (33) and retaining spring (34) then disconnect cable (35) from the PTO selector lever 34 33
35 F0120650
16 Loosen nuts (36) and disconnect auxiliary services directional control cables (37) 36
37 F0120660
30-263
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-263 30-263
6/21/2007 4:34:53 AM
METHOD 17 Disconnect wiring connectors on the left (38) and on the right (39). 38
39
F0120670
18 Remove pins (40) and disconnect lift tie-rods (41).
41
40 F0120690
19 Remove screw (42) and disconnect ground cable (43).
43 42
F0120680
20 Disconnect pipe (44). ●
46
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
Remove screw (45) and disconnect reverse shuttle control lever (46).
45
44
F0120700
30-264
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-264 30-264
6/21/2007 4:34:54 AM
METHOD 21 Remove screw (47) and disconnect gear control lever (48). 48
47
F0120710
22 Disconnect brake pipes (50) from “SEPARATE BRAKE” valve (49). ●
49
50
Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
F0120720
23 Remove screws (51) and remove cab access steps (52).
51
52 F0120740
24 Remove screws (53) and tilt hood support (54) towards the front of the tractor.
53
54
53
53
30-265
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-265 30-265
6/21/2007 4:34:55 AM
METHOD 25 Remove surround (55).
55
26 Attach cab (56) to a suitable hoist and take the strain on the rope.
56
F0120730
27 Remove front nuts (57) (n°2) and rear nuts (58) (n°2).
57 58 F0081401
28 Remove cab (56).
56
F0120750
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-266
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-266 30-266
6/21/2007 4:34:56 AM
METHOD Procedure 27 ●
Nuts: 170 Nm (125.3 lb.ft.)
Procedure 22 ●
Bleed the air from the brake circuit.
Procedure 12 ●
Adjust the parking brake cable, if necessary.
Procedure 7 ●
Bleed the air from the clutch control circuit.
Procedure 2 ●
Air conditioning pipe fittings: Delivery (5/8”-18UNF): (7/8”-14UNF): 35.3÷42.0 Nm (26-31 lb.ft.)
13.6÷20.3 Nm (10-15 lb.ft.) - Return
30-267
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-267 30-267
6/21/2007 4:34:57 AM
METHOD 30.6.2 - Front hoods (G0.01.01) Removal 1
DANGER Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Press button (1) to raise front hood (2).
1 2
F0120020
3 Remove side panels (3).
3
F0120030
4 Unplug connector (4).
4
F0120040
30-268
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-268 30-268
6/21/2007 4:34:57 AM
METHOD 5 Supporting front hood (2), remove screw (5) and nuts (6) then remove front hood (2).
2
5 6
F0120050
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-269
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-269 30-269
6/21/2007 4:34:58 AM
METHOD 30.6.3 - Fenders Removal 1 Remove the four screws (1) and remove fender assembly (2). ●
Make note of the orientation or the anti-rotation brake (3).
2 3
1
1
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-270
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-270 30-270
6/21/2007 4:34:58 AM
METHOD 30.6.4 - Front instrument panel (G0.06.04) Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove cover (1). 1
3 Remove nut (2) and remove steering wheel (3). 3
2
4 Remove knob (4), remove screws (5) and remove guard (6).
6
4
5
30-271
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-271 30-271
6/21/2007 4:34:59 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (7) and remove guard (8) and disconnect connector (9).
8
9
6 Fully retract screws (10) and remove support (11) complete with lights selector switch (12).
7
11 10
12
7 Remove panels (13) on both sides.
13
8 Detach instrument (14) from the instrument panel. ●
To avoid damaging the instrument panel prise the retaining clips of the instrument with a screwdriver inserted through the lateral openings of the instrument panel.
14
30-272
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-272 30-272
6/21/2007 4:34:59 AM
METHOD 9 Disconnect wiring connectors (15) and remove instrument (14). 15 14
10 Remove lower screws (16).
16
11 Remove upper screws (17) and move the instrument panel towards the rear of the tractor.
17
12 Disconnect connectors (18) and (19). 18
19
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-273
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-273 30-273
6/21/2007 4:35:00 AM
METHOD 30.6.5 - Air conditioning
Fig.112 - Air conditioning 1. Compressor with electromagnetic clutch 2. Condenser 3. Filter-drier tank 4. Four level pressure switch for compressor clutch engagement/disengagement and condenser cooling fans control. 5. Expansion valve 6. Evaporator 7. Evaporator temperature sensor 8. Cab air blowers 9. Air cowling 10. Condenser cooling fans.
30-274
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-274 30-274
6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM
METHOD Technical characteristics ●
Minimum safety pressure: 2.45 bar Maximum safety pressure: 28 bars
●
Refrigerant type: R134a
●
Refrigerant quantity: 1400 g
●
Total quantity of non-freezing oil added at 1st charging: 200 g
●
Type of oil: SUN-OIL COMPANY SP20
Malfunction Compressor (1) is driven from the crankshaft via a drivebelt and pulley with an electromagnetic clutch (1a), which is operated from a switch on the control panel. The system is protected by a safety pressure switch, which performs the following functions: ●
Inhibits engagement of electromagnetic clutch (1a) when the system pressure falls below 2.45 bar as a result of incomplete charging or refrigerant leakage.
●
Disengages clutch (1a) and thereby stops the compressor when the pressure exceeds the permitted maximum of 28 bar (406 psi) (generally as a result of overheating).
A further contact controls operation of fans (10) of condenser (2) in order to maintain normal operating pressure within the range of 17÷18 bar (246.5-261.0 psi). The refrigerant (in vapour state) is drawn in by the compressor where it is compressed. This compression causes the temperature of the vapour to rise; the refrigerant flows to the condenser (2) where its heat is transferred to the air flow generated by cooling fans (10). The refrigerant gas is thus cooled to the point at which it condenses to high-pressure liquid. At this point the refrigerant is transferred to filter-drier unit (3), which performs three functions: to filter out any impurities, to absorb any water in the circuit, and finally, to act as a storage reservoir. On leaving the receiver-drier, the clean, dry liquid passes to evaporator (6) through an expansion valve (5), which meters the flow of refrigerant into the evaporator to ensure optimum evaporation. In the evaporator, the refrigerant expands to the critical evaporation point with an ambient temperature of around -- 8°C (17.6°F). The temperature of the air flow over evaporator (6) generated by centrifugal blowers (8) is significantly higher than -- 8°C (17.6°F), and therefore it transfers heat to the refrigerant, causing it to boil and evaporate. On leaving evaporator (6), the refrigerant returns to compressor (1) to repeat the cycle. The removal of heat from the ambient air flowing over the evaporator causes the moisture in the air to condense, and the air is thus dehumidified; the moisture condenses on the fins of the evaporator, where, if it is not maintained at temperature above 0°C (32°F), it will freeze and comprise the efficiency of the evaporator. The task of maintaining the evaporator at a temperature above 0°C (32°F) (and within the optimum temperature for efficient heat exchange), is performed by an electronic temperature sensor (7); this sensor disengages the compressor clutch (1a) when the temperature falls to the lower limit and engages the clutch (1a) when the evaporator temperature reaches an upper limit. The condensate that forms on the evaporator fins (6) contains dust, pollen and other particles suspended in the air; continuous condensation thus has the effect of purifying the air, and the droplets of condensate are conveyed out of the vehicle via two ducts. A fixed quantity of non-freezing oil is added to the circuit in order to lubricate all the mechanical components of the system; a certain percentage of this oil continuously circulates in the form of an oil mist, thereby lubricating the compressor (pistons and bearings) and the expansion valve.
Discharging, flushing and recharging 1
DANGER Before evacuating, flushing and recharging the air conditioning system, check the system for leaks using a leak detector.
2 To service the air conditioning system you will require a dedicated servicing machine capable of performing the following operations: ●
Aspiration of the refrigerant fluid.
●
Creation of a high vacuum to purge the system of contaminants.
●
Filtration of the recovered refrigerant.
●
Separation of the anti-freeze and lubricating oil from the liquid refrigerant and determination of its quantity by weight. 30-275
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-275 30-275
6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM
METHOD ●
Recharging system with the exactly the same amounts of refrigerant and oil as those recovered.
●
Measuring the system delivery side pressure and return pressure (low pressure).
Evacuating the system 1
DANGER Remove the key from the ignition.
2 Connect the service machine to high pressure service connection (1) and follow the specific instructions for the service machine to discharge the system. 3 Disconnect the system component to be renewed or overhauled immediately after the service machine stops; plug the open ends of the system pipes as quickly as possible.
Flushing and recharging the system 1 Before each recharging, the system must be purged of all air, moisture and contaminants (oxides, deposits). This entails creating a high vacuum within the system to evaporate any moisture present. The vapour, when extracted, draws with it any contaminants present in the system. ●
For the purging and recharging operations, the service machine must be connected to high (1) and low (2) pressure service valves. DANGER “Maximum vacuum” must be maintained for at least 10 minutes.
2 After flushing, the moisture-free oil recovered during the discharging operation must be re-introduced into the system, followed by the refrigerant. ●
Quantity of refrigerant (R134a): 1400 g Oil quantity: the quantity recovered. DANGER If the system has to be discharged and flushed in order to renew a system component, the quantity of oil in the replaced component must be measured and the same amount of new oil must added to that recovered with the refrigerant. DANGER For details of the oil and refrigerant recharging procedure, refer to the instructions supplied with the service machine.
30-276
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-276 30-276
6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM
METHOD 30.6.6 - Compressor 1
DANGER Remove the key from the ignition
2 Disconnect electromagnetic clutch control connector (1).
3
Disconnect inlet (3) and delivery (4) lines from compressor (2). ●
Plug the open ends of the pipes immediately to prevent moisture getting into the circuit. 4 1
2
3 Loosen nut (5), remove pivot screw (6) and remove compressor (2). 6 5
2
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Remove the plugs and reconnect the pipelines straight away, tightening fully to ensure moisture does not get into the system. Inspect the O-rings and renew them if damaged.
●
Adjust the tension of the compressor/fan drivebelt.
●
Flush and recharge the system.
30-277
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-277 30-277
6/21/2007 4:35:01 AM
METHOD 30.6.7 - Clutch master cylinder Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Disconnect connectors (1), loosen screw (2) and remove brake and clutch fluid reservoir (3) from the support.
1
3
2 F0120422
3 Remove screws (4) and tilt hood support (5) towards the front of the tractor.
4
5
4
4
4 Remove surround (6).
6
F0120492
30-278
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-278 30-278
6/21/2007 4:35:02 AM
METHOD 5 Remove four nuts (7) and move fuse box (8) clear. 7
7
8 F0120790
6 Remove screws (8) and nut (9) and separate guard (10).
8 8 10
9 F0120800
7 Remove split pin (11) and remove pivot pin (12). ●
Always renew the split pin. 11
12 F0120810
8 Disconnect connection pipe (13) to the compensation tank and clutch control pipe (14).
13
14 F0120820
30-279
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-279 30-279
6/21/2007 4:35:03 AM
METHOD 9 Remove screws (15) and remove the clutch master cylinder (16).
15
16
F0120830
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Fill the oil tank and bleed the air from the clutch circuit.
30-280
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-280 30-280
6/21/2007 4:35:04 AM
METHOD 30.6.8 - Clutch piston Removal 1 Loosen adjuster nut (1) and free pipe (2) from clamp (3). Disconnect pipe (2) from piston (4). 3
1 2 4
2 Remove screws (5) and remove piston assembly (4). 4
5
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Make sure that plunger (6) of the clutch piston is properly inserted in the lever (7) then refit plug (8).
6
7
8
Bleed the air from the clutch control circuit.
30-281
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-281 30-281
6/21/2007 4:35:04 AM
METHOD 30.6.9 - Clutch control circuit Bleeding the system 1
DANGER During air bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the reservoir is always above the minimum level.
2 Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing “A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing in a container to collect the fluid.
A 1
Repeatedly depress the clutch pedal until you feel resistance, then hold the pedal pressed down. Slowly open bleed valve (1) and allow fluid and air to escape.
F0096250
3 While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw; release the pedal. Repeat the previous operations until the fluid flowing from the bleed valve is entirely free of air bubbles. After bleeding, fit the dust cap to the bleed valve.
30-282
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-282 30-282
6/21/2007 4:35:05 AM
METHOD 30.6.10 - Brake master cylinders Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove cap (1) and draw off the fluid contained in brake fluid reservoir (2).
1
Remove screw (3) and move brake fluid compensation tank (2) towards the rear of the tractor.
2
3
3 Remove screws (4) and tilt hood support (5) towards the front of the tractor.
4
5
4
4
4 Remove surround (6).
6
F0120492
30-283
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-283 30-283
6/21/2007 4:35:05 AM
METHOD 5 Withdraw split pins (7) and remove pivot pins (8).
8
8
7
7
6 Disconnect suction pipes (10), balance pipe (11) and brake pipes (12) and (13) from brake master cylinders (9). ●
10
Label pipes (12) and (13) to avoid confusion on reconnection. Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 9 9 11
13 12
7 Remove screws (14) (2 per master cylinder) and remove the brake master cylinders.
14 9
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. ●
Fill the brake fluid reservoir to the maximum level. Bleed the air from the braking circuit. Check the position and alignment of the brake pedals.
30-284
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-284 30-284
6/21/2007 4:35:07 AM
METHOD 30.6.11 - Control levers (Agrofarm 85) Adjustment 1 This procedure must be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and with all the oil delivery and return pipes connected. 2
DANGER Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the ‘maximum depth’ position.
DANGER When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.
3 Attach either an implement or a 200 kg weight to the 3-point linkage. 4 Move yellow lever (1) to the ‘maximum height’ position. 1
5 Check that lever (2) is seated against lift (3). If not, or if lever (2) is restricting the travel of yellow lever (1), adjust the length of tie-rod (4) by way of yoke (5).
30-285
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-285 30-285
6/21/2007 4:35:08 AM
METHOD 6 After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (1) to the ‘control’ position and green lever (6) to position “12”. 1
6
7 Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move green lever (6) to position “0”. ●
Take care because the lift arms will rise. 6
8 When the lift stops, check that hole “A” on right hand arm (7) is aligned with the hole in lift cover (3).
7
3
9 If not, remove plug (8) and adjust the height by way of push rod (9). ●
Screw in push rod (9) to raise the arms. Screw out push rod (9) to lower the arms. 9
Tighten locknut (10) and refit plug (8). ●
Renew the washer on reassembly. 8 10
30-286
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-286 30-286
6/21/2007 4:35:08 AM
METHOD 10 After performing the adjustment, move the yellow lever (1) to the maximum height position and the green lever to position “12”. 1
11 Check that hole “A” on right hand lift arm (7) is aligned with the hole on lift (3). If not, loosen screw (11) to bring the holes into alignment. ●
Mark a horizontal line on the cylinder rod about 10-12 mm from the seal.
12 Then slacken off screw (11) another full turn and secure it in position with locknut (13). ●
Check that the line marked on the cylinder rod is near the seal.
13
11
Adjust the length of tie-rod (12) by way of the yoke so that the yellow lever can move through its entire stroke to maximum lift position without impinging on screw (11).
12 F0121181
13 Move yellow lever (1) to the “control” position and green lever (6) to position “12”. ●
The lift should be lowered to maximum depth position. 1
Slowly move green lever (6) towards position “O” until the lift starts to move.
6
30-287
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-287 30-287
6/21/2007 4:35:09 AM
METHOD 14 The lift should start to move when green lever (6) is in position “4”. ●
If it starts to move earlier, (in position “5” or “6”), shorten tie-rod (4). If it starts to move later, (in position “3” or “2”) lengthen tie-rod (4).
4
F0120691
30-288
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-288 30-288
6/21/2007 4:35:10 AM
METHOD 30.6.12 - Control levers (Agrofarm 100) Adjustment 1 This procedure should be carried out with the lift unit installed on the transmission and service tool T2 installed in place of the auxiliary services directional control valve. Furthermore, the level tube installed inside the lift cover should be replaced with another tube approximately 100 mm long. 2
DANGER Before starting the tractor, make sure that the yellow lift control lever is in the ‘maximum depth’ position.
3
DANGER When starting the engine, make sure that the hand throttle lever is in the minimum (idle) position.
4 Remove screws (1) and remove cover (2).
1 1
2
5 Connect service tool T2 to the tractor hydraulic system as shown.
1
2
30-289
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-289 30-289
6/21/2007 4:35:10 AM
METHOD 6 Connection to service tool T2.
7 Attach either an implement or a 200 kg weight to the 3-point linkage. 3
Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘maximum height’ position.
8 Check that lever (4) is up against stop (5). If not, or if lever (4) is restricting the travel of yellow lever (3), adjust the length of tie rod (6).
9 After making the adjustment, move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’ position and green lever (7) to position “12”. 3
7
30-290
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-290 30-290
6/21/2007 4:35:11 AM
METHOD 10 Start the engine and run at idle speed and slowly move yellow lever (3) to the maximum lift position. 3
11 When the lift stops, check that the end of piston (8) is flush with cylinder (9). 9
8
12 If piston (8) protrudes from the cylinder or stops inside it, adjust the stroke by way of tie rod (10). ●
Shorten the tie-rod to make the piston protrude from the cylinder.
10
Lengthen the tie rod to cause the piston to retract inside the cylinder.
13 Move yellow lever (3) to the ‘control’ position and green lever (7) to position “0” ●
Take care as the lift arms should still rise a little. 3
7
30-291
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-291 30-291
6/21/2007 4:35:12 AM
METHOD 14 Check that piston (8) protrudes approximately 5 mm from cylinder (9). 9
8
15 If piston (8) does not stop in the correct position, adjust the stroke by way of screw (11). ●
Screw in if the piston protrudes too much (7 mm). Screw out if the piston does not protrude enough (3 mm). After each adjustment, check by moving green lever (7) to position “12” and then back to position “0”. 11
16 Move green lever (7) to position “12”. ●
The lift should be lowered to maximum depth position.
Slowly move green lever (7) towards position “0” until the lift starts to move.
7
17 The lift should start to move when green lever (7) is in position “4”.
7
30-292
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-292 30-292
6/21/2007 4:35:13 AM
METHOD 18 If the lift starts to move earlier (near positions “5” or “6”) shorten tie-rod (12). If it starts to move later (near positions “3” or “2”) lengthen tie-rod (12).
12 12
19 On completion of the adjustments, replace the temporary level tube with the original one, remove special tool T2 and complete the installation of the lift and the removed components.
30-293
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-293 30-293
6/21/2007 4:35:14 AM
METHOD 30.7 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 30.7.1 - Pump for hydraulic lift and auxiliary services Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-).
2 Remove split pin (1) and remove pin (2). ●
4
Always renew the split pin.
Lower gaiter (3) and disengage parking brake cable (4). 3
2
1
3 Remove split pin (5) and disconnect 4WD tie-rod (6). ●
Always renew the split pin.
6
5
4 Remove split pin (7), remove pin (8) and disconnect tie-rod (9) of the 4WD engagement control.
9
8 7
30-294
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-294 30-294
6/21/2007 4:35:14 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (10) and (11) and remove support assy (12).
11
12
10
11
6 Loosen nuts (13) but do not remove them.
13
7 Disconnect pressure pipe (14) from master cylinder (15). ●
17
Plug pipe to prevent dirt from entering the system.
Remove screws (16) and turn pipe (17) counterclockwise to free pump (14).
16
Remove the two screws (18) and remove pump (14). 18 14 18
15
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 7 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
Procedure 2 ●
Adjust the parking brake cable, if necessary
30-295
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-295 30-295
6/21/2007 4:35:15 AM
METHOD 30.7.2 - Power steering (H0.02.01) Previous operations: See para. 30.6.2 - Front hoods - Page 30-268 - (G0.01.01) See para. 30.6.4 - Front instrument p... - Page 30-271 - (G0.06.04)
Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screw (1) and move brake fluid compensation tank (2) towards the rear of the tractor.
2
1
3 Remove screws (3) and tilt hood support (4) towards the front of the tractor.
3
4
3
3
4 Remove surround (6).
5
30-296
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-296 30-296
6/21/2007 4:35:16 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (7) and remove power steering support (8). 7
6
6
6 Loosen and remove all unions (8). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 8 8
7 Remove screws (9) and remove power steering (10).
9 9
10
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 7 ●
Power steering valve bore: Molybdenum grease.
30-297
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-297 30-297
6/21/2007 4:35:17 AM
METHOD 30.7.3 - Pressure relief valve setting: Checking maximum operating pressure 1 Disconnect the rod side pressure connection from one of the steering cylinders (1) and replace with union “B” connected in turn to a 400 bar full scale pressure gauge
2 Start the engine and turn the steering to full lock to expel any air from the steering circuit. 3 Force the steering to full lock on the side to which the pressure gauge is connected and read off the maximum continuous pressure on gauge “A”. ●
Maximum permissible pressure: 150 bar (2175.6 psi)
4 If the pressure reading differs from the specified value, adjust the pressure relief valve of the power steering unit.
Pressure relief valve setting: 1 Remove plug (3) and relative seal (4). Using a hex key proceed to adjust relief pressure by positioning setscrew (5). ●
3 4
To INCREASE, turn the screw CLOCKWISE To REDUCE, turn the screw COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
5
Refit plug (3), checking that seal (4) is correctly seated. ●
Plug: 50÷60 Nm (36.9-44.2 lb.ft.) F0012580
30-298
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-298 30-298
6/21/2007 4:35:18 AM
METHOD 30.7.4 - Power steering disassembly 26
27
28 29
31
15 18
24
13
"ç
32
"çb
33
"ça 19
34
21
35
20 22 16
&)a
12
&)b 10
17
"' a "' b ça
8 7
"' a
"'
6 11 9 2 5
1
4 D0029230
2 3
Fig.113 - Power steering
Disassembly 1 Unscrew and remove screws (1) and (3) and washers (2) securing cover (4) (6 screws plus one special screw).
3 1 2
4
F0009470
30-299
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-299 30-299
6/21/2007 4:35:18 AM
METHOD 2 Remove cover (4) by sliding it off sideways. 4
F0009480
3 Lift rotary spool unit (5) complete with O-rings (6) and spacer (7).
5
6
7
F0009490
4 Remove drive shaft (8).
8
F0009500
5 Remove distributor plate (9). 9
F0009510
30-300
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-300 30-300
6/21/2007 4:35:19 AM
METHOD 6 Remove relief valve stop bush (10). 10
F0009520
7 Remove O-ring (11).
11
F0009530
8 Remove ball (12) of the check valve and pins (13) and balls (15) of the suction valves. 15
12
13
F0009541
9 Checking through the central hole of the spool, position spoolbush assembly cross pin (16) horizontally. Push assembly (17) and the bearing assembly out of power steering housing (18). 17
18 F0009550
30-301
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-301 30-301
6/21/2007 4:35:20 AM
METHOD 10 Remove outer ring (19), inner ring (20) and roller bearing (21) from the spool; remove also ring (22). ●
It may occur that inner ring (20) (thin) remains in the steering valve housing; ensure that it is fact removed.
20
22
21 19 F0009560
11 Remove cross pin (16), bush (17b) and spool (17a). ●
Use special cover screw (3).
17b
3
16 17a F0009570
12 Slowly withdraw spool (17a) from bush (17b). 17b 17a
F0009580
13 Press neutral position springs (23) and remove them from spool (17a).
23
17a
F0009590
30-302
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-302 30-302
6/21/2007 4:35:21 AM
METHOD 14 Remove dust seal (24) and composite seal (25) (O-ring + seal).
25
24
F0009600
15 For ON versions: Remove the plugs (26) of the antishock valves.
26 27
F0009611
16 Remove seals (27).
27
F0009620
17 Remove calibration screws (28).
28
F0009630
30-303
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-303 30-303
6/21/2007 4:35:22 AM
METHOD 18 Remove springs (29) and the two balls (30). ●
The valve seats are fixed inside the steering valve housing and cannot be removed.
29 30 28 F0009641
19 Check that the valve components are arranged shown in the figure.
30
29
28
27
26
30
29
28
27
26 F0009650
20 For all versions: Remove plug (31) and its seal.
31 F0009660
21 Remove pressure relief adjuster screw (33).
33 F0009670
30-304
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-304 30-304
6/21/2007 4:35:23 AM
METHOD 22 Turn over the steering valve housing and remove spring (34) and relief valve (35). ●
The seat of the relief valve is a force fit in the housing and cannot be removed.
35 34
F0009680
Assembly 1
●
Prior to reassembly, lubricate all components with gearbox oil.
Insert the two flat washers (23a) in the seat and centre them relative to the diameter of spool (17a). Insert the four curved washers (23b) in pairs between the two flat washers (23a) and push them fully home.
23b 23a
23b
23a
17a
F0009690
2 Align spring assembly (23).
23
F0009700
3 Insert spool (17a) in bush (17b). ●
Check that the position between the bush and the spool is as described in stage 1.
17b 17a
F0009580
30-305
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-305 30-305
6/21/2007 4:35:24 AM
METHOD 4 Simultaneously push springs (23) and spool (17a) until the springs are seated in the slots in bush (17b).
23
17a 17b F0009710
5 Align springs (23) and make sure they are positioned centrally in relation to the diameter of bush (17b).
23
17b F0009720
6 Install ring (22) on its seat on bush (17b). ●
Ring (22) must be free to rotate without interfering with springs (23).
22
17b F0009730
7 Insert cross pin (16).
16 F0009740
30-306
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-306 30-306
6/21/2007 4:35:25 AM
METHOD 8 Install the thrust bearing components in the order indicated in point 9.
20
22
21
F0009751
9 Thrust bearing assembly. ●
17a - Spool 17b - Bush 21- Needle roller bearing 20 - Inner ring 22 - Outer ring DANGER The outer ring must be installed with chamfer “X” facing the shoulder of the spool.
10 Position steering valve housing (18) so the hole is horizontal. Insert into the bush/spool assembly bore the guide of special tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
11 Lubricate oil seal (25a) and O-ring (25b) and fit them on the push rod of tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0).
30-307
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-307 30-307
6/21/2007 4:35:26 AM
METHOD 12 Fit tool T9 (P/N. 5.9030.480.0). and insert it in the guide previously inserted in the steering valve bore.
13 Push seal (25) into its seat in steering valve housing (18) while rotating it to ease it into position.
18 F0009790
14 Withdraw from the valve housing (18) the tool T9 (code 5.9030.480.0). and the guide, leaving the tool plunger in the housing.
15 Insert bush/spool assembly (17) in steering valve bore (18). Rotate the valve slightly while inserting it to ease it into position. ●
Keep the cross pin horizontal while inserting the assembly.
17
18 F0009810
30-308
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-308 30-308
6/21/2007 4:35:26 AM
METHOD 16 Push in assembly (17) until fully seated so that it forces out the tool push rod left in the housing in step 14.
18
17 F0009820
17 Rotate steering valve housing (18) until the centre hole is vertical. Insert ball (12) of the relief valve in the hole indicated by the arrow.
12
18
F0009830
18 Screw valve retaining bush (10) into the bore of the relief valve. ●
The top of the retaining bush should be set below the face of steering valve housing (18).
10
18
F0009521
19 Insert the two balls (15) in the holes indicated by the arrows.
15 F0010310
30-309
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-309 30-309
6/21/2007 4:35:27 AM
METHOD 20 Insert elements (13) in the same holes. 13
F0009841
21 Lubricate O-ring (11) and fit it in its seat. ●
11
O-ring: temperature sensor
F0009850
22 Locate distributor plate (9) so that its holes are aligned with the holes in steering valve housing (18).
9
18
F0009860
23 Insert drive shaft (8) in the hole so that it engages the cross pin; check that the engagement with the cross pin is parallel to the steering column mounting face. 8
F0009870
30-310
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-310 30-310
6/21/2007 4:35:28 AM
METHOD 24 Position the drive shaft so that it is vertical and hold it in this position using a suitable tool.
8
F0009880
25 Lubricate the two O-rings (6) and fit them in the two grooves in rotary spool unit (5). Fit rotary spool unit (5) to drive shaft (8). ●
6
O-rings: temperature sensor
8 5
F0009890
26
DANGER Install the rotor (5a) on the drive shaft (8) so that the valley between two lobes is aligned with the groove in the end of the drive shaft. Then turn the outer ring (5b) to align the fixing holes.
8
5a F0009900
27 Install spacer (7). 7
5
F0009910
30-311
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-311 30-311
6/21/2007 4:35:29 AM
METHOD 28 Fit cover (4). 4
F0009920
29 Insert special screw (3) complete with washer (2) in the hole indicated in the photo. 3
F0009930
30 Insert the six screws (1) complete with washers (2). Tighten screws (1) and (3) in a crosswise sequence to a torque of 30±6 Nm (22.1±4.4 lb.ft.).
3 1 2
F0009471
31 Fit valve (35).
35
F0009940
30-312
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-312 30-312
6/21/2007 4:35:30 AM
METHOD 32 Fit spring (34).
34
F0009950
33 Fit the pressure adjustment screw (33). ●
Calibrate maximum working pressure on a test bench. Pressure: 180+10 bar (2610+145 psi)
33 F0009670
34 Fit plug (31) complete with seal. ●
Plug: 50±10 Nm (36.8±7.4 lb.ft.)
31 F0009660
35 Locate dust seal (24) in steering valve housing (18). 24
18
F000 9970
30-313
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-313 30-313
6/21/2007 4:35:31 AM
METHOD 36 Install dust seal (24) in the steering valve housing using a suitable drift and a soft faced mallet.
F000 9980
37 For ON versions: Insert balls (30), springs (29) and set screws (28) in their sockets.
29 30 28 F0009641
38 Lock setscrews (28) in their seats.
28
F0009630
39 Fit seals (27) and screw in plugs (26). ●
Plugs: 30 Nm (22.1 lb.ft.)
26 27
F0009611
30-314
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-314 30-314
6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM
METHOD 40 For all versions: Close off the oil ports with plastic plugs to prevent impurities getting in. ●
Fit the plugs by hand pressure alone; do not hammer.
F0009990
41 On completion of the assembly operation, test the operating pressure of the relief valve and calibrate as necessary.
30-315
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-315 30-315
6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM
METHOD 30.7.5 - Power steering pump Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove circlip (1) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod (2). 2
1
3 Remove circlip (3) and disconnect groundspeed PTO tie-rod (4).
4
3
4 Remove screws (5) and remove linkage (6).
6
5
30-316
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-316 30-316
6/21/2007 4:35:32 AM
METHOD 5 Loosen clamps (7) and move sleeve (8) towards the rear.
8 7
6 Loosen fully union (9), remove screws (10) and remove pipe (11).
11
Remove screws (12) and remove pump (13).
10 13
9
12
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 6 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
30-317
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-317 30-317
6/21/2007 4:35:33 AM
METHOD 30.7.6 - Rear 4-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 85) Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen nuts (1) and disconnect auxiliary services directional control cables (2). ●
1
Label the wires to avoid confusion on reconnection.
2 F0120661
3 Disconnect pipes (3) and (4). ●
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt. 3
4
F0121000
4 Loosen clamps (5) and disconnect oil recovery pipes (6).
5 5
6 6 F0121010
30-318
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-318 30-318
6/21/2007 4:35:34 AM
METHOD 5 Remove union (7). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
7
F0121020
6 Remove nuts (8) and remove directional control valve assy (9). 9
8
F0121030
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-319
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-319 30-319
6/21/2007 4:35:35 AM
METHOD 30.7.7 - Rear 6-way auxiliary services control valve (Agrofarm 100) Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen nuts (1) and disconnect auxiliary services directional control cables (2). 1
2 F0120661
3 For versions with trailer air braking 4
Disconnect pipes (3) from support (4). ●
3
Expel any air from the compressed air circuit. Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting. 3
4 For versions with front lift Disconnect pipes (5). ●
Plug the pipes and ports to prevent the ingress of dirt
5
30-320
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-320 30-320
6/21/2007 4:35:35 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screw (6) and remove clamps (7). 7
6
6 Remove unions (8) and remove pipes (9). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
9
8
7 For all versions Remove screws (10) and remove bracket (11).
11
10
8 Disconnect delivery pipe (12) from the control valve. ●
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities.
12
30-321
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-321 30-321
6/21/2007 4:35:36 AM
METHOD 9 Remove union (13). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
13
10 Remove screws (14) to free pipe (15).
15
14
11 Loosen union (16), remove nut (17) and remove clamp (18). 17
18
16
12 Connect directional control valve (19) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting sling.
19
30-322
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-322 30-322
6/21/2007 4:35:37 AM
METHOD 13 Remove directional control valve assy (19).
19
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 10 ●
Screws: Loctite 542
30-323
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-323 30-323
6/21/2007 4:35:38 AM
METHOD 30.7.8 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 85) Brake bleeding procedure 1
DANGER During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum level. ●
Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing “A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing in a container to collect the fluid.
2 Fully depress the brake pedal corresponding to the side of the circuit to be bled until you feel significant resistance, at which point keep pressing the pedal. 3 Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel. 4 While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw; release the pedal. 5 Repeat the sequence of steps until the fluid flowing from the bleed screw is entirely free of air bubbles. 6 Bleed all the brakes. ●
After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws.
Bleeding the rear brakes circuit 1 Turn knob (1) of “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve (2) to the ON position (horizontal) to enable braking on the rear brakes only. Disconnect brake pedals (3) by disengaging latch (4). 4
1 2 3 F0085820
2 Versions without trailer braking or with trailer hydraulic braking system: Bleed the LH rear brake.
30-324
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-324 30-324
6/21/2007 4:35:38 AM
METHOD 3 Bleed the RH rear brake.
4 For versions with trailer air braking: Bleed the pilot circuit of the trailer braking valve.
F0085840
Bleeding the front brakes circuit 1 Turn knob (1) of “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve (2) to the OFF position (vertical) to enable braking on all the brakes.
4
1
2 3 F0087840
2 Bleed the front brakes circuit.
F0085860
30-325
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-325 30-325
6/21/2007 4:35:39 AM
METHOD 30.7.9 - Braking circuit (Agrofarm 100) Brake bleeding procedure 1
DANGER During brake bleeding operations, ensure that the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is always above the minimum level. ●
Remove the dust cap and attach a length of transparent tubing “A” to the bleed valve; insert the other end of the tubing in a container to collect the fluid.
2 Fully depress the brake pedal corresponding to the side of the circuit to be bled until you feel significant resistance, at which point keep pressing the pedal. 3 Slowly open the bleed screw and allow the fluid and air to flow throughout the entire pedal travel. 4 While holding the pedal fully depressed, tighten the bleed screw; release the pedal. 5 Repeat the sequence of steps until the fluid flowing from the bleed screw is entirely free of air bubbles. 6 Bleed all the brakes. ●
After bleeding, fit the dust caps to the bleed screws.
Bleeding the rear brakes circuit 1 Turn knob (1) of “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve (2) to the ON position (horizontal) to enable braking on the rear brakes only. Disconnect brake pedals (3) by disengaging latch (4). 4
1 2 3 F0085820
2 Bleed the LH rear brake.
30-326
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-326 30-326
6/21/2007 4:35:40 AM
METHOD 3 Bleed the RH rear brake.
4 Versions with hydraulic trailer braking: Bleed the pilot circuit of the trailer braking valve.
5 For versions with trailer air braking: Bleed the pilot circuit of the trailer braking valve.
F0085840
Bleeding the front brakes circuit 1 Turn knob (1) of “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve (2) to the OFF position (vertical) to enable braking on all the brakes.
4
1
2 3 F0087840
30-327
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-327 30-327
6/21/2007 4:35:40 AM
METHOD 2 Bleed the front brakes circuit.
F0085860
30-328
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-328 30-328
6/21/2007 4:35:42 AM
METHOD 30.7.10 - Services solenoid valve assembly Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Loosen unions (1) on both sides and disconnect pipes (2) and all connectors (3). 1 2
3
3 Remove unions (4) and (5). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
4
5
4 Disconnect pipe (6) and remove control lines (7). 6
7
30-329
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-329 30-329
6/21/2007 4:35:42 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (8). ●
Recover the spacers.
8
6 Remove solenoid valve assy (9).
9
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 6 ●
Check the condition of O-ring (10) and renew it if necessary. O-ring: transmission oil.
Fill the transmission with the required quantity of oil. Start the engine to allow the oil to circulate, then check for leaks.
30-330
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-330 30-330
6/21/2007 4:35:43 AM
METHOD 30.8 - FRONT PTO 30.8.1 - Front PTO Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the battery negative terminal (-) and apply the parking brake.
2 Position a stand “A” in the middle of pivot (1).
1
3 Disconnect wiring connectors (2) from air cleaner clogging sensor (3). 3
2
4 Loosen clamps (4), (5) and (6) and remove air intake hose (7). 7 6
4
5
30-331
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-331 30-331
6/21/2007 4:35:43 AM
METHOD 5 Remove pipes (8) and (9) from cooler (10). ●
10
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt. Label the pipes to avoid confusion on refitting.
8 9
6 Remove screws (11) (one per side) and remove cooler (10). 11
10
7 Remove screws (12) and remove filter (13) from support (14). 12
14
13
8 Remove screws (15) and remove support assy (14).
14
15
30-332
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-332 30-332
6/21/2007 4:35:44 AM
METHOD 9 Remove unions (16) and remove clamps (17) (one per side). Remove union (18) and overturn pipe (19) to the side.
16 17
18
19
10 Loosen and remove clamps (20). 20
11 Remove screw (21), support (22) and batteries (23).
21 22
23
12 Using a pin punch, remove dowel (24) and withdraw PTO drive shaft (25) towards the rear of the tractor. 25
24
30-333
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-333 30-333
6/21/2007 4:35:45 AM
METHOD 13 Remove screws (26) and remove guard (27).
26
27
14 Remove screws (28) and remove hitch assy (29). 29
28
15 Remove screw (30) and remove bracket (31). 30
31
16 Remove screws (32) on both sides and tilt the cooler towards the rear of the tractor.
32
30-334
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-334 30-334
6/21/2007 4:35:47 AM
METHOD 17 Attach PTO assy (33) to a hoist and take up the slack in the lifting sling.
33
18 Remove the four fixing screws (34) of assy (33).
34
34
33
19 Slowly lift PTO assy (33) causing it to rotate towards the front. ●
Take care not to damage the cooler.
●
PTO assembly: 70 kg
33
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-335
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-335 30-335
6/21/2007 4:35:48 AM
METHOD 30.8.2 - PTO assembly.
Fig.114 - PTO assembly.
Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and remove cover assy (2).
30-336
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-336 30-336
6/21/2007 4:35:49 AM
METHOD 2 Remove screws (3) and remove solenoid valve assy (4).
3 Using a screw as a puller, remove pipes (5). ●
Check the condition of O-rings (6) and renew them if necessary.
4 Remove nuts (7) and remove cover assy (8).
5 Only if necessary Remove oil seal (9). ●
Note which way round oil seal (9) is fitted.
30-337
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-337 30-337
6/21/2007 4:35:49 AM
METHOD 6 Remove input shaft (11) retaining screw (10). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly
Raise oil seal (12).
7 Remove input shaft assy (11).
8 Use a pry bar to dislodge shaft (13) complete with outer bearing (14).
9 Remove output shaft (15) complete with bearing. ●
Use a copper hammer, if necessary.
30-338
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-338 30-338
6/21/2007 4:35:50 AM
METHOD 10 Remove gear (17) and bearings (18) and (19).
11 Remove pin (20) to free clutch assy (21). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
12 Remove clutch assy (21) from PTO casing (22).
13 Remove plug (23) and remove mesh filter (24).
30-339
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-339 30-339
6/21/2007 4:35:50 AM
METHOD 14 Withdraw pump assy (25).
15 Remove circlip (26) and, using a suitable puller, remove bearing (27).
16 Remove oil seal (12). ●
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
17 Position shaft (15) under a press and withdraw the inner race of roller bearing (16).
30-340
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-340 30-340
6/21/2007 4:35:51 AM
METHOD 18 Using a puller, remove bearing (14) from shaft (13). Check the condition of O-ring (28) and renew it if necessary.
19 Only if necessary Using an internal puller and slide hammer T1 (P/N. 5.9030.618.4/10), disassemble bush (29) from shaft (13).
Assembly 1 Only if removed Lubricate bush (29) and refit it using a suitable driving tool. ●
The bush must be inserted approximately 1 mm (0.04 in.) below the surface of the shaft (13).
2 Heat bearing (14) to approximately 80°C (176°F) and install on shaft (13). ●
Ensure the bearing is seated fully home.
Fit O-ring (28).
30-341
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-341 30-341
6/21/2007 4:35:52 AM
METHOD 3 Heat the inner race of bearing (16) to approximately 80°C (176°F) and fit it on shaft (15). ●
The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing towards the splined part of the shaft.
4 Lubricate shaft (11) and the lip of oil seal (12). Oil seal and shaft: temperature sensor Fit ring (12) on shaft (11) and drive it fully home. ●
Note the direction of assembly.
5 Heat bearing (27) and install on shaft (11), driving it fully home. Fit circlip (26).
6 Fit pump assy (25).
30-342
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-342 30-342
6/21/2007 4:35:53 AM
METHOD 7 Fit clutch assy (21) in PTO casing (22).
8 Tighten pin (20) taking care to centre the relevant hole in clutch assy (21). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
9 Insert complete input shaft (11), turning it to and fro in both directions in order to mesh the teeth in the pump and clutch assy.
10 Tighten screw (10) ensuring it enters the keyway on shaft (11). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
30-343
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-343 30-343
6/21/2007 4:35:53 AM
METHOD 11 Fit roller bearing (19) in PTO casing (22). ●
The thrust washer of the inner race must be facing the output of the PTO shaft
Fit ball bearing (18) in PTO casing (22). Fit gear (17) in PTO casing (22).
12 Fit shaft (15), aligning it with gear (17) and bearing (19). ●
To fit roller bearing (19), tap lightly with a copper-headed hammer and rotate shaft (15)
13 Fit bearing outer race (16). ●
During assembly, tap lightly with a hammer around the entire circumference.
14 Fit the shaft complete with outer bearing (14). ●
To insert, use a copper-headed hammer to tap lightly on the shaft and around the outer circumference of the bearing.
30-344
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-344 30-344
6/21/2007 4:35:54 AM
METHOD 15 Using a suitable drift, install oil seal (9) in cover (8). ●
Note the direction of assembly.
16 Apply sealant to the mating surfaces and fit cover (8). ●
Sealant: Silastic 738
Tighten nuts (7). ●
Tighten the screws in an alternate cross-wise sequence.
17 Using a suitable drift T2, seat oil seal (12).
18 Fit mesh filter (24) on pump suction pipe. Smear sealant on the threads of plug (23) and tighten. ●
Plug: Silastic 738
30-345
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-345 30-345
6/21/2007 4:35:55 AM
METHOD 19
Insert extensions (5) complete with O-rings (6).
20 Apply sealant to the mating surfaces of solenoid valve assy (4). ●
Surfaces: Loctite 510
Fit solenoid valve (4) and secure it with screws (3).
21 Apply sealant to the upper mating surface of PTO housing (22). ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
●
Check that the sealant forms a continuous film around the holes of the cover fixing screws.
Fit cover (2) centring the oil delivery and return unions.
22 Fit cover (2) and tighten screws (1).
23 Fill the PTO with oil.
30-346
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-346 30-346
6/21/2007 4:35:56 AM
METHOD 30.8.3 - Pump assy
Fig.115 - Pump assy
Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and remove suction pipe (2). ●
Check the condition of O-rings (3) and (4) and renew them if necessary.
2 Remove screws (5) and remove pump cover (6) from pump body (7). ●
Label pump body (7) and cover (6) to avoid confusion on refitting.
30-347
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-347 30-347
6/21/2007 4:35:56 AM
METHOD 3 Remove gears (8) and (9) from pump body (7).
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
Lubricate pump body (7) and gears (8) and (9). Gears lubrication: oil
30-348
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-348 30-348
6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM
METHOD 30.8.4 - Clutch-brake assembly 2
3
1
7
6
4
5
9
8
11 23 32
14
17
18
33 34
15
24 10
21
12 27
30 31
29
35 28
26
22 19 13
16
20
D0036660
25
Fig.116 - Clutch-brake assembly
Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1) and remove steel discs (2) and (3).
30-349
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-349 30-349
6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM
METHOD 2 Remove friction discs (4) and steel discs (5).
3 Remove hub (6) and spacer (7).
4 Using a puller (or a press) and U frame “A”, compress spring (8) and remove circlip (9).
5 Release spring (8) and remove in sequence spring drive ring (10) and spring (8).
10
8
F0010231
30-350
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-350 30-350
6/21/2007 4:35:57 AM
METHOD 6 Blow compressed air at low pressure through the upper hole in the directional control valve body to expel piston (11). ●
Restrain piston (11) as it could be expelled at high speed and thus damaged.
7 Remove piston (11) and O-ring (12).
8 Turn the unit over, remove screws (13) and remove cover (14). 13
9 Remove brake disc (16) and steel disc (17) from clutch assembly (15).
14
16 17
15
30-351
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-351 30-351
6/21/2007 4:35:58 AM
METHOD 10 Blow compressed air at low pressure into clutch assembly (15) to disengage brake piston (18). ●
18
Restrain the piston as it could be expelled at high speed and thus damaged.
15
11 Withdraw piston (18).
18
12 Check the condition of O-rings (19) and (20) and renew them if necessary.
20
19
13 Remove circlip (21) and spacer (22). 21
22
F0007742
30-352
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-352 30-352
6/21/2007 4:35:58 AM
METHOD 14 Remove clutch assembly (15) and remove retaining rings (24) from clutch housing (23).
24
15
23
15 Using a suitable wrench T3, remove damper assy (25). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 25
16 Compress the spring assembly of damper (25) and remove circlip (26). 26
25
17 Release the assembly and remove disc (28), spring (29) and piston (30) complete with O-ring (31) from cylinder (27).
29
31
30
27
28
30-353
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-353 30-353
6/21/2007 4:35:59 AM
METHOD 18 Remove plug (32) and remove spring (33) and push rod (34) from clutch housing (15). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly. 33
32 34 15
19 Remove O-ring (35) from clutch piston (11). 35
11
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 17 ●
Lubricate piston (29) with oil.
Procedure 16 ●
Damper assy (24): Loctite 242
Procedure 14 ●
Lubricate retaining rings (23) with oil.
Procedure 9 ●
Lubricate O-rings (19) and (20) and piston (18) with oil.
Procedure 8 ●
Lubricate brake disc (16) with oil
Procedure 7 ●
Lubricate O-ring (12) and piston (11) with oil.
30-354
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-354 30-354
6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM
METHOD Procedure 3 ●
Grease spacer (7) and install it on hub (6).
Procedure 2 ●
5
Fit steel discs (5) and friction discs (4) on housing (15) starting with steel disc (5)
4
Lubricate friction discs (4) with oil.
15
15
30-355
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-355 30-355
6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM
METHOD 30.8.5 - Solenoid valve assy Disassembly 1 Remove retaining nut (1) and remove solenoid valve (2). ●
Recover the O-rings.
2 Loosen solenoid valve stem (3) and remove.
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Valve stem: 15÷20 Nm (11.06-14.74 lb.ft.) Valve stem: oil
Procedure 1 ●
Nut: 5÷8 Nm (3.69-5.90 lb.ft.)
30-356
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-356 30-356
6/21/2007 4:36:00 AM
METHOD 30.9 - FRONT LIFT 30.9.1 - Front lift Removal of lift cylinders 1
DANGER Remove any implement or ballast from the front lift and raise the link arms completely.
DANGER Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Position a stand “A” in the middle of pivot (1).
1
3 Remove screw (2) and pin (3). ●
If both cylinders are to be removed, repeat the above steps also on the cylinder on the other side.
4 Start the engine and run at idle speed and retract cylinder (4). ●
Pull the lever very slowly and retract the cylinder without reaching the end of its stroke.
●
Switch off the engine, remove the key from the ignition and close the lift control valves.
Recover spacers (5).
30-357
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-357 30-357
6/21/2007 4:36:01 AM
METHOD 5 Remove screws (6) and remove surround (7). 7 6
6 Remove unions (8) and (9). ●
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
8
9
7 Remove circlip (10) and extract pin (11). ●
Support cylinder (4). 10
11
4
8 Recover seals (12) and remove the cylinder.
12
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal.
30-358
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-358 30-358
6/21/2007 4:36:01 AM
METHOD 30.9.2 - Lift cylinders
Fig.117 - Lift cylinders
Disassembly 1 Remove circlip (1).
2 Using a suitable tool, partially retract end cap (2) and remove circlip (3).
30-359
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-359 30-359
6/21/2007 4:36:03 AM
METHOD 3 Withdraw rod (5) complete with end cap (2) and circlips (1) and (3) and piston (6) from cylinder (4).
4 Remove nut (7) and remove piston assy (6).
5 Withdraw end cap (2) and circlips (1) and (3) from rod (5).
6 Remove guide rings (8), oil seal (9a) and O-ring (9b) from piston (6).
30-360
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-360 30-360
6/21/2007 4:36:03 AM
METHOD 7 Remove rod wiper (10), seal (11) and O-ring (12) from end cap (2). ●
Note which way round seal (11) is installed.
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 6 ●
Fit a suitable installation guide on piston (6) and fit piston O-ring (9b) by hand. Fit oil seal (9a) on the installation guide.
●
Using a suitable installer, drive oil seal (9a) into its seat.
●
Using a gauge and suitable support, calibrate the seal (9a) passing the gauge over the entire length of piston (6).
30-361
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-361 30-361
6/21/2007 4:36:04 AM
METHOD Procedure 4 ●
Nut: 200±10 Nm (147.4±7.4 lb.ft.)
30-362
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-362 30-362
6/21/2007 4:36:05 AM
METHOD 30.10 - REAR LIFT 30.10.1 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 85) Removal 1 Remove screws (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides. 2
1
F0121060
2 Remove split pin (3) and remove pivot pins (4) on both sides. ●
Fit new split pins every time you disassemble the unit.
4
3
F0121070
3 Disconnect pipes (5) on both sides. ●
Plug the pipes to prevent the ingress of dirt.
5 5
F0121080
4 Remove screws (6) and remove pipe (7).
6
7
F0121090
30-363
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-363 30-363
6/21/2007 4:36:05 AM
METHOD 5 Remove circlips (8) and disconnect lift control linkages (9).
8 9
F0121100
6 Remove oil filler plug (10). 10
F0121110
7 Remove the four screws (11) and the two rear nuts (12). 11
12 F0121120
8 Remove the three screws (13) and the two front nuts (14).
14
13
13
F0121130
30-364
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-364 30-364
6/21/2007 4:36:06 AM
METHOD 9 Remove nuts (15). 15
F0121140
10 Attach lift (20) to a suitable hoist and remove it. 20
F0121150
11 Remove partition plate (21). 21
F0121160
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedures 10-11 ●
Mating face: Loctite 510
Procedures 7-8-9 ●
Nuts: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3 lb.ft.) Screws: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.) 30-365
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-365 30-365
6/21/2007 4:36:07 AM
METHOD 30.10.2 - Lift disassembly - complete assembly (Agrofarm 85) Disassembly 1 Remove the lift and place on a workbench. 2 Remove circlips (1) on both sides.
1
F0107580
3 Remove lift arms (2) on both sides.
2
F0107590
4 Remove screws (3) and remove lift control valve (4). 3
4
3
F0107600
5 Remove screws (5) and remove directional control valve support (6).
6 5
5 F0107610
30-366
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-366 30-366
6/21/2007 4:36:08 AM
METHOD 6 Turn the lift unit over, remove pin (7) and detach springs (8) and (9). ●
Take care when detaching spring (8) as it is highly tensioned.
8
9
Withdraw rod (10). 10
7 F0107620
7 Loosen nut (11) and remove set screw (12). ●
Label cam (13) and shaft (14) to facilitate subsequent reassembly. 12
11 13 14
F0107630
8 Remove oil seal (15) on one of the two sides. ●
Renew the oil seal on reassembly. Only if necessary, remove also the oil seal on the other side.
15
F0107640
9 Withdraw shaft (14) and remove cam (13). 13
14
F0107650
30-367
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-367 30-367
6/21/2007 4:36:09 AM
METHOD 10 Remove screws (16) and nuts (17) and remove all levers (18). ●
18
Label the levers to avoid confusion on reassembly.
16
18
17 F0107660
11 Remove all machine keys (19). 19
F0107670
12 Remove lever (20) complete with spring (9).
20
9
F0107680
13 Remove lever (21). 21
F0107690
30-368
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-368 30-368
6/21/2007 4:36:10 AM
METHOD 14 Remove lever (22). 22
F0107700
15 Only if necessary: Remove O-rings (23). 23
F0107710
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 15 ●
Oil seal: Transmission oil
Procedure 12 ●
Check that lever (20) is positioned behind the protrusion in the lift assembly.
20 F0107730
30-369
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-369 30-369
6/21/2007 4:36:11 AM
METHOD Procedure 11 ●
If levers (20), (21) and (22) are fitted correctly, all machine keys (19) will be oriented in the same direction.
19
F0107670
Procedure 8 ●
Oil seal: Transmission oil Install the oil seal so that it is fully seated in its housing.
F0107720
Procedure 5 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
Procedure 4 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
30-370
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-370 30-370
6/21/2007 4:36:11 AM
METHOD 30.10.3 - Lift - Complete assembly (R0.02.03) (Agrofarm 100) Removal 1 Remove screw (1) and remove pins (2) on both sides.
2
1 F0107250
2 For versions with auxiliary lifting cylinders Remove split pin (3) and remove pivot pins (4). ●
Fit new split pins every time you disassemble the unit.
4 3 F0107260
3 Disconnect pipe (5) on both sides. ●
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities.
5
4 For all versions Disconnect tie rods (6) and (7) from the lift levers. ●
Note position of tie rod (7).
6 7
30-371
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-371 30-371
6/21/2007 4:36:12 AM
METHOD 5 Remove unions (8) and remove pipe (9). ●
11
10
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
Remove nuts (10) and remove top link rod (11). 10
8 10 9 8
6 Remove screws (12) and disconnect support (13).
12
13
7 Remove screw (14) and the two nuts (15) on the right-hand side.
14
15
8 Remove the two screws (16) and nut (17).
16
17
16
30-372
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-372 30-372
6/21/2007 4:36:13 AM
METHOD 9 Remove screw (18) and nut (19).
19 18
10 Remove nuts (20) on the left-hand side.
20
11 Attach lift assembly (21) to a hoist and remove it. 21
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 11 ●
Mating face: Loctite 510
D0024100
30-373
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-373 30-373
6/21/2007 4:36:14 AM
METHOD Procedures 7-8-9-10 ●
Nuts: 78±4 Nm (57.5±3.0 lb.ft.) Screws: 70±3.5 Nm (51.6±2.6 lb.ft.)
Procedure 6 ●
Nuts: 111±5.5 Nm (81.8±4.0 lb.ft.)
30-374
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-374 30-374
6/21/2007 4:36:15 AM
METHOD 30.10.4 - Lift disassembly - Complete assembly (Agrofarm 100) Disassembly 1 Remove all screws (1) and remove bracket (2) and cover (3).
1 1
2 1
3
2 Remove circlips (4) on both sides.
4
F0083612
3 Remove lift arms (5) and spacers (6) on both sides. 5
6 F0083622
4 Remove circlips (7) and (8) and remove tie-rods (9) and (10). 7
8
8 7
9
10
F0083632
30-375
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-375 30-375
6/21/2007 4:36:15 AM
METHOD 5 Loosen nut (11) and remove grub screw (12).
12
11 F0083642
6 Loosen nut (13) and remove grub screw (14) securing cam (15).
15 14
13
F0083654
7 Remove oil seal (16) on one side and withdraw shaft (17). ●
Renew the oil seal on reassembly.
16
17
F0083662
8 Remove lever (18) complete with connecting rod (19) and cam (20).
18
20
19
F0083672
30-376
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-376 30-376
6/21/2007 4:36:16 AM
METHOD 9 Only if necessary Drive out spring pin (21) and separate connecting rod (19) from lever (18). 21 18 19
F0071623
10 Remove circlips (22) and (23) and remove tie-rods (24) and (25). ●
Label the tie-rods to avoid confusion on reassembly.
22
23
24
25
F0083682
11 Remove brake cylinder assembly (26).
26 F0083692
12 Remove the two screws (27). 27
27 F0083702
30-377
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-377 30-377
6/21/2007 4:36:17 AM
METHOD 13 Remove lift control valve assy (28).
28
F0083712
14 Only if necessary Renew bushes (29).
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 13 ●
Check the condition of O-rings (30) and renew them if necessary.
30
Each time the lift control valve is removed from the tractor adjust the control levers.
30 F0083722
Procedure 9 ●
Grease the seating of connecting rod ball joint (19).
Procedures 7-14 ●
Grease bushes (17) and shaft (29).
30-378
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-378 30-378
6/21/2007 4:36:17 AM
METHOD Procedure 6 ●
Grub screw: Loctite 242 Screw grub screw (14) fully into its hole in the shaft and, while holding the grub screw in position, tighten nut (13). 14
13
F0083655
Procedure 5 ●
Grub screw: Loctite 242 Screw grub screw (12) fully into its hole in the shaft, then back it off by half a turn. Hold the grub screw in position and secure with nut (11).
12
11 F0083642
Procedure 1 ●
Mating face: Loctite 510
D0027960
30-379
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-379 30-379
6/21/2007 4:36:18 AM
METHOD 30.10.5 - Lift cylinder (Agrofarm 100) Disassembly 1 Remove screws (1) and withdraw cylinder assembly (2).
2 Using a low pressure compressed air jet (max. 2.5 bar), blow piston (3) out of cylinder (4).
3 Remove seal (5) from piston (3). ●
Note which way round seal (5) is installed.
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures:
30-380
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-380 30-380
6/21/2007 4:36:18 AM
METHOD Procedure 3 ●
Fit seal (5), making sure that is positioned the right way round relative to piston (3).
Procedure 1 ●
Check the condition of O-rings (6) and (7) and renew them if necessary.
30-381
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-381 30-381
6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM
METHOD 30.10.6 - Bushes (Agrofarm 100) Renewal 1 Position the lift cover under a press and, using a suitable tool, remove bushes (1).
2 Install new bushes (1) making sure that they are inserted flush with the bores in the lift housing.
3
1 Install bushes (1) with the split oriented towards the top of the lift housing.
D0024510
30-382
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-382 30-382
6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM
METHOD 30.10.7 - Hydraulic lift directional control valve (Agrofarm 85) Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Disconnect the two pipes (1) and pipe (2). ●
Plug the pipes to prevent the entry of impurities.
1
1
2
3 Remove screws (3) and remove directional control valve (4) and bracket (5).
5
3
4
3
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
Mating face: Silastic 738
30-383
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-383 30-383
6/21/2007 4:36:19 AM
METHOD 30.10.8 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 85) Disassembly 1 Remove split pin (1), pivot pin (2) and lever (3). ●
Always renew the split pin. 3
2
2 1 F0107770
2 Loosen screws (4) and remove support (5). ●
Recover spacer (6).
5
6
4
F0107780
3 Loosen screws (7) without removing them and turn directional control valve (8) over so that the aluminium body is facing downwards.
9
Remove screws (7) and separate directional control valve assemblies (8) and (9).
7 8 F0107790
4 Remove spring (10) and spacer (11). 10
11
F0107800
30-384
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-384 30-384
6/21/2007 4:36:20 AM
METHOD 5 Remove piston (12). ●
Check the condition of O-ring (13) and renew it if necessary.
12
13
F0107810
6 Remove spring (14) and rod (15). 14
15
F0107820
7 Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from directional control valve assembly (8).
16 17
8
F0107830
8 Remove spring (18) and valve (19) from directional control valve assembly (8).
18 8 19
F0107840
30-385
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-385 30-385
6/21/2007 4:36:20 AM
METHOD 9 Drive out spring pin (20) and withdraw spool (21). 21
20
F0107850
10 Remove plug (22) and remove valve (23). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
11 Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
12 Remove O-rings (27). 27
27
F0107860
30-386
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-386 30-386
6/21/2007 4:36:22 AM
METHOD 13 Withdraw piston (28).
28
F0107870
14 Remove union (29) and remove valve (30), pin (31) and spring (32) from directional control valve assembly (9). ●
9 32
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
31 29
30
F0107880
15 Remove valve (33). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 14 ●
Check that valve (30) is installed the right way round. Check that valve (30) slides freely in its seat. Pipe union: Loctite 542
30-387
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-387 30-387
6/21/2007 4:36:22 AM
METHOD Procedure 13 ●
Check that piston (28) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 11 ●
Hold ball “A” contained in valve (26) seated against rod (15), and check that rod (15) protrusion relative to the face of body (11) is within the specified limits (X = 15.8±0.05 mm). Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 10 ●
Check that valve (23) slides freely. Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 9 ●
Check that spool (21) slides freely.
30-388
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-388 30-388
6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM
METHOD Procedure 7 ●
Check that piston (16) slides freely.
Procedure 6 ●
Check that rod (15) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 3 ●
While tightening screws (7), check that spool (21) slides freely without sticking.
21
7
F0107890
30-389
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-389 30-389
6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM
METHOD 30.10.9 - Lift control valve disassembly (Agrofarm 100) Disassembly 1 Remove spring (1).
2 Remove split pin (2) and remove pivot pin (3) and roller (4). ●
Renew the split pin every time it is removed.
3 Remove circlip (5), remove pin (6) and remove control levers assembly (7).
6 5
7
F0083780
4 Remove the three screws (8) and remove lever support (9).
30-390
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-390 30-390
6/21/2007 4:36:23 AM
METHOD 5 Loosen screw (10) without removing it and turn directional control valve assembly (11) over so that the aluminium body is facing downwards. Remove screw (10) and separate directional control valve assemblies (11) and (12).
6 Remove spring (13).
7 Remove spring (14) and rod (15).
8 Remove piston (16) and spring (17) from directional control valve body (11).
30-391
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-391 30-391
6/21/2007 4:36:24 AM
METHOD 9 Remove spring (18) and spacer (19) from directional control valve body (11).
10 Drive out spring pin (20) and withdraw spool (21).
11 Remove plug (22) and remove valve (23). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
12 Remove plug (24) and withdraw spring (25) and valve (26). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
30-392
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-392 30-392
6/21/2007 4:36:25 AM
METHOD 13 Remove O-rings (27) and withdraw piston (28).
14 Remove union (29) and remove valve (30), pin (31) and spring (32) from directional control valve body (12). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
15 Remove valve (33). ●
Renew the copper washers on reassembly.
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 14 ●
Check that valve (30) is installed the right way round. Check that valve (30) slides freely in its seat. Pipe union: Loctite 542
30-393
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-393 30-393
6/21/2007 4:36:26 AM
METHOD Procedure 13 ●
Check that piston (28) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 12 ●
Hold ball “A” contained in valve (26) seated against rod (15), and check that rod (15) protrusion relative to the face of body (11) is within the specified limits (X = 15.8±0,05 mm). Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 11 ●
Check that valve (23) slides freely. Plug: Loctite 542
Procedure 10 ●
Check that spool (21) slides freely.
30-394
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-394 30-394
6/21/2007 4:36:26 AM
METHOD Procedure 8 ●
Check that piston (16) slides freely.
Procedure 7 ●
Check that rod (15) is installed the right way round.
Procedure 5 ●
While tightening screw (10), check that spool (21) slides freely without sticking.
Procedure 2 ●
Take care to position roller (34) on the top of spool (21). 34
21 F0083841
30-395
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-395 30-395
6/21/2007 4:36:27 AM
METHOD 30.10.10 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 85) Removal 1 Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2).
12
13
10
9
8
6
5 3
●
4
Renew split pin (1) on reassembly.
11
7
2
14 1
2 Remove screw (3), loosen screw (4) and remove draft sensor assembly (5). 2
1
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Nuts: 72±7 Nm (53.1±5.2 lb.ft.)
30-396
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-396 30-396
6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM
METHOD 30.10.11 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 85) 12
10
13
9
6
8
5 3 4
11
2
14
7
1 Fig.118 - Mechanical draft sensor
Disassembly 1 Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).
2
1
2 Remove nut (3) and locknut (4). 3 4
30-397
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-397 30-397
6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM
METHOD 3 Remove spacer (5) and spring (6). 6 5
4 Remove washer (7), spacer (8) and spring (9). 9 7
5 Remove washer (10), spacer (11) and tie-rod (12) from sensor body (13).
8
13 10 12 11
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
Liberally grease springs (6) and (9) and insert them in sensor body (13).
Procedure 2 ●
Screw in nut (3) to take up the play in springs (6) and (9) but without preloading them, then immobilise it with locknut.
30-398
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-398 30-398
6/21/2007 4:36:28 AM
METHOD 30.10.12 - Mechanical draft sensor (Agrofarm 100) Removal 1 Remove split pin (1) and withdraw pivot pin (2). ●
Renew split pin (1) on reassembly. 1
2
F0096870
2 Remove nuts (3) and remove draft sensor assembly (4) 4
3 F0107450
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Nuts: 72±7 Nm (53.1±5.2 lb.ft.)
30-399
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-399 30-399
6/21/2007 4:36:29 AM
METHOD 30.10.13 - Mechanical draft sensor disassembly (Agrofarm 100)
Fig.119 - Mechanical draft sensor
Disassembly 1 Remove screw (1) and the relative nut and remove plug (2).
2 Remove fork (3) and remove spring assembly (4) from sensor body (5).
30-400
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-400 30-400
6/21/2007 4:36:29 AM
METHOD 3 Remove nut (6), and remove spacer (7) and disc (8).
4 Remove spring (9), spacer (10) and washer (11).
5 Remove spring (12) and spacer (13) from tie-rod (14).
Assembly To assemble, follow the disassembly steps in reverse order and use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
Screw in the nut (6) to take up the play in the springs (9) and (12) but without preloading them.
Procedure 2 ●
Liberally grease the spring assembly (4) and insert it in the sensor body (5).
30-401
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-401 30-401
6/21/2007 4:36:30 AM
METHOD 30.10.14 - 3-point linkage Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Remove screw (1) and pin (2).
3 Remove split pin (3) and remove pin (4) and washer (5). ●
Always renew the split pin.
4 Remove split pin (6), nut (7) and washer (8). Remove 3-point linkage assembly (9).
30-402
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-402 30-402
6/21/2007 4:36:30 AM
METHOD 5 Recover spacer (10).
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 5 ●
Note which way round spacer (10) is installed.
Procedure 4 ●
Tighten nut (7) to the prescribed torque and, if necessary, tighten further to align the slots in nut (7) with the hole in the pin. Nut: 150 Nm (110.5 lb.ft.)
30-403
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-403 30-403
6/21/2007 4:36:31 AM
METHOD 30.11 - WHEELS 30.11.1 - Front wheels (S0.01.01) REMOVAL 1
DANGER Remove the key from the starter switch and apply the parking brake.
2 Raise the tractor and position two stands “A” under the front axle. ●
Drive safety wedges “B” between the axle and the front support.
3 Remove all the screws (1) except one for safety. Remove the last screw and remove wheel (2).
4 Repeat the above operations for the other wheel.
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
Screws: 350 Nm (258 lb.ft.)
30-404
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-404 30-404
6/21/2007 4:36:31 AM
METHOD 30.11.2 - Rear wheels (S0.02.01) Removal 1 Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing. ●
Position a jack “A” under the rear gearbox casing.
Raise the tractor sufficiently to eliminate the flexure of the tyre wall.
2 Remove all the nuts (1) and remove wheel (2).
3 Position a stand “B” under the rear axle housing and lower the jack until the axle housing is resting on the stand. Check that the stand is in exactly the correct position and then remove the trolley jack.
4 Repeat the above operations to remove the other wheel.
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 2 ●
Nuts: 500 Nm (368.5 lb.ft)
30-405
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-405 30-405
6/21/2007 4:36:32 AM
METHOD 30.12 - BALLAST - TOWING HITCHES 30.12.1 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 85) Removal 1
DANGER Disconnect the lead from the negative terminal (-) of the battery and apply the parking brake.
2 Withdraw pins (1) and remove towing hitch (2).
1
2 F0121040
3 Remove screws (3) and (4) and remove guard (5) and brackets (6)
3
6
5 4 F0121050
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 3 ●
Screws: 186±18 Nm
30-406
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-406 30-406
6/21/2007 4:36:32 AM
METHOD 30.12.2 - Towing hitch slide (Agrofarm 100) Removal 1 Remove all the screws (1) except two.
1
2 F0121040
2 Sling towing hitch (2) to hoist and take up the slack in lifting ropes.
3
Remove the last two screws (1) and remove the towing hitch assembly.
6
5 4 F0121050
Installation Refitting is the reverse of removal. Use caution in relation to the following procedures: Procedure 1 ●
Screws: 186.4±18 Nm (137.4±13.3 lb.ft.)
30-407
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-407 30-407
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
METHOD
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
30-408
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 830-408 30-408
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
40 - WIRING DIAGRAMS
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-1 40-1
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.1 - INTRODUCTION 40.1.1 - Structure of the unit For easier consultation, this unit has been divided into the following chapters: ●
introduction ❍
●
Indices ❍
●
Contains the layouts of the connectors used in the electrical system, descriptions of the components installed on the tractor,the technical data necessary for functional testing and the pinouts of the electronic control units.
Systems ❍
●
Contains the indices arranged by connector name, by component code and by component description.
Components ❍
●
Contains a brief description of the terminology used, the procedures to follow for troubleshooting and repairs, and the instruments required for troubleshooting.
Contains the electrical diagrams of the tractor’s systems.
Wiring looms ❍
Contains the layouts, the wiring diagrams and the positioning of connectors on the tractor.
40-2
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-2 40-2
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS How to consult the unit A
B E
2 1 Interruttore avviamento
0441.1512. 4
42
2
X4
0443.7847 X4 17
X70-X71
Motorino d'avviamento
2
C
1 42
Interruttore avviamento
X4 0.012.5957.4/10
F D
X4
19
X4
0.012.5957.4
Interruttore avviamento
G 19
0.012.5957.4/10
X4
0.012.5957.4/10
Fig.120 How to consult the table The quickest way to determine the cause of a malfunction of a component (e.g. the starter motor) is to check all the components in the system in which the component is incorporated. In this example, the problem is a malfunction of the starter motor, which fails to start the engine. ●
Find the starter motor in heading “Index by part description” and identify the system in which the component is incorporated. The system is indicated in the “System” column and in this case is “2” (figure A).
●
Consult heading “Starting” (figure B), where all system components are shown in the electrical diagram; these components are accompanied by numbers that correspond to the key on the same page.
●
Check all the components in the system, starting for example with switch “1”.
●
In heading “Index by part description” (figure A) find the item “Start switch” and check in the column “Technical Descr’n” to see if there is a technical description of the component (in this case it appears at no. 42 in the heading “component technical data”) (figure C). Take note also of the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case “X4”).
Only if the position of the component is not known Only if the position of the component is not known:
40-3
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-3 40-3
6/21/2007 4:36:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ●
In heading “Connector index” (figure D) find the name of the connector to which the component is connected (in this case “X4”) and note down the wiring loom in which it is incorporated (in this case “0.012.5957.4”) and the type of connector (in this case “19”).
●
Find the wiring loom in chapter “Plans, wiring diagrams, connector positions” using the index at the beginning of the chapter.
●
Find the name of the connector in the photos attached to the electrical diagrams and establish its position on the tractor using the drawing (figure E)
●
Using the data contained in the paragraph “Component technical data” (figure C) in position no. 42, check the operation of the switch. DANGER In the electrical diagrams (figure F) are indicated the names of the connectors and the descriptions that are used in all the tables of chapter 2. DANGER If the pinout of the connector is not known, look in paragraph “Connector layouts” (figure G) for the number found in the column “Type” of paragraph “Connector index”.
introduction This section of the workshop manual is intended as a practical guide to troubleshooting the tractor’s electrical and electronic systems. The following pages provide the technician with all the necessary information regarding the tractor’s systems and components. Due to the possible time difference between the introduction of technical modifications (in line with our policy of continuous product improvement) and the corresponding amendment of our printed documentation, we are obliged to state that the data contained in this document are subject to modification and as such are not binding.
Definition of components and symbols To prevent any misunderstanding or ambiguity, listed below are definitions for some of the key terms used in this unit.
Tab.14 TERM
DESCRIPTION
Connector Transmission oil
Element used to connect two components (e.g. wiring-switch, wiring-wiring) Electrical component that converts the temperature of a medium (air, water, oil, etc.) into a voltage or resistance Electrical component that converts the pressure of a medium (air, water, etc.) into a voltage or resistance Electrical component that converts the angular or linear position of an object into a voltage Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the operating pressure in the circuit in which it is installed Switch that changes state (opens or closes a contact) according to the temperature of the medium in which it is immersed. Mechanical component that opens or closes one or more electrical contacts. Valve operated by applying electrical current to a coil (or solenoid)
Main clutch Accelerator pedal Pressure switch Thermostat Lights switch HML control
Chapter “Components” shows the wiring diagrams for certain switches and buttons. The following symbols are used for ease of interpretation:
Tab.15
40-4
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-4 40-4
6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION Contact between pins CLOSED (stable switch position)
Contact between pins CLOSED (unstable switch position)
Indicator LED
Indicator lamp
Diode
General rules The inspection, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair operations are essential to ensure that the tractor continues to operate correctly over time and to prevent malfunctions and breakdowns. The scope of this paragraph is to describe repair procedures and to help improve the quality of repairs.
Modification of the tractor’s electrical/electronic circuits The manufacturer prohibits any modification or alteration of the electrical wiring for the connection of any non-approved electrical applicances or components. In particular, if it is discovered that the electrical system or a component has been modified without authorisation, the Manufacturer will accept no liability for any damage to the vehicle and the vehicle warranty will be invalidated.
Main wiring faults Bad contact between connectors ●
The main causes of poor contact between connectors are incorrect insertion of the male into the female connector, deformation of one or both connectiors, and corrosion or oxidisation of the pin contact surfaces.
Defective pin soldering or crimping ●
The pins of the male and female connectors make good contact in the crimped or soldered area, but the wires are subjected to excessive tension, leading to breakage of the insulation or the wire itself and a poor connection.
Disconnecting wiring ●
If components are disconnected by pulling on the wires, or if components are removed with the wires still connected, or if the wiring is subject to a heavy impact this could damage the connections at the pins, breaking strands of wire.
Penetration of water inside connectors ●
The connectors are designed to prevent penetration of liquids (water, oil etc.); however, it is possible that when the tractor is cleaned using high-pressure water or steam, water could penetrate or condense in the connectors. As the connectors are designed to prevent liquid penetration, any water that does get in will not be able to drain out, and thus may cause shortcircuits across the pins. For this reason it is good practice to dry the connectors with a low pressure jet of compressed air after washing the tractor.
40-5
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-5 40-5
6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS Oil or dirt on connectors ●
If the connectors or pin contact surfaces show signs of oil or grease contamination, this will prevent the passage of current (oil and grease are electrical insulators) creating a poor contact. Clean the connectors thoroughly using a dry cloth or a low pressure jet of compressed air and use specific products (deoxidising sprays, etc.) to degrease the contacts. Important Take care not to bend the pins when cleaning them. Use dry oil-free compressed air.
Removal, refitting and drying of connectors and wiring When disconnecting wiring, pull on the connectors rather than on the wires themselves. For connectors that are held in position with screws or levers, fully loosen the screws, then pull on the connector. For connectors that are clipped together, fully depress the clip then pull the connector apart. After disconnecting connectors, seal them in waterproof material to prevent contamination of the contacts with dirt or moisture. Connecting the connectors. Check the condition of the connectors: ●
Make sure the pin contact surfaces are free of water, dirt or oil.
●
Check that the connectors are not deformed and that the pins are not corroded or oxidised.
●
Check that the connector casings are not damaged or split.
●
If a connector is contaminated with oil or grease, or if moisture has penetrated the casing, clean it thoroughly.
●
If a connector is damaged, deformed or broken, replace it with a new one.
When connecting connectors, make sure they are properly aligned before applying force. For connectors with clips, insert the two halves until they clip together. Cleaning and drying wiring ●
When wiring is dirty or contaminated with oil or grease, clean it with a dry cloth, or, if necessary, with water or steam. If the wiring must be cleaned with water, avoid directing the water or steam jet on the connectors; if water penetrates the connector, clean it thoroughly.
●
Check that the connector is not short circuited due to the presence of water by testing for continuity across the pins.
●
After checking that the connector is good condition, degrease the contacts using a deoxidising product.
Renewal of damaged electrical components. ●
When replacing electrical components (fuses, relays, etc.), use only original parts supplied by the manufacturer.
●
When replacing fuses, check that the new fuse conforms to DIN 72581 or ISO 8820 standards and in particular: ❍
fuse F1 (100A) DIN 72581/2
❍
bayonet fuse (F2, F3, etc.) DIN 72581/3C
❍
fuse F51 (100A) and F52 (200A) ISO 8820.
●
The fitting of replacement fuses that do not comply with these standards will invalidate the warranty with immediate effect and release the manufacturer from any liability.
●
When replacing relays, make sure that the new relay conforms to the standards marked on the original relay.
Diagnostic instruments For the correct diagnosis of any faults in the tractor’s electrical system, the following instruments are required: ●
Digital multimeter with the following minimum characteristics:
40-6
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-6 40-6
6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
❍
AC VOLT 0-600
❍
DC VOLT 0-600
❍
OHM 0-32M
❍
AC AMP 0-10
❍
DC AMP 0-10
All Round Tester or computer with “PCTESTER” software installed
Wire colour codes Tab.16 COLOUR CODES A B C G H L M N R S V Z
Light blue White Orange Yellow Grey Dark blue Brown black Red Pink green Purple
40-7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-7 40-7
6/21/2007 4:36:35 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.1.2 - Wiring and components index List of wiring harnesses Tab.17 DESCRIPTION
CODE
FRONT WIRING ENGINE WIRING (VERSION WITH FRONT BATTERY) (1/2) ENGINE WIRING (VERSION WITH LATERAL BATTERY) (1/2) BATTERY WIRING PREHEATING WIRING LOOM POWER SUPPLY WIRING INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRING (1/3) CAB POWER SUPPLY WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) CAB POWER SUPPLY WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) RH DRIVETRAIN WIRING LH DRIVETRAIN WIRING TRAILER HYDRAULIC BRAKING WIRING ROOF LINE WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2) ROOF LINE WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2) HEATING WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) HEATING WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2) AIR CONDITIONING WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) AIR CONDITIONING WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2) AIR CONDITIONER EXCHANGER FAN WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2) AIR CONDITIONER EXCHANGER FAN WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) (1/2) WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) (1/2) WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) FRONT LIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH CAB) WIRING FOR LOWER FRONT LIGHTS (VERSION WITH CAB) SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) SUPPLEMENTARY WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB) FRONT LIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH PLATFORM) WORKLIGHTS WIRING (VERSION WITH PLATFORM) LOUDSPEAKER, RADIO, REAR WIPER, ROTATING BEACON AND CLOCK WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGHVISIBILITY CAB) ROTATING BEACON WIRING WINDSCREEN WIPER WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) LOUDSPEAKER WIRING (VERSION WITH STANDARD CAB) WINDSCREEN WIPER WIRING (VERSION WITH HIGH-VISIBILITY CAB)
0.014.8107.4/20 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8806.4/20 0.014.9195.4/20 0.015.1983.4/10 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9375.4/20 0.014.9376.4/10 0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.1645.4/10 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.010.2147.2 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2153.2 0.010.2560.0 0.009.7853.3/20 0.011.3610.3/20 0.009.7851.4/50 0.011.3595.3/10 0.015.1437.4/10 0.010.8189.3/40 0441.1923.4 0.015.1435.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10 0.015.3094.4 0.014.9281.4 0.011.3596.3/40 0.012.9909.4 0.010.4516.3 0.011.0729.4/10 0.011.3597.3
Component description index Tab.18 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT CODE
Cigar lighter
2.7099.770.0
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
X53
5-6
NOTES
40-8
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-8 40-8
6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT CODE
Alternator RH loudspeaker LH loudspeaker Radio
0118.2173 0.011.5631.3 0.011.5631.3
Horn Battery
2.8419.007.0
Hazard lights control unit PTO control unit Fan speed selector switch Fan speed selector switch Air conditioning compressor Air conditioning compressor Pneumatic seat air compressor Instrument panel
2.8639.007.0/10 2.8519.057.0/10 0.009.4743.1 0.010.2528.1 0443.7338 0443.7338 0.014.3061.4/20 2.8339.248.0/40
Lights selector switch Engine stop device Overboost device Preheating device differential lock control solenoid valve 4WD control solenoid valve H/L travel control solenoid valve Front PTO control solenoid valve Rear PTO control solenoid valve Electric fan RH electric fan LH electric fan Front right sidelight and direction indicator Front left sidelight and direction indicator RH front worklight (on cab roof)
0.015.0359.4 0419.9904
LH front worklight (on cab roof)
RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
Front right sidelight and direction indicator
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
B+ D+ W X84-X92 X86-X91 X72-X87X88-X90 X28 +30 +30A +30B X61 ECU PTO X102 X95 X9 X9 X37 3K-5K
2 5-6 5-6 5-6 3-4
X112 X7 X6 X113 X22 X20 X24 X3 X21 X100 X99 X98 X127 X126 X76
3-4 18 12-14 13-15 14-15 14-15 5-6 2-3-4-5-6-716-17-18-19 3-4 2 2 2 17 17 17 18 18 12-14 13-15 13-15 4 4 8
2.8039.299.0
X76
9
2.8029.730.0
X77
8
2.8039.299.0
X77
9
2.8029.730.0
X79
8
2.8039.299.0
X79
9
2.8029.730.0
X78
8
2.8039.299.0
X78
9
0441.1921.4
X74
3
0425.8670 2.3729.697.0/10 2.3729.697.0/10 2.3729.697.0/10 2.3729.400.0/10 2.3729.250.0/50 0.010.2121.1 0.011.2047.4 0.011.2047.4 2.8019.970.0 2.8019.960.0 2.8029.730.0
37 35 38 1 36
NOTES
With platform With platform With standard cab With high-visibility cab With standard cab With high-visibility cab With standard cab With high-visibility cab With standard cab With high-visibility cab With cab
40-9
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-9 40-9
6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
NOTES
0441.1920.4 2.8059.090.0 2.8059.080.0 2.8029.730.0 2.8039.003.0 2.8039.003.0 2.8029.730.0
X75 X45 X40 X123-X125 X25 X31 X132
3 3-4-16 3-4-16 8-9 8-9 8-9 8-9
With cab
2.8039.299.0
X132
9
2.8029.730.0
X133
8
2.8039.299.0
X133
9
16 2-3-4-5-6-78-9-10-11-1213-14-15-1617-18-19 17 17 5 With standard cab 6 With high-visibility cab 8 With standard cab 9 With high-visibility cab 8 With standard cab 9 With high-visibility cab 10 With standard cab 11 With high-visibility cab 18 18 10 With standard cab 11 With high-visibility cab 10 With standard cab 11 With high-visibility cab 2 18
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT CODE
Front left sidelight and direction indicator Right tail light Left tail light Work light, main beam RH front worklight LH front worklight RH supplementary worklight
LH supplementary worklight
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
Trailer pressure indicator Starter switch
0.011.9433.0 0441.1512.4
17
X57 X54
Differential lock switch 4WD switch Rotating beacon on/off switch
2.7659.152.0/10 2.7659.151.0/20 2.7659.126.0
40 41 26
X50 X51 X67
2.7659.159.0
27
X67
2.7659.078.0
30
X71
2.7659.154.0
31
X71
2.7659.079.0
20
X64
2.7659.155.0
21
X64
2.7659.091.0
24
X66
2.7659.223.0
25
X66
2.7659.277.0 2.7659.278.0 2.7659.092.0
39 44 28
X48 X49 X70
2.7659.224.0
29
X70
2.7659.146.0
22
X65
2.7659.192.0
23
X65
2.7659.275.0 2.7659.177.0/20
45 15
X18 X46
Front worklights switch
Rear worklights switch
Windscreen washer pump switch
Front PTO switch Rear PTO switch Windscreen wiper switch
Rear screen wiper switch
Start enable switch RH PTO switch (on fender)
With standard cab With high-visibility cab With standard cab With high-visibility cab
40-10
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-10 40-10
6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT CODE
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
Corner lights switch Low worklights switch Handbrake switch Hazard warning lights switch 4WD engagement switch 1000 PTO control switch 540 PTO control switch ECO PTO engagement switch
2.7659.156.0 2.7659.157.0 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.158.0 2.7659.096.0/10 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.096.0/10 2.7659.202.0 2.7659.096.0/10 0.900.0058.9 2.7659.159.0 2.7659.271.0
33 43 14 18 3 13 12 6 7 8
X110 X111 X44 X55 X11 X43 X42 X14 X14 X15 X94 X52 X109
2.7659.097.0 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.177.0/20 2.6039.017.0 0.014.8800.3 2.8039.005.0 2.8039.005.0 2.8039.004.0 2.8039.008.0 2.8039.004.0 2.8039.008.0 2.8059.526.0 2.9019.200.0/10 2.9019.100.0/20 0118.0928
19 32 11
X56 X73 X39 X80 -124 X47 X26 X30 X27 X27 X29 X29 X41 X81 X108 +30C +50 X69-X89 X63 X34 X35 X62 X38 X23 X104-X107
8-9 8-9 16 3-4 17 18 18 18 18 18 15 5-6 3-4-5-6-8-916-17-18 16 2-17 18 5-6 17 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 10-11 10-11 2 5-6 5-6 10-11 10-11 5-6 3-4-16 7 14
X104
15
X16 X12 X13 X8 X101 X96
16 17 17 7 12-14 13-15
GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch A/C switch Platform rotating beacon switch Lights switch Brake pedal switch Clutch pedal switch LH rear PTO switch (on fender) Warning beacon Range selector lever RH high beam headlight LH high beam headlight RH low beam headlight RH low beam headlight (GB) LH low beam headlight LH low beam headlight (GB) Number plate light Windscreen wiper motor Rear screen wiper motor Starter motor Clock Interior roof light Windscreen washer pump Rear screen washer pump Diagnostic socket Trailer socket Services circuit alarm pressure switch Air conditioning pressure switch
2.7099.750.0/10 0.900.0304.1
Air conditioning pressure switch
0.010.2262.0
Trailer braking low pressure switch Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch Engine oil pressure switch Resistor RH resistor
2.7099.960.0 2.7099.660.0/10 2.7099.660.0/10
16 42
2.8339.032.0 0.014.9163.2 0.014.9163.2
0.010.2122.0 0.010.2555.0
10
9 4 5
NOTES
85 HP 100 HP
Version with standard cab Version with high visibility cab
40-11
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-11 40-11
6/21/2007 4:36:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT CODE
LH resistor Air cleaner clogged sensor Fuel level sensor Brake fluid level sensor Engine temperature sensor Wheel speed sensor Operator present sensor Windscreen wiper intermittent timer Air conditioning temperature thermostat Air conditioning fan Supplementary air conditioning fan
0.010.2555.0 2.7059.997.0/10 0.257.6654.3/10 0421.3839 0.010.5612.0/10 0.010.3473.2 2.8639.008.0 0.009.4744.1 0.010.0618.4 0.010.2545.2
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
2
34
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
X93 X2 X10 X1 X5 X19 X36 X68 X103 X105 X106
13-15 7 7 16 2-7 17 17 10-11 14-15 14-15 15
NOTES
Index by part code Tab.19 CODE
DESCRIPTION
0.009.4743.1 0.009.4744.1 0.010.0618.4 0.010.2121.1 0.010.2122.0 0.010.2262.0 0.010.2528.1 0.010.2545.2 0.010.2545.2 0.010.2555.0 0.010.2555.0 0.010.3473.2 0.010.5612.0/10 0.011.2047.4 0.011.2047.4 0.011.5631.3 0.011.5631.3 0.011.9433.0 0.014.3061.4/20 0.014.8800.3 0.014.9163.2 0.014.9163.2 0.015.0359.4 0.257.6654.3/10 0.900.0058.9 0.900.0304.1
Fan speed selector switch Air conditioning temperature thermostat Air conditioning fan Electric fan Resistor Air conditioning pressure switch Fan speed selector switch Air conditioning fan Supplementary air conditioning fan LH resistor RH resistor Operator present sensor Wheel speed sensor LH electric fan RH electric fan RH loudspeaker LH loudspeaker Trailer pressure indicator Pneumatic seat air compressor Range selector lever Windscreen washer pump Rear screen washer pump Lights selector switch Brake fluid level sensor A/C switch Air conditioning pressure switch
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
34
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
X102 X97-X103 X105 X100 X101 X104 X95 X105 X106 X93 X96 X36 X19 X98 X99 X84-X92 X86-X91 X57 X37 X47 X34 X35 X112 X1 X94 X104-X107
12-14 14-15 14 12-14 12-14 15 13-15 15 15 13-15 13-15 17 17 13-15 13-15 5-6 5-6 16 5-6 17 10-11 10-11 3-4 16 15 14
NOTES
40-12
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-12 40-12
6/21/2007 4:36:37 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
Starter motor Alternator
+30C +50 B+ D+ W
2 2
0419.9904
Engine stop device
X7
2
0421.3839
Engine temperature sensor
X5
2-7
0425.8670 0441.1512.4
Preheating device Starter switch
X113 X54
0441.1920.4
Front left sidelight and direction indicator
X75
0443.7338
Air conditioning compressor
X9
2.3729.250.0/50 2.3729.400.0/10
Rear PTO control solenoid valve Front PTO control solenoid valve
36 1
X21 X3
2.3729.697.0/10 2.3729.697.0/10 2.3729.697.0/10 2.6039.017.0 2.7059.997.0/10 2.7099.660.0/10 2.7099.660.0/10 2.7099.750.0/10 2.7099.770.0 2.7099.960.0 2.7659.078.0
4WD control solenoid valve differential lock control solenoid valve H/L travel control solenoid valve Warning beacon Fuel level sensor Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch Services circuit alarm pressure switch Cigar lighter Trailer braking low pressure switch Front worklights switch
35 37 38
9 30
X20 X22 X24 X80-X124 X10 X12 X13 X23 X53 X16 X71
2.7659.079.0
Rear worklights switch
20
X64
2.7659.091.0
Windscreen washer pump switch
24
X66
2.7659.092.0
Windscreen wiper switch
28
X70
2.7659.096.0/10 2.7659.096.0/10
4WD engagement switch ECO PTO engagement switch
3 6
X11 X14
2.7659.096.0/10 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.097.0
GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch 540 PTO control switch 1000 PTO control switch
8 12 13
X15 X42 X43
2 2-3-4-5-6-78-9-10-1112-13-14-1516-17-18-19 3 version with cab 14-15 Version with front battery 18 18 Version with lateral battery 17 17 17 5-6 7 17 17 7 5-6 16 8 Version with standard cab 8 Version with standard cab 10 Version with standard cab 10 Version with standard cab 17 18 85-85GS” version 18 18 18
CODE
DESCRIPTION
0118.0928 0118.2173
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
17
2 4 5 10
NOTES
Version with front battery Version with front battery Version with front battery
40-13
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-13 40-13
6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CODE
DESCRIPTION
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
2.7659.097.0 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.126.0
Handbrake switch Brake pedal switch Clutch pedal switch Rotating beacon on/off switch
14 19 32 26
X44 X56 X73 X67
16 16 2-17 5
2.7659.146.0
Rear screen wiper switch
22
X65
10
2.7659.151.0/20 2.7659.152.0/10 2.7659.154.0
4WD switch Differential lock switch Front worklights switch
41 40 31
X51 X50 X71
17 17 9
2.7659.155.0
Rear worklights switch
21
X64
9
2.7659.156.0 2.7659.157.0 2.7659.158.0 2.7659.159.0 2.7659.159.0
Corner lights switch Low worklights switch Hazard warning lights switch Platform rotating beacon switch Rotating beacon on/off switch
33 43 18 16 27
X110 X111 X55 X52 X67
8-9 8-9 3-4 5-6 6
2.7659.177.0/20 2.7659.177.0/20 2.7659.192.0
LH rear PTO switch (on fender) RH PTO switch (on fender) Rear screen wiper switch
11 15 23
X39 X46 X65
18 18 11
2.7659.202.0
ECO PTO engagement switch
7
X14
18
2.7659.223.0
Windscreen washer pump switch
25
X66
11
2.7659.224.0
Windscreen wiper switch
29
X70
11
2.7659.271.0
Lights switch
42
X109
2.7659.275.0 2.7659.277.0 2.7659.278.0 2.8019.960.0
Start enable switch Front PTO switch Rear PTO switch Front left sidelight and direction indicator
45 39 44
X18 X48 X49 X126
2.8019.970.0
Front right sidelight and direction indicator
3-4-5-6-8-916-17-18 2 18 18 4 Version with platform 4 Version with platform
X127
NOTES
Version with standard cab Version with standard cab
Version with high visibility cab Version with high visibility cab
Version with high visibility cab
Version with high visibility cab 100-100GS” version Version with high visibility cab Version with high visibility cab
40-14
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-14 40-14
6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
NOTES
RH front worklight (on cab roof)
X76
8
2.8029.730.0
LH front worklight (on cab roof)
X77
8
2.8029.730.0
LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
X78
8
2.8029.730.0
RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
X79
8
Version with standard cab Version with standard cab Version with standard cab Version with standard cab
2.8029.730.0 2.8029.730.0
Work light, main beam RH supplementary worklight
X123-X125 X132
8-9 8
2.8029.730.0
LH supplementary worklight
X133
8
2.8039.003.0 2.8039.003.0 2.8039.004.0
RH front worklight LH front worklight RH low beam headlight
X25 X31 X27
8-9 8-9 3-4
2.8039.004.0
LH low beam headlight
X29
3-4
2.8039.005.0 2.8039.005.0 2.8039.008.0
RH high beam headlight LH high beam headlight RH low beam headlight (GB)
X26 X30 X27
3-4 3-4 3-4
2.8039.008.0
LH low beam headlight (GB)
X29
3-4
2.8039.299.0
RH front worklight (on cab roof)
X76
9
2.8039.299.0
LH front worklight (on cab roof)
X77
9
2.8039.299.0
LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
X78
9
2.8039.299.0
RH rear worklight (on cab roof)
X79
9
2.8039.299.0
RH supplementary worklight
X132
9
2.8039.299.0
LH supplementary worklight
X133
9
CODE
DESCRIPTION
2.8029.730.0
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
Version with standard cab Version with standard cab
For driving on the right For driving on the right
For driving on the left For driving on the left Version with high visibility cab Version with high visibility cab Version with high visibility cab Version with high visibility cab Version with high visibility cab Version with high visibility cab
40-15
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-15 40-15
6/21/2007 4:36:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
SYSTEM
Left tail light Right tail light Number plate light Interior roof light
X40 X45 X41 X63
3-4-16 3-4-16 3-4 5
2.8339.032.0
Interior roof light
X63
6
2.8339.248.0/40
Instrument panel
3K-5K
2.8419.007.0 2.8519.057.0/10 2.8639.007.0/10 2.8639.008.0 2.9019.100.0/20 2.9019.200.0/10
Horn PTO control unit Hazard lights control unit Windscreen wiper intermittent timer Rear screen wiper motor Windscreen wiper motor
X28 ECU PTO X61 X68 X85-X108 X81
2-3-4-5-6-716-17-18-19 3-4 18 3-4 10-11 10-11 10-11 Version with standard cab
CODE
DESCRIPTION
2.8059.080.0 2.8059.090.0 2.8059.526.0 2.8339.032.0
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT
NOTES
Version with standard cab Version with high visibility cab
Connector index Tab.20 CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
+30A
G1
0.014.8806.4/20 0.014.9195.4/20 0.014.8629.4/20 0.014.8806.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8806.4/20 0.015.1983.4/10 0.014.8806.4/20 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8628.4/20
G2 G3 G5
0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20
+30B
+30C +30 +50 3K 5K B+ D+
CONNECTION WIRING OR COMPONENT CODE
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Battery Battery
0118.0928
Starter motor
0118.0928
Battery Starter motor
2.8339.248.0/40 2.8339.248.0/40 0118.2173
Instrument panel Instrument panel Alternator
0118.2173
Alternator
0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20
40-16
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-16 40-16
6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
CONNECTION WIRING OR COMPONENT CODE
G6 G7 G8
0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20
G10
0.014.8628.4/20
G11 G12 G13 G14 G16
G21
0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.9375.4/20 0.014.9376.4/10 0.014.9375.4/20 0.014.9376.4/10 0.009.7850.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3597.3 0.009.7850.4/50
0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.8107.4/20 0.010.8189.3/40 0.015.3094.4 0.014.9375.4/20 0.014.9376.4/10 0.015.1983.4/10 0.014.1645.4/10 0.014.9281.4
G22 G23 G24 G25
0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50
G17 G18 G19 G20
G26 G28 G29 G30 G31 G32
0.009.7851.4/50 0.011.3596.3/40 0.010.8189.3/40 0.010.8189.3/40 0.010.8189.3/40 0.010.8189.3/40 0441.1923.4
G33
0441.1923.4
G34
G38
0.010.2554.2 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2560.0 0.015.1983.4/10
G39 G40 G41 G42 ECU PTO
0.011.3595.3/10 0.011.3595.3/10 0.011.3595.3/10 0.011.3595.3/10 0.014.8628.4/20
G35
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7853.3/20 0.009.7851.4/50 0.011.3595.3/10 0.010.4516.3 0.011.3606.4/50 0.010.2147.2 0.010.2153.2 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2153.2 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.3610.3/20 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2560.0 0.012.9909.4 0441.1923.4 0441.1923.4 0441.1923.4 0441.1923.4 0.015.1435.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10 0.015.1435.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10
0.014.9375.4/20 0.014.9376.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10 2.8519.057.0/10
Wiring connector Wiring connector Wiring connector Wiring connector To power supply wiring To cab power supply wiring To supplementary worklights wiring To supplementary worklights wiring To supplementary worklights wiring To supplementary worklights wiring PTO control unit
40-17
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-17 40-17
6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
CONNECTION WIRING OR COMPONENT CODE
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
W
0118.2173
Alternator Alternator Brake fluid level sensor
X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.8629.4/20 0.015.1597.4/10 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.9193.4/20
X15 X16 X18 X19 X20 X21 X22 X23 X24 X25 X26 X27
0.014.9193.4/20 0.014.1645.4/10 0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.8630.4/20 0.014.8107.4/20 0.014.8107.4/20 0.014.8107.4/20
X28 X29
0.014.8107.4/20 0.014.8107.4/20
X30 X31 X34 X35 X36 X37 X38 X39 X40
0.014.8107.4/20 0.014.8107.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20
X1 X2 X3 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9
0.257.6654.3/10
Air cleaner clogged sensor 2.3729.400.0/10
Front PTO control solenoid valve
0421.3839
Engine temperature sensor Overboost device
0419.9904
Engine stop device Engine oil pressure switch
0443.7338
Air conditioning compressor
2.7059.997.0/10 2.7659.096.0/10 2.7099.660.0/10 2.7099.660.0/10 2.7659.096.0/10 2.7659.202.0 2.7659.096.0/10 2.7099.960.0 2.7659.275.0 0.010.5612.0/10 2.3729.697.0/10 2.3729.250.0/50 2.3729.697.0/10 2.7099.750.0/10 2.3729.697.0/10 2.8039.003.0 2.8039.005.0 2.8039.004.0 2.8039.008.0 2.8419.007.0 2.8039.004.0 2.8039.008.0 2.8039.005.0 2.8039.003.0 0.014.9163.2 0.014.9163.2 0.010.3473.2 0.014.3061.4/20
Fuel level sensor 4WD engagement switch Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch ECO PTO engagement switch
2.7659.177.0/20 2.8059.080.0
GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch Trailer braking low pressure switch Start enable switch Wheel speed sensor 4WD control solenoid valve Rear PTO control solenoid valve differential lock control solenoid valve Services circuit alarm pressure switch H/L travel control solenoid valve RH front worklight RH high beam headlight RH low beam headlight RH low beam headlight (GB) Horn LH low beam headlight LH low beam headlight (GB) LH high beam headlight LH front worklight Windscreen washer pump Rear screen washer pump Operator present sensor Pneumatic seat air compressor Trailer socket LH rear PTO switch (on fender) Left tail light
40-18
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-18 40-18
6/21/2007 4:36:39 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
CONNECTION WIRING OR COMPONENT CODE
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
X41 X42 X43 X44 X45 X46 X47 X48 X49 X50 X51 X52 X53 X54 X55 X56 X57 X58 X59 X60 X61 X62 X63 X63 X64
0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.011.3606.4/50 0.009.7850.4/50 0.014.8628.4/20 0441.1923.4 0441.1923.4 0.009.7851.4/50 0.015.1437.4/10 0.009.7851.4/50 0.015.1437.4/10 0.009.7851.4/50 0.015.1437.4/10
2.8059.526.0 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.097.0 2.7659.097.0 2.8059.090.0 2.7659.177.0/20 0.014.8800.3 2.7659.277.0 2.7659.278.0 2.7659.152.0/10 2.7659.151.0/20 2.7659.159.0 2.7099.770.0 0441.1512.4 2.7659.158.0 2.7659.097.0 0.011.9433.0
Number plate light 540 PTO control switch 1000 PTO control switch Handbrake switch Right tail light RH PTO switch (on fender) Range selector lever Front PTO switch Rear PTO switch Differential lock switch 4WD switch Platform rotating beacon switch Cigar lighter Starter switch Hazard warning lights switch Brake pedal switch Trailer pressure indicator Not utilised Not utilised Not utilised Hazard lights control unit Diagnostic socket Interior roof light Interior roof light Rear worklights switch Rear worklights switch Rear screen wiper switch Rear screen wiper switch Windscreen washer pump switch Windscreen washer pump switch Rotating beacon on/off switch Rotating beacon on/off switch Windscreen wiper intermittent timer Windscreen wiper intermittent timer Clock Windscreen wiper switch Windscreen wiper switch Front worklights switch Front worklights switch Radio Clutch pedal switch Front right sidelight and direction indicator Front left sidelight and direction indicator RH front worklight (on cab roof) RH front worklight (on cab roof) LH front worklight (on cab roof) LH front worklight (on cab roof) LH rear worklight (on cab roof) LH rear worklight (on cab roof)
X65 X66 X67 X68 X69 X70 X71 X72 X73 X74 X75 X76 X76 X77 X78
2.8639.007.0/10 2.8339.032.0 2.8339.032.0 2.7659.079.0 2.7659.155.0 2.7659.146.0 2.7659.192.0 2.7659.091.0 2.7659.223.0 2.7659.126.0 2.7659.159.0 2.8639.008.0 2.8639.008.0 2.7659.092.0 2.7659.224.0 2.7659.078.0 2.7659.154.0 2.7659.097.0 0441.1921.4 0441.1920.4 2.8029.730.0 2.8039.299.0 2.8029.730.0 2.8039.299.0 2.8029.730.0 2.8039.299.0
40-19
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-19 40-19
6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
CONNECTION WIRING OR COMPONENT CODE
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
X79
0.009.7851.4/50 0.015.1437.4/10 0.012.9909.4 0.010.4516.3 0.011.3597.3 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.3596.3/40 0.011.0729.4/10 0.011.0729.4/10 0.011.0729.4/10 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2554.2 0.010.2560.0 0.010.2147.2 0.010.2153.2 0.010.2147.2 0.010.2153.2 0.010.2147.2 0.010.2153.2 0.010.2153.2 0.009.7853.3/20 0.011.3610.3/20 0.009.7853.3/20 0.011.3610.3/20 0.011.3610.3/20 0.009.7853.3/20 0.009.7851.4/50 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.8628.4/20 0.014.9195.4/20 0.014.9281.4 0.014.9281.4 0.014.9281.4 0.015.3094.4
2.8029.730.0 2.8039.299.0 2.6039.017.0 2.9019.200.0/10
RH rear worklight (on cab roof) RH rear worklight (on cab roof) Warning beacon Windscreen wiper motor
0.011.5631.3 2.9019.100.0/20 0.011.5631.3
0.011.5631.3 0.011.5631.3 0.010.2555.0
RH loudspeaker Rear screen wiper motor LH loudspeaker Radio Radio Clock Radio LH loudspeaker RH loudspeaker LH resistor
0.900.0058.9 0.010.2528.1
A/C switch Fan speed selector switch
0.010.2555.0
RH resistor
0.009.4744.1 0.011.2047.4
Air conditioning temperature thermostat LH electric fan
0.011.2047.4
RH electric fan RH electric fan Electric fan Electric fan Resistor Resistor Fan speed selector switch Fan speed selector switch Air conditioning temperature thermostat Air conditioning pressure switch Air conditioning pressure switch Air conditioning fan Air conditioning fan Supplementary air conditioning fan Air conditioning pressure switch Rear screen wiper motor Lights switch Corner lights switch Low worklights switch Lights selector switch Preheating device Work light, main beam Warning beacon Work light, main beam Front left sidelight and direction indicator
X80 X81 X84 X85 X86 X87 X88 X89 X90 X91 X92 X93 X94 X95 X96 X97 X98 X99 X100 X101 X102 X103 X104 X105 X106 X107 X108 X109 X110 X111 X112 X113 X123 X124 X125 X126
0.010.2121.1 0.010.2122.0 0.009.4743.1 0.009.4744.1 0.900.0304.1 0.010.2262.0 0.010.0618.4 0.010.2545.2 0.010.2545.2 0.900.0304.1 2.9019.100.0/20 2.7659.271.0 2.7659.156.0 2.7659.157.0 0.015.0359.4 0425.8670 2.8029.730.0 2.6039.017.0 2.8029.730.0 2.8019.960.0
40-20
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-20 40-20
6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR
WIRING CODE
CONNECTION WIRING OR COMPONENT CODE
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
X127 X132
0.015.3094.4 0.015.1435.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10 0.015.1435.4/10 0.015.1437.4/10
2.8019.970.0 2.8029.730.0 2.8039.299.0 2.8029.730.0 2.8039.299.0
Front right sidelight and direction indicator RH supplementary worklight RH supplementary worklight LH supplementary worklight LH supplementary worklight
X133
40-21
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-21 40-21
6/21/2007 4:36:40 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.2 - COMPONENTS 40.2.1 - Components This chapter contains: ●
Components table: technical and functional description of the components
●
Pinouts of the electronic control units
Component technical data Tab.21 NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
1 2
Front PTO control solenoid 2.3729.400.0/10 valve Fuel level sensor 2.7059.997.0/10
3
4WD engagement switch
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
See solenoid 0.010.3140.0
X3
Resistance between pin 2 and pin 3: with tank full: 5 ± 0.8 Ohm with tank half full:125 ± 8 Ohm with tank empty: 330 ± 15 Ohm
X10
2.7659.096.0/10 CBA
X11
5 6
Pressure switch - hydraulic 2.7099.660.0/10 oil filter clogging Transmission oil filter clog- 2.7099.660.0/10 ging pressure switch ECO PTO engagement 2.7659.096.0/10 switch
CBA
4
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed contact (NC). Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally open contact (NO) Normally open contact. Calibration pressure: 0.4 to 0.5 X12 bar absolute pressure Normally open contact. Calibration pressure: 0.4 to 0.5 X13 bar absolute pressure X14
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed contact (NC) Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally open contact (NO) Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally closed contact (NC) Between pin 1 and pin 4: normally open contact (NO). With switch free of levers
ECO PTO engagement switch
2.7659.202.0
8
GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch
2.7659.096.0/10
X15
Trailer braking low pressu- 2.7099.960.0 re switch Services circuit alarm 2.7099.750.0/10 pressure switch LH rear PTO switch (on 2.7659.177.0/20 fender)
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed contact (NC) Between pin 2 and pin 3: normally open contact (NO) Normally closed contact (NC). Switching pressure: 11 X16 bars Normally closed contact (NC). Switching pressure: 11 X23 bar ± 1 Resistance between Pin1 and Pin2 with button pressed: X39 3.9 Ohm
9 10 11
X14
CBA
7
40-22
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-22 40-22
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
12
540 PTO control switch
2.7659.097.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR X42
1
4 Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed switch (NC) Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open switch (NO) 13
1000 PTO control switch
2.7659.097.0
X43
1
4 Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed switch (NC) Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open switch (NO) 14
Handbrake switch
2.7659.097.0
X44
1
4
15
RH PTO switch (on fender) 2.7659.177.0/20
16
Platform rotating beacon switch
2.7659.159.0
Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed switch (NC) Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open switch (NO) Resistance between Pin1 and Pin2 with button pressed: X46 3.9 Ohm X52 0
1 7 8 7 4
Pin Pos
1
5
3
2
6
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 1
40-23
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-23 40-23
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
17
Starter switch
0441.1512.4
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR X54
83 50
30 86s 15
75
Pin
30
Pos
15
50
75
83
0 1 2 18
Hazard warning lights switch
2.7659.158.0
X55
0 1 5
8
1
2
17 18 10 3
5 1 7 18
Pin Pos
1
2
3
5
8
10
17
18
0
1
19
Brake pedal switch
2.7659.097.0
X56
1
4 Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed switch (NC) Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open switch (NO)
40-24
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-24 40-24
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
20
Rear worklights switch
2.7659.079.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR X64
0 1 1
2
Pin
1
Pos
2
0 1 21
Rear worklights switch
2.7659.155.0
X64
0 1
7
Pin Pos
4
5
1
3
6
2
3
4
5
6
2
1
8
7
8
0 1 22
Rear screen wiper switch
2.7659.146.0
X65
0 1 2
Pin Pos
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5
6
0 1 2
40-25
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-25 40-25
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
23
Rear screen wiper switch
2.7659.192.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR X65
0 1
2
1
Pin Pos
7 4
5
1
2
5
6
2
3
6
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 1 2 24
Windscreen washer pump switch
2.7659.091.0
X66
0
Pin Pos
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
0 1
25
Windscreen washer pump switch
2.7659.223.0
X66
40-26
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-26 40-26
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
26
Rotating beacon on/off switch
2.7659.126.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR X67
0 1 1
2
Pin Pos
1
2
0 1 27
Rotating beacon on/off switch
2.7659.159.0
X67
0 1 7 8 7 4
Pin Pos
1
5
3
2
6
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 1 28
Windscreen wiper switch
2.7659.092.0
X70
0 1 2
Pin Pos
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7
8
0 1 2
40-27
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-27 40-27
6/21/2007 4:36:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
29
Windscreen wiper switch
2.7659.224.0
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR X70
0 1 2
7
4
5
3
6
Pin Pos
1
2
3
2
5
1
8
6
0 1 2 30
Front worklights switch
2.7659.078.0
X71
0 1 1
2
Pin Pos
1
2
0 1 31
Front worklights switch
2.7659.154.0
X71
0 1
7
Pin Pos
4
1
5
3
6
2
3
4
5
6
2
1
7
8
8
0 1 32
Clutch pedal switch
2.7659.097.0
X73
1
4 Between pin 1 and pin 2: normally closed switch (NC) Between pin 3 and pin 4: normally open switch (NO)
40-28
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-28 40-28
6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
CONNECTOR
33
Corner lights switch
2.7659.156.0
0
X110
1 7 8 7 4
Pin Pos
1
5
3
2
6
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 1 34
Wheel speed sensor
0.010.5612.0/10
35
2.3729.697.0/10 2.3729.250.0/50
See solenoid 0.010.2831.1
X21
2.3729.697.0/10
See solenoid 0.010.2831.1
X22
2.3729.697.0/10
See solenoid 0.010.2831.1
X24
39
4WD control solenoid valve Rear PTO control solenoid valve differential lock control solenoid valve H/L travel control solenoid valve Front PTO switch
Pin1 = 12V DC power supply; Pin2 = output signal; Pin3 X19 = earth Between pin 2 and pin 3: 0.02V with sensor far from metals 12.0V with sensor near to metals (if kept near to metal, after 5 seconds it must return to 0V) See solenoid 0.010.2831.1 X20
2.7659.277.0
X48
40
Differential lock switch
2.7659.152.0/10
X50
36 37 38
40-29
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-29 40-29
6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS NO
DESCRIPTION
CODE
CHARACTERISTICS
41
4WD switch
2.7659.151.0/20
X51
42
Lights switch
2.7659.271.0
X109
43
Low worklights switch
2.7659.157.0
X111
44
Rear PTO switch
2.7659.278.0
X49
45
Start enable switch
2.7659.275.0
Normally closed switch (NC) resistance with contact closed 3.9 Ohm
CONNECTOR
X18
40-30
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-30 40-30
6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS PINOUTS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS INSTRUMENT PANEL (P/N. 2.8339.248.0/40) Tab.22 CONNECTOR 3K Grub screw 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Volts
Abbreviation
0V
+12V +12V
+15 +30
+12V
D+ +30
Description Not utilised Not utilised Not utilised Input, fuel reserve signal Input, air cleaner clogged signal Input signal, engine oil pressure Input, brake fluid level signal Battery negative Input, ECO PTO engaged signal Input, 1000 PTO engaged signal Input, 540 PTO engaged signal Input, trailer brake Input, rear PTO engaged signal Battery positive Battery positive Not utilised Input, 4WD activated signal Input signal, transmission oil filter clogged Input, transmission oil pressure signal Input, battery charging signal Battery positive Input, parking brake Not utilised Input, groundspeed PTO engaged signal Not utilised Not utilised
Tab.23 CONNECTOR 5K Grub screw 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Volts.
Abbreviation
CANH CANL CANRES
+12V
+50
Description ISO 9141 serial interface CAN H CAN L CAN RES Not utilised Not utilised Input, engine start signal Input, low beam headlights signal Input, high beam headlights signal Input, direction indicators Input, 1st trailer direction indicators
40-31
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-31 40-31
6/21/2007 4:36:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS CONNECTOR 5K 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
0V
Input, 2nd trailer direction indicators Battery negative Input, differential lock engaged signal Input, pre-heating stage activation Input, front PTO engaged signal Not utilised Not utilised Power (+), preheating relay Input, coolant temperature sensor signal Input, fuel level signal Input, wheel speed signal Not utilised Engine speed signal input Not utilised Not utilised
40-32
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-32 40-32
6/21/2007 4:36:43 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3 - SYSTEMS 40.3.1 - Earthing points Version with front battery
GND3 GND7 GND9
F0027371
F0122090
F0027212
GND8
GND4
F0123130
F0122110
GND5 GND1
GND2
GND6 F0122240
F0122270 F0123120
Fig.121
40-33
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-33 40-33
6/21/2007 4:36:43 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS Version with lateral battery
Fig.122
40-34
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-34 40-34
6/21/2007 4:36:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.2 - Starting and pre-heating 4
50 30
87a
87 85 86 30
87a
RL1
87 85 86 30
GENERATOR
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
W
GND
8 14 15 21 20
5K
1 2 3
3K
4
X73
GND3
F1 F8 F9 5A
40A
FRL1
G11
3 4 5 6 8 9 1 1 11 4
G1
1 4
G6
60A
0.015.1983.4
PREHEATING
7 19 20 13 15 24
GND4
RL2
3A
75 83 15
X54
15A
0.014.8628.4
5 GND
1 0
+ 50
2
3
TEMP.
2
PREHEATING RELE
1
RL42B RL42A
13 2 1 125A
RL42 D+ B+
0.014.8630.4
12
W
X113
+50
GND2
+30C
0.014.8806.4 10 11
+30
X5 1 2
+30A +30B
GND1
X6 1 2
X7
9
X18
1 2
1 2
0.014.8629.4 0.015.1597.4
t
8
7
D0036860
6
BATTERY
Fig.123 - Starting and pre-heating Key 1. Starter switch 2. Engine starter relay 3. Key positive supply relay 4. Instrument panel 5. Clutch pedal switch 6. Start enable switch 7. Engine stop device 8. Overboost device 9. Engine temperature sensor 10. Starter motor 11. Preheating device 12. Alternator 13. Preheating relay Wiring and connectors list ●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
40-35
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-35 40-35
6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ●
●
●
●
●
0.014.8630.4/20 - RH drivetrain wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-101
❍
See para. 40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-102
0.014.8629.4/20 - Engine wiring - version with front battery ❍
See para. 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-73
❍
See para. 40.4.4 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-74
0.015.1597.4/10 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery ❍
See para. 40.4.5 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-77
❍
See para. 40.4.6 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-78
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
40-36
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-36 40-36
6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.3 - Lights selector - Tractor with cab
87 86 85 30
31 31b
56d
56b 56a
56
49a
13 8 9 10 11 12
8 14 15 21
5K
X61
5 7
X38
1 3
F
31
54
F
4 3 2 1
2 17 18 10 8 5
X55
58
9
31
54
58
1 3 4
1 6 5 3 2 4
3K
8
C
C2
C3
49a
49
31
+12/30
+12/30
R
6 7
+12V
L
X112
GND4
4 3 2 1
X45
X40
GND3 F10
F14 15A
F9 15A
F15 7.5A
7.5A
F16
15A
F13
F1 15A
F3 15A
20A
F2
5A
0.014.8628.4
87a
RL2
5
GND
LEFT
50 30
DIRECTION INDICATOR 2 TRAILER
RIGHT
75 83 15
X54
DIRECTION INDICATOR 1 TRAILER
1 0
GND
2
3 FULL BEAM
2
POSITION BEAM
1
DIRECTION INDICATOR
4
GND8 5
G10 G7
G29
X28
X29 1 2
1 2
1 2
0.014.8107.4
D0036870 +30
GND1
18
17
16
15
14
X74 58
-31
F.D.
1 2 3 BATTERY
13
9 10
1 2
1 2
10 11
1
X75 1 2 3 58
1 2
-31
X27
X26 1 2
G30 3 4
7 8
F.S.
X30
0.014.8806.4
G31 3 4
0441.1923.4
1
X41 2 3 5 6
6
0.010.8189.3
1 2 3 4 5
0441.1923.4
4 1 0 8 9 13 14
G28
GND2
X109
G8 1 2 5 3
60A
0.015.1983.4
G11
12
Fig.124 - Lights - steering column switch unit Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Lights selector switch 4. Instrument panel 5. Hazard lights control unit 6. Trailer socket 7. Hazard warning lights switch 8. Left tail light 9. Right tail light 10. Number plate light 11. Lights switch 12. Front left sidelight and direction indicator 13. Front right sidelight and direction indicator 14. Horn 15. LH low beam headlight 16. RH low beam headlight 17. RH high beam headlight 18. LH high beam headlight Wiring and connectors list ●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.010.8189.3/40 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab
40-37
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-37 40-37
6/21/2007 4:36:48 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
●
●
●
❍
See para. 40.4.55 - Wiring for front ... - Page 40-173
❍
See para. 40.4.56 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-174
0441.1923.4 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab ❍
See para. 40.4.57 - Wiring for lower ... - Page 40-177
❍
See para. 40.4.58 - Lower front light... - Page 40-178
0.014.8107.4/20 - Hood lights wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-70
❍
See para. 40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-71
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
40-38
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-38 40-38
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.4 - Lights selector - Tractor with platform
87 86 85 30
31 31b
56d
56b 56a
56
49a
13 8 9 10 11 12
8 14 15 21
5K
X61
X38
5 7
1 3
F
31
54
F
4 3 2 1
2 17 18 10 8 5
X55
58
9
31
54
58
1 3 4
1 6 5 3 2 4
3K
8
C
C2
C3
49a
49
31
+12/30
+12/30
R
6 7
+12V
L
X112
GND4
4 3 2 1
X45
X40
GND3 F10
F14 15A
F9 15A
7.5A
F15 15A
F16
F13
7.5A
F1 15A
F3 15A
20A
F2
5A
0.014.8628.4
87a
RL2
5
GND
LEFT
50 30
DIRECTION INDICATOR 2 TRAILER
RIGHT
75 83 15
X54
DIRECTION INDICATOR 1 TRAILER
1 0
GND
2
3 FULL BEAM
2
POSITION BEAM
1
DIRECTION INDICATOR
4
GND8 5
G10 G7
0.015.1983.4
G11
G8 1 2 5 3
4 1 0 8 9 13 14
1 2 3 4 5
6
X109
X41 2 3 5 6
7 8
9 10
1 2
1 2
10 60A
11
X126
1 2
1 2 3
0.014.8107.4
X127 1 2 3 F.S.
1 2
58
X28
X29 1 2
-31
X27 1 2
F.D.
1 2
58
X26
X30
-31
GND2
0.014.8806.4
0.015.3094.4
D0036880 +30
GND1
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
BATTERY
Fig.125 - Lights - steering column switch unit Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Lights selector switch 4. Instrument panel 5. Hazard lights control unit 6. Trailer socket 7. Hazard warning lights switch 8. Left tail light 9. Right tail light 10. Number plate light 11. Lights switch 12. Right headlamp 13. Left headlamp 14. Horn 15. LH low beam headlight 16. RH low beam headlight 17. RH high beam headlight 18. LH high beam headlight Wiring and connectors list ●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.015.3094.4 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform ❍
See para. 40.4.59 - Wiring for front ... - Page 40-180
40-39
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-39 40-39
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ❍ ●
●
●
See para. 40.4.60 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-182
0.014.8107.4/20 - Hood lights wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-70
❍
See para. 40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-71
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
40-40
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-40 40-40
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.5 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with standard cab 1
2
3
4
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
6
5
7
8
50 30
1 2
3
87a
1 13
87 86 85 30
X53
X54
RL2
5K
+12/30
+12/30
GND
GND
1 0
ISO
2
8 15 21
1 2 10 13
3K
2 3 5 6
X62
7 8
9 10
X109
7 2 3
2 1
X37
1 8
X52
GND4
F15 7.5A
5A
15A
F7 10A
F4
F1
15A
F9
0.014.9375.4
GND3
G10 2
G11 1 4
G13
6
G9
VERSIONE PIATTAFORMA
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
X124 1 2
2 3
0.015.1983.4
0.014.9281.4
0.014.8806.4
GND9
87 85 86 30 F1 F2
F6
X63
17
1 2
16
1 2
9
GND1
BATTERY
10
X72 G19
0.009.7850.4
18
+30
RL30
X67 2 4 3 1
4 8
1 2
X92
13 X90
X80 1 2
4 3 2 1
2 1 +
11
2 1 +
12
X91 -
15
G26
-
14
X69 1 2 3 4
D0036890
0.009.7851.4
0.012.9909.4 0.011.0729.4
Fig.126 - Diagnostics accessories Key 1. Starter switch 2. Cigar lighter 3. Key positive supply relay 4. Instrument panel 5. Diagnostic socket 6. Lights switch 7. Pneumatic seat air compressor 8. Platform rotating beacon switch 9. Warning beacon 10. Roof line supply relay 11. RH loudspeaker 12. LH loudspeaker 13. Radio 14. Warning beacon 15. Clock 16. Radio 17. Interior roof light 18. Rotating beacon on/off switch Wiring and connectors list ●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring 40-41
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-41 40-41
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.9281.4 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform ❍
See para. 40.4.61 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-184
❍
See para. 40.4.62 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-186
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.009.7850.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-110
❍
See para. 40.4.22 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-112
0.011.0729.4/10 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wirin... - Page 40-135
❍
See para. 40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wirin... - Page 40-137
0.012.9909.4 - Rotating beacon wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.63 - Rotating beacon w... - Page 40-188
❍
See para. 40.4.64 - Position of rotar... - Page 40-189
0.009.7851.4/50 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.29 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-124
❍
See para. 40.4.30 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-126
0.014.9375.4/20 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.19 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-107
❍
See para. 40.4.20 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-108
40-42
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-42 40-42
6/21/2007 4:36:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.6 - Diagnostic accessories - Tractor with high-visibility cab 1
2
3
4
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
6
5
7
8
50 30
1 2
3
87a
1 13
87 86 85 30
X53
X54
RL2
5K
+12/30
+12/30
GND
GND
1 0
ISO
2
8 15 21
1 2 10 13
3K
2 3 5
X62
6 7 8 9 10
X109
7 2 3
2 1
X37
1 8
X52
GND4
F15 7.5A
F7 10A
F4 5A
15A
F1
15A
F9
0.014.9376.4
GND3
G10 2
G11 1 4
G13
6
G9
VERSIONE PIATTAFORMA
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
X124 1 2
2 3
0.015.1983.4
GND7
0.014.9281.4
0.014.8806.4
X67 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
F1 F2
87 85 86 30
F6
X63 1 2
16
9
GND1
BATTERY
10 0.011.3606.4
17
+30
RL30
G23
0.011.3596.3
1 3 4
G26
X80
1 2
X89 1 2 4
X84
X86 -
14
+
1 2
-
+
1 2
X87
X88 1 2
11
GND7
1 2 3 4
0.012.9909.4 D0036900
13
15
1 2
12
Fig.127 - Diagnostics accessories Key 1. Starter switch 2. Cigar lighter 3. Key positive supply relay 4. Instrument panel 5. Diagnostic socket 6. Lights switch 7. Pneumatic seat air compressor 8. Platform rotating beacon switch 9. Warning beacon 10. Roof line supply relay 11. Warning beacon 12. Radio 13. LH loudspeaker 14. RH loudspeaker 15. Clock 16. Interior roof light 17. Rotating beacon on/off switch Wiring and connectors list ●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring
40-43
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-43 40-43
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.9281.4 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform ❍
See para. 40.4.61 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-184
❍
See para. 40.4.62 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-186
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.012.9909.4 - Rotating beacon wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.63 - Rotating beacon w... - Page 40-188
❍
See para. 40.4.64 - Position of rotar... - Page 40-189
0.011.3606.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.39 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-142
❍
See para. 40.4.40 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-145
0.011.3596.3/40 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radi... - Page 40-169
❍
See para. 40.4.54 - Loudspeaker, radi... - Page 40-171
0.014.9376.4/10 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.37 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-139
❍
See para. 40.4.38 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-140
40-44
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-44 40-44
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.7 - Instrument panel 3
50 30
87a
87 85 86 30
RL2
GND
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
SERVICE
AIR FILTER
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
6 19 14 15 21 8
3K GND4
GND8
5A
15A
4 5
F1
F9
G11
12 7 3 9
G1
3
G2
3 4
G3
G6
2
60A
0.015.1983.4
13 20 21
5K
GND2
1 2
X10
X5
X8
X2
1 2
1 2
0.014.8806.4
t
P
P
8
7
0.014.8629.4 0.015.1597.4
1 4 3
X23
0.014.8630.4
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
X54
FUEL RESERVE
1 0
GND
2
FUEL LEVEL
2 ENGINE TEMPERATURE
1
2
0.014.9193.4
P
D0036910 +30
GND1
6
5
4
BATTERY
Fig.128 - Instrument panel Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Instrument panel 4. Services circuit alarm pressure switch 5. Fuel level sensor 6. Engine temperature sensor 7. Engine oil pressure switch 8. Air cleaner clogged sensor Wiring and connectors list ●
●
●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8630.4/20 - RH drivetrain wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-101
❍
See para. 40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-102
0.014.9193.4/20 - LH drivetrain wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-104
❍
See para. 40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-105
0.014.8629.4/20 - Engine wiring - version with front battery 40-45
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-45 40-45
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
●
●
❍
See para. 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-73
❍
See para. 40.4.4 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-74
0.015.1597.4/10 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery ❍
See para. 40.4.5 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-77
❍
See para. 40.4.6 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-78
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
40-46
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-46 40-46
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.8 - Worklights - Tractor with standard cab 2
0.014.8107.4
2 1
75 83 15
2 1
X25
X31
3
2
1
19
4
6
5
1 0
50 30
2
X54
X111
3 7
8
2
3 7
8
X110
87a
87 85 86 30
87a
RL2
87 85 86 30
RL3
2 3 5 6
7 8
9 10
X109
G7
F12
F15
GND3
7.5A
F11 15A
15A
F9
15A
6 7 11 12
0.014.8628.4
18
0.014.9375.4
GND4 G10 2
G11
2 3 5
1 2
0.014.8806.4
10
9
+30
X78 1 2
1 2
D0036920
GND9
17
16
15
14 X64
X71 2 4 3 1
2 4 3 1
13
12
G 32 1 2
11
X133
X132
1 2
1 2
8
7
0.015.1435.4
87 85 86 30
F8
0.015.1435.4
X79
G33 1 2
F7
1 2
GND1
G29 1 2
BATTERY
RL30
0.009.7850.4
0.009.7851.4
6 5 2 1
G31 1 2
0.010.8189.3
X123 1 2
GND2
G19
X77
G8
0441.1923.4
X125
2
1 2
8 7 4 1
0441.1923.4
G16
0.014.9281.4
0.015.1983.4
60A
60A
G38
X76
G13
VERSIONE PIATTAFORMA
Fig.129 - Spotlights Key 1. Starter switch 2. Low worklights switch 3. Corner lights switch 4. Key positive supply relay 5. Worklights supply relay 6. Lights switch 7. RH supplementary worklight 8. LH supplementary worklight 9. Work light, main beam 10. Work light, main beam 11. Roof line supply relay 12. Front worklights switch 13. Rear worklights switch 14. LH rear worklight (on cab roof) 15. RH rear worklight (on cab roof) 16. LH front worklight (on cab roof) 17. RH front worklight (on cab roof) 18. RH front worklight 19. LH front worklight Wiring and connectors list ●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
40-47
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-47 40-47
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ❍ ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.010.8189.3/40 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab ❍
See para. 40.4.55 - Wiring for front ... - Page 40-173
❍
See para. 40.4.56 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-174
0441.1923.4 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab ❍
See para. 40.4.57 - Wiring for lower ... - Page 40-177
❍
See para. 40.4.58 - Lower front light... - Page 40-178
0.015.1435.4/10 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.31 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-128
❍
See para. 40.4.32 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-130
0.014.9281.4 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform ❍
See para. 40.4.61 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-184
❍
See para. 40.4.62 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-186
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.009.7850.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-110
❍
See para. 40.4.22 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-112
0.009.7851.4/50 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.29 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-124
❍
See para. 40.4.30 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-126
0.014.9375.4/20 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.19 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-107
❍
See para. 40.4.20 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-108
0.014.8107.4/20 - Hood lights wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-70
❍
See para. 40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-71
40-48
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-48 40-48
6/21/2007 4:36:50 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.9 - Wipers - Tractor with standard cab 1
2 3 2
4
1 0
M
0.014.9375.4
75 83 15
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
RL2
M
2 1
X34
2 1
X35
GND3
15A
F9
GND4
G10
10
11
2 3 4
G11 31 T I
53M 53S
15
2 7 5 8 6 3
X68
X70 G17 2 1
60A
60A
G38
G16
0.009.7851.4
0.015.1983.4
G19
X81
53a
87 85 86 30
F6
5
G20 2 6 1 3
23 4
3 2 4 1
1
53 31 31b
GND1
RL30
3 7
F5
8
0.014.8628.4
BATTERY
2 1
M
0.014.8806.4 +30
X108
9
GND2
2
GND9
X65 3 7 8 6 4
X66 1 2
0.010.4516.3
0.009.7850.4
D0036940
7
6
Fig.130 - Windscreen wipers Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Windscreen washer pump 4. Rear screen washer pump 5. Roof line supply relay 6. Windscreen washer pump switch 7. Rear screen wiper switch 8. Windscreen wiper motor 9. Rear screen wiper motor 10. Windscreen wiper intermittent timer 11. Windscreen wiper switch Wiring and connectors list ●
●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring 40-49
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-49 40-49
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
●
●
●
❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.009.7850.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-110
❍
See para. 40.4.22 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-112
0.010.4516.3 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-132
❍
See para. 40.4.34 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-133
0.009.7851.4/50 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.29 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-124
❍
See para. 40.4.30 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-126
0.014.9375.4/20 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.19 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-107
❍
See para. 40.4.20 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-108
40-50
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-50 40-50
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.10 - Heating system - Tractor with standard cab 1
2 2
0.014.9375.4
75 83 15
1 0
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
RL2
GND4
15A
F9
G10 2
G11
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
0.010.2147.2
2
0.015.1983.4
0.014.8806.4
0.014.8628.4
G21 2 1
D0036960 +30
F4
X102 1 2 3 4 5 I
II
III
IV
X101 1 2 3
X100
87 85 86 30
M
5
4
BATTERY
RL30
1 2
C
GND1
3
GND9
6
0.009.7850.4
Fig.131 - Heating Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Roof line supply relay 4. Electric fan 5. Resistor 6. Fan speed selector switch Wiring and connectors list ●
●
●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.009.7850.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab
40-51
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-51 40-51
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
●
❍
See para. 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-110
❍
See para. 40.4.22 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-112
0.010.2147.2 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.23 - Heating wiring - ... - Page 40-115
❍
See para. 40.4.24 - Heating system wi... - Page 40-116
0.014.9375.4/20 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.19 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-107
❍
See para. 40.4.20 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-108
40-52
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-52 40-52
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.11 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with standard cab 1
2
75 83 15
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
0.014.8628.4
2
0.014.9375.4
1 0
RL2
15A
F9
GND4
G10 1 2
G1
G11
13
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
X9
1 2 3
0.015.1983.4
G21
1
0.014.8806.4
2 1 +30
RL53 30 86 85 87
X103
X102 1 2 3 4 5
1 2
I
II
III
IV
X101 1 2 3
X100 1 2
GND9
C
t
M
9 12
11
F3 F4
G18
8
10
4 3 2 1
RL30
7
3
GND1
BATTERY
87 85 86 30
1
RL55
X105 D0036980
0.009.7850.4
2 1
30 86 85 87 87a
X107
X104 1 2
0.009.7853.3
0.010.2153.2
G22 1 2 3 4
0.014.8629.4 0.015.1597.4
3
M
6
5
4
Fig.132 - Air conditioning system Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Air conditioning compressor 4. Air conditioning pressure switch 5. Control relay for air conditioning fan 6. Air conditioning fan 7. Roof line supply relay 8. Electric fan 9. Resistor 10. Fan speed selector switch 11. Air conditioning temperature thermostat 12. Compressor relay Wiring and connectors list ●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8629.4/20 - Engine wiring - version with front battery ❍
See para. 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-73 40-53
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-53 40-53
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ❍ ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
See para. 40.4.4 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-74
0.015.1597.4/10 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery ❍
See para. 40.4.5 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-77
❍
See para. 40.4.6 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-78
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.009.7853.3/20 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.27 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-121
❍
See para. 40.4.28 - Air conditioner e... - Page 40-122
0.009.7850.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-110
❍
See para. 40.4.22 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-112
0.010.2153.2 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.25 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-118
❍
See para. 40.4.26 - Air conditioner w... - Page 40-119
0.014.9375.4/20 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab ❍
See para. 40.4.19 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-107
❍
See para. 40.4.20 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-108
40-54
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-54 40-54
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.12 - Worklights - Tractor with high-visibility cab 19
2 1
2 1
2
1
0.014.8107.4
2
X25
75 83 15
X31
3
4
6
5
1 0
50 30
2
X54
X111
3 7 8
2
3 7 8
X110
87a
87 85 86 30
87a
RL2
87 85 86 30
RL3
2 3 5 6
7 8
9 10
X109
G7
F12
F15
GND3
7.5A
F11 15A
15A
F9
15A
6 7 11 12
0.014.8628.4
18
0.014.9376.4
GND4 G10 2
G11
2 3 5
1 2
10
9
GND2
0.014.8806.4
4 3 2 1
G40 1 2
+30
87 85 86 30
GND7
X77
X79
F8
X64
X78
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
17
16
15
14
X71 7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
11 0.011.3606.4
F7
X76
GND1
G33
7 4 6 5 1 3 2 8
D0036930
13
G 32
0.010.8189.3
1 2
BATTERY
RL30
1 2
G29 1 2
1 2
G41 1 2
G31 1 2
X133
X132
1 2
1 2
8
7
0.015.1437.4
G42 1 2
G8
0441.1923.4
X123 1 2
0441.1923.4
X125
2
G19
G39
8 7 4 1
0.015.1437.4
0.011.3595.3
G16
0.014.9281.4
0.015.1983.4
GND7
60A
60A
G38
0.015.1437.4
G13
VERSIONE PIATTAFORMA
12
Fig.133 - Spotlights Key 1. Starter switch 2. Low worklights switch 3. Corner lights switch 4. Key positive supply relay 5. Worklights supply relay 6. Lights switch 7. RH supplementary worklight 8. LH supplementary worklight 9. Work light, main beam 10. Work light, main beam 11. Roof line supply relay 12. Front worklights switch 13. Rear worklights switch 14. LH rear worklight (on cab roof) 15. RH rear worklight (on cab roof) 16. LH front worklight (on cab roof) 17. RH front worklight (on cab roof) 18. RH front worklight 19. LH front worklight Wiring and connectors list ●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
40-55
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-55 40-55
6/21/2007 4:36:51 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ❍ ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.010.8189.3/40 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab ❍
See para. 40.4.55 - Wiring for front ... - Page 40-173
❍
See para. 40.4.56 - Front lights wiri... - Page 40-174
0441.1923.4 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab ❍
See para. 40.4.57 - Wiring for lower ... - Page 40-177
❍
See para. 40.4.58 - Lower front light... - Page 40-178
0.015.1437.4/10 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.49 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-161
❍
See para. 40.4.50 - Supplementary wor... - Page 40-162
0.014.9281.4 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform ❍
See para. 40.4.61 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-184
❍
See para. 40.4.62 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-186
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.011.3606.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.39 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-142
❍
See para. 40.4.40 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-145
0.011.3595.3/10 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.47 - Front-rear workli... - Page 40-158
❍
See para. 40.4.48 - Worklights wiring... - Page 40-159
0.014.9376.4/10 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.37 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-139
❍
See para. 40.4.38 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-140
0.014.8107.4/20 - Hood lights wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-70
❍
See para. 40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring... - Page 40-71
40-56
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-56 40-56
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.13 - Wipers - Tractor with high-visibility cab 1
2 2
3
1 0
4
M
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
RL2
M
2 1
X34
2 1
X35
GND3
15A
F9
10
11
GND4
G10 2 3 4
2 0 1
G11 53M 53S
15
0.011.3596.3
31 T I
5 2
X68
1 3 6
X70 G17 2 1
60A
60A
G38
G16
GND2
2
X85
9
1 4
M
0.015.1983.4
G23
0.014.8806.4
0.014.8628.4
2 +30
GND1
BATTERY
GND7 RL30
F5
X81
53a
3 2 4 1
3 2 4 1
23 4
31 31b
5
G20
1
53
8
87 85 86 30
F6
GND7
X65 5 2
1 3 6
X66 3 2
0.011.3597.3
0.011.3606.4
D0036950 1 0 2
6
7
Fig.134 - Windscreen wipers Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Windscreen washer pump 4. Rear screen washer pump 5. Roof line supply relay 6. Windscreen washer pump switch 7. Rear screen wiper switch 8. Windscreen wiper motor 9. Rear screen wiper motor 10. Windscreen wiper intermittent timer 11. Windscreen wiper switch Wiring and connectors list ●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
40-57
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-57 40-57
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ●
●
●
●
●
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.011.3606.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.39 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-142
❍
See para. 40.4.40 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-145
0.011.3597.3 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.51 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-166
❍
See para. 40.4.52 - Windscreen wiper ... - Page 40-167
0.011.3596.3/40 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radi... - Page 40-169
❍
See para. 40.4.54 - Loudspeaker, radi... - Page 40-171
0.014.9376.4/10 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.37 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-139
❍
See para. 40.4.38 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-140
40-58
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-58 40-58
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.14 - Heating system - Tractor with high-visibility cab 1
2 2
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15
1 0
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
RL2
GND4
15A
F9
G10 2
G11
10
0.010.2554.2 9
1 2
8
M
1 2
60A
RL50 60A
X98 M
G38 30 85 86 87 87b
X99 G16
GND2
2
RL51
0.015.1983.4
87b
II III
6
IV C
4
4 3 2 1
40A
GND1
BATTERY
RL30 87 85 86 30
X96
5
+30
F130
1 2 3 4 5
4 3 2 1
0.014.8628.4
2 1
X95 I
0.014.8806.4
G25
87 86 85 30
7
3
GND7
0.011.3606.4 X93
D0036970
Fig.135 - Heating Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Roof line supply relay 4. LH resistor 5. RH resistor 6. Fan speed selector switch 7. Max. fan speed relay 8. RH electric fan 9. LH electric fan 10. 3rd blower speed relay Wiring and connectors list ●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81 40-59
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-59 40-59
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ❍ ●
●
●
●
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.011.3606.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.39 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-142
❍
See para. 40.4.40 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-145
0.010.2554.2 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.41 - Heating system wi... - Page 40-147
❍
See para. 40.4.42 - Heating system wi... - Page 40-149
0.014.9376.4/10 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.37 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-139
❍
See para. 40.4.38 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-140
40-60
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-60 40-60
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.15 - Air conditioning system - Tractor with high-visibility cab 1
2
0.014.9376.4
75 83 15
1 0
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
0.014.8628.4
2
RL2
15A
F9
GND4
G10
16
17 18
1 2
19
G1
G11
13
t
15
1 2
14
M
1 2
30 85 86 87 87b
RL50
87b
87 86 85 30
2
RL52
1
2
1
X94
X97 60A
X98 M
G38
60A
0.010.2560.0
X99 G16
RL51
II
12
III IV C
X9 1
0.014.8806.4
0.014.8629.4 0.015.1597.4
2 1
G21
X95 I
0.015.1983.4
G25
87 86 85 30
13
GND2
1 2 3
87b
+30
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
3
GND1
BATTERY
X96 4 3 2 1
G24
X93 4 3 2 1
F3 F4
RL30
9 D0036990
F130 40A
10
3 6 8 7 5 4 2 1
87 85 86 30
0.011.3606.4
2 1
RL54
RL55
X105
GND7
30 86 85 87 87a
30 86 85 87 87a
X104 1234
5 6
M
8
X106
0.011.3610.3
11
1 2 M
7
6
5
4
Fig.136 - Air conditioning system Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Air conditioning compressor 4. Supplementary air conditioning fan 5. Air conditioning pressure switch 6. Control relay for supplementary air conditioning fan 7. Control relay for air conditioning fan 8. Air conditioning fan 9. Roof line supply relay 10. LH resistor 11. RH resistor 12. Fan speed selector switch 13. Max. fan speed relay 14. RH electric fan 15. LH electric fan 16. 3rd blower speed relay 17. Compressor and starting in 1st blower speed in A/C relay 18. A/C switch 19. Air conditioning temperature thermostat Wiring and connectors list ●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring
40-61
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-61 40-61
6/21/2007 4:36:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8629.4/20 - Engine wiring - version with front battery ❍
See para. 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-73
❍
See para. 40.4.4 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-74
0.015.1597.4/10 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery ❍
See para. 40.4.5 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-77
❍
See para. 40.4.6 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-78
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.009.3610.3/20 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.45 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-155
❍
See para. 40.4.46 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-156
0.011.3606.4/50 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.39 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-142
❍
See para. 40.4.40 - Roof line wiring ... - Page 40-145
0.010.2560.0 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.43 - Air conditioning ... - Page 40-151
❍
See para. 40.4.44 - Air conditioner w... - Page 40-153
0.014.9376.4/10 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab ❍
See para. 40.4.37 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-139
❍
See para. 40.4.38 - Cab power supply ... - Page 40-140
40-62
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-62 40-62
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.16 - Transmission
8 14 15 17 18 1 21
5K
F1 5A
F6
5
6
7
8
1 2 3
3K
4
GND4
87a
87 85 86 30
7 8 2
X47 RL2
3
87a
X50
87 85 86 30
2 3 5 6 7 8
9 10
RL4
7 8 2 1 3 5 4
6
X109
GND3
X51
F15 7.5A
15A
F9
4
+12/30
HI-LO
OBSTRUCTION
DOUBLE TRACTION
3
+12/30
+12V
GND
WHEEL SPEED
14 13 18 22
50 30
X54
7.5A
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
0
SEAT
21
GND
2 DIFFERENTIAL
1
GND8
3 2 1
F
9
X36
G11 10
G9
3
G2
1
2
G3
1 2 3 4
G5
4
5
G6
X73
1 2 3 4
X58
12
X59
11
X60
10
0.014.9193.4
X11
1 2 3
GND2
X12
X13
1
X19
1
P
P
19
18
1
2 3
X20
1 2
X22
1 2
X24
0.014.8630.4
60A
13
0.014.8806.4
0.015.1983.4
1 2 3 7 8 9
1 2
freq.
D0037010
20 +30
17
16
15
14
GND1
BATTERY
Fig.137 - Transmission Key 1. Starter switch 2. Instrument panel 3. H/L lever 4. Key positive supply relay 5. Differential lock switch 6. H/L travel control power supply relay 7. Lights switch 8. 4WD switch 9. Operator present sensor 10. Not utilised 11. Not utilised 12. Not utilised 13. Clutch pedal switch 14. H/L travel control solenoid valve 15. differential lock control solenoid valve 16. 4WD control solenoid valve 17. Wheel speed sensor 18. Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch 19. Pressure switch - hydraulic oil filter clogging 20. 4WD engagement switch Wiring and connectors list ●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring 40-63
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-63 40-63
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
●
●
●
●
❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.014.9193.4/20 - LH drivetrain wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-104
❍
See para. 40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-105
0.014.8630.4/20 - RH drivetrain wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-101
❍
See para. 40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-102
40-64
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-64 40-64
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.17 - PTO 3
87a
87 85 86 30
7 8
9 10
X109
2
3 7
8
13 16
X48
PTO SYNCRO
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
REAR PTO
PTO 540
PTO 1000
PTO ECO
GND
GND
GND
REAR PTO EV
FRONT PTO EV
+15
D+
2 3 5 6
GND3
PTO ECU
8 9 10 11 13 14 15 21 24
2
3K
5K
3 7
8
X49
GND8
15A
G1
3 4
0.014.8629.4 0.015.1597.4
60A
0.015.1983.4
2 8 9
GND2
7
F10
F15
G11
X3 2 1
+30B
REAR PTO SWITCH
GND4
F1 5A
15A
F9
FRONT PTO SWITCH
9 2 17 6 1 15 14 7 12
RL2
5
X21
D+ B+
G6
3 4 5
0.014.8630.4
50 30
X54
7.5A
0.014.8628.4
75 83 15
4
1 0
REAR PTO LED
2
FRONT PTO
2 FRONT PTO LED
1
6
2 1
X14
G2
X15 2
3
X43 2
3
X42 4
1
X46
X39 4
1
1 2
1 2
9
8
0.014.9193.4
0.014.8806.4 D0037020 +30
GND1
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
BATTERY
Fig.138 - PTO Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. PTO control unit 4. Lights switch 5. Front PTO switch 6. Instrument panel 7. RH PTO switch (on fender) 8. LH rear PTO switch (on fender) 9. 540 PTO control switch 10. 1000 PTO control switch 11. GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch 12. ECO PTO engagement switch 13. Rear PTO control solenoid valve 14. Alternator 15. Front PTO control solenoid valve Wiring and connectors list ●
●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89 40-65
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-65 40-65
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ❍ ●
●
●
●
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.014.8629.4/20 - Engine wiring - version with front battery ❍
See para. 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-73
❍
See para. 40.4.4 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-74
0.015.1597.4/10 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery ❍
See para. 40.4.5 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-77
❍
See para. 40.4.6 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-78
0.014.8630.4/20 - RH drivetrain wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-101
❍
See para. 40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-102
0.014.9193.4/20 - LH drivetrain wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-104
❍
See para. 40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-105
40-66
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-66 40-66
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.18 - Brakes 1
2
6
7
1 2
1 2
8
1 0
50 30
87a
X54
87 85 86 30
1 2 -
X57
RL2
2 3 5 6
1 2 3
7 8 9 10
X109
X56
4
X40
3 6
X45
X38
GND4
F15
F9 15A
5A
F5 10A
F1
+ G
7.5A
75 83 15
5
0.014.8628.4
2
4
3
GND3 GND8
9 10
60A
0.015.1983.4
5K
G1
G11
13
GND
8 7 12 14 15 21 22
GND BRAKES OIL LEVEL TRAILER PRESSURE +12V
9
+12/30 +12/30 HAND BRAKE
3K
X44
1 2
D0037000 +30
GND1
G2 1 2
0.014.8629.4 0.015.1597.4
L
12
0.014.9193.4
0.014.8806.4
1 2
11
BATTERY
G14
G12
X16
0.014.1645.4
X1
GND2
P
10
Fig.139 - Brakes Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Trailer pressure indicator 4. Lights switch 5. Brake pedal switch 6. Left tail light 7. Right tail light 8. Trailer socket 9. Instrument panel 10. Trailer braking low pressure switch 11. Handbrake switch 12. Brake fluid level sensor Wiring and connectors list ●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
40-67
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-67 40-67
6/21/2007 4:36:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS ❍ ●
●
●
●
●
●
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
0.014.8629.4/20 - Engine wiring - version with front battery ❍
See para. 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-73
❍
See para. 40.4.4 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-74
0.015.1597.4/10 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery ❍
See para. 40.4.5 - Engine wiring - ve... - Page 40-77
❍
See para. 40.4.6 - Engine wiring conn... - Page 40-78
0.014.1645.4/10 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic... - Page 40-191
❍
See para. 40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic... - Page 40-192
0.014.9193.4/20 - LH drivetrain wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-104
❍
See para. 40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wir... - Page 40-105
40-68
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-68 40-68
6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.3.19 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM 3 1
2
75 83 15
50 30
87a
87 85 86 30
RL2
X54
5A
+12/30
+12/30
+12V
CAN RES
CAN L
GND
8 14 15 21
3K
GND4
F9
G11
4 5
G9
60A
0.015.1983.4
13 2 3 4
5K
15A
F1
CAN H
1 0
GND
2
0.014.8628.4
GND2
0.014.8806.4
D0037030
+30
GND1
BATTERY
Fig.140 - CAN BUS ELECTRONIC SYSTEM Key 1. Starter switch 2. Key positive supply relay 3. Instrument panel Wiring and connectors list ●
●
●
0.014.8628.4/20 - Instrument panel wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.13 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-93
❍
See para. 40.4.14 - Instrument panel ... - Page 40-97
0.014.8806.4/20 - Battery wiring loom ❍
See para. 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loo... - Page 40-81
❍
See para. 40.4.8 - Battery wiring con... - Page 40-82
0.015.1983.4/10 - Power supply wiring ❍
See para. 40.4.11 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-89
❍
See para. 40.4.12 - Power supply wiri... - Page 40-90
40-69
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-69 40-69
6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4 - WIRING LOOMS 40.4.1 - Hood lights wiring - 0.014.8107.4/20
1
X25
X26
2
X28
X27
X30
X29
G7
X31
1
X27
2 1
X29
2 1 2
H 1.5 ANABBAGLIANTI DX
LOW BEAM LIGHTS RH
1
ANABBAGLIANTI SX
LOW BEAM LIGHTS LT
2
ABBAGLIANTI DX
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS RH
3
ABBAGLIANTI SX
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS LT
4
CLACSON
HORN
5
FARI LAV.MUSETTO SX
CORNER LIGHTS LT
FARI LAV.MUSETTO DX
G7
CORNER LIGHTS RH
-31
-31
-31
-31
+30
+30
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
-31
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
H 1.5
1
VN 1.5
2
X26
X30
VN 1.5
1 Z1
2
X28 1
RV 1.5
2
X31 1
RV 1.5
X25
2 N 1.5 N 1.5 R1
N 1.5 N 1.5
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
N 1.5 N 1.5
D0036740
Fig.141 - Hood lights wiring Connectors list ● G7 - To instrument panel wiring ● X25 - RH front worklight ● X26 - RH high beam headlight ● X27 - RH low beam headlight ● X28 - Horn ● X29 - LH low beam headlight ● X30 - LH high beam headlight ● X31 - LH front worklight
40-70
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-70 40-70
6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.2 - Hood lights wiring connector positions View of wiring
Fig.142
40-71
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-71 40-71
6/21/2007 4:36:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.24 POS.
POS.
1
2
40-72
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-72 40-72
6/21/2007 4:36:55 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.3 - Engine wiring - version with front battery - 0.014.8629.4/20 +30B
X9
B+
1
2
1
X8
2
RL42
1
RL42B
1
1
2
2
X7 X6
G1
1 2
X3
1
2
+50 X1
X5 X 2
11 FEEDBACK H.D.
BRAKES OIL OLIO FRENI
FEED BACH H.D.
SG1
2
7
10
14
3
9 GND GND
N1
ZN 1
OBSTR.AIR FILTER INT.FILTRO ARIA
FRONT PTO COM.
H2O TEMPERAT.
+50
TEMP.H2O
+50
COM.PTO ANT.
BN 1
MN 1
R1
MN 1.5
6
1
12
5 H.D.RELAY
+50 +50
RELAY H.D.
MR 1
MN 1.5
" W" "W"
BR 1
D+ ALTERNATORE
13
8 D+ GENERATOR
2-27 BAR FILTER
+15
V 1.5
MB 1
G1
FILTRO 2-27 BAR
+15
4
B+ OIL ENGINE PRESS.
+30B
PRESS.OLIO MOT.
D+
L1
W
M1
D0036710
N1
MN 1
SG1
S.U.1
RL42B
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE S.U.2
H
Grigio/Gray
1
2
2
2
1
1
X7
X3
D+
2
1
ZN 1
Rosso/Red
N1
R
1
N1
Giallo/Yellow
X1
BN 1
G
W
X5
MN 2.5
Rosa/Pink
BR 1
Blu/Dark Blue
S
L1
Bianco/White
L
N1
Azzurro/Blue
B
Nero/Black
MN 1
A
Viola/Violet
N
N1
Verde/Green
Z
2
R1
V
1
M1
Arancio/Orange
V 1.5
C
N1
Marrone/Brown
MB 1
M
X8
X2
N1
MR 1
X6 X9 1
2
D0036720
+50 RL42
Fig.143 - Engine wiring - version with front battery Connectors list ● +50 - Starter motor ● +30B - Battery ● B+ - Alternator ● D+ - Alternator ● G1 - To instrument panel wiring ● RL42 - Pre-heating relay ● RL42B - Pre-heating relay ● W - Alternator ● X1 - Brake fluid level sensor ● X2 - Air filter clogging sensor ● X3 - Front PTO solenoid valve ● X5 - Engine temperature sensor ● X6 - Overboost device ● X7 - Engine stop device ● X8 - Engine oil pressure switch ● X9 - Air conditioning system compressor 40-73
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-73 40-73
6/21/2007 4:36:55 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.4 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with front battery View of wiring
9
8
6 5 4 1
7 3 10
2 X3
11
F0123170
Fig.144
40-74
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-74 40-74
6/21/2007 4:36:56 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.25
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
40-75
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-75 40-75
6/21/2007 4:36:57 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
9
10
11
40-76
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-76 40-76
6/21/2007 4:37:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
9
11
SG1
7
10
FEEDBACK H.D. FEED BACH H.D.
BRAKES OIL OLIO FRENI
ZN 1
2 FRONT PTO COM.
GND
OBSTR.AIR FILTER
COM.PTO ANT.
GND
INT.FILTRO ARIA
BN 1
MN 1
N1
5
1
3
14 +50 +50
MN 1.5
H.D.RELAY
+50
H2O TEMPERAT. TEMP.H2O
RELAY H.D.
+50
MR 1
R1
"W" "W"
BR 1
MN 1.5
12
6
8 D+ GENERATOR D+ ALTERNATORE
4
2-27 BAR FILTER
OIL ENGINE PRESS.
+15
FILTRO 2-27 BAR
+15
MB 1
V 1.5
PRESS.OLIO MOT.
G1
L1
B+
M1
+30B
13
40.4.5 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery - 0.015.1597.4/10
SG1
S.U.1
MN 1
N1
RL42B S.U.2
1
2
N1
BR 1
X3
D+
2
X5
1
X7
1
X1 BN 1
V 1.5
W
X8
MN 2.5
2
N1
MN 1
2
M1
N1
MB 1 1
ZN 1
N1 L1
N1 1
2
R1
1
X6
X2
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE Marrone/Brown
C
V
Verde/Green
N1
MR 1
M
X9 1
2
+50
Arancio/Orange
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
D0037140
RL42
Fig.145 - Engine wiring - version with lateral battery Connectors list ● +50 - Starter motor ● +30B - Battery ● B+ - Alternator ● D+ - Alternator ● G1 - To instrument panel wiring ● RL42 - Pre-heating relay ● RL42B - Pre-heating relay ● W - Alternator ● X1 - Brake fluid level sensor ● X2 - Air filter clogging sensor ● X3 - Front PTO solenoid valve ● X5 - Engine temperature sensor ● X6 - Overboost device ● X7 - Engine stop device ● X8 - Engine oil pressure switch ● X9 - Air conditioning system compressor
40-77
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-77 40-77
6/21/2007 4:37:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.6 - Engine wiring connector positions - version with lateral battery Wiring views
Fig.146
40-78
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-78 40-78
6/21/2007 4:37:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.26 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
40-79
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-79 40-79
6/21/2007 4:37:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS POS.
POS.
9
10
11
40-80
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-80 40-80
6/21/2007 4:37:06 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.7 - Battery wiring loom - 0.014.8806.4/20
GND2
GND1
+30B
+30C +30A
+30
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
GND5
GND6
D0036750
Fig.147 - Battery wiring loom Connectors list ● +30 - Battery ● +30A - Battery ● +30B - Battery ● +30C - Starter motor ● GND1 - Battery ● GND2 - Earthing point 2 ● GND5 - Earthing point 5 ● GND6 - Earthing point 6
40-81
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-81 40-81
6/21/2007 4:37:08 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.8 - Battery wiring connector positions View of wiring Version with front battery
Fig.148
40-82
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-82 40-82
6/21/2007 4:37:08 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS Version with front battery
Fig.149
40-83
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-83 40-83
6/21/2007 4:37:09 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS For all versions
Fig.150
Connector positions Tab.27 POS.
POS:
1 - Version with front battery
2 - Version with front battery
40-84
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-84 40-84
6/21/2007 4:37:10 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS POS.
POS:
3 - Version with front battery
4
5
6
7 - Version with lateral battery
40-85
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-85 40-85
6/21/2007 4:37:11 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.9 - Preheating wiring loom - 0.014.9195.4/20
X113
+30A
RL42B
125A
RL42A
D0036760
Fig.151 - Preheating wiring loom Connectors list ● +30A - Battery ● RL42A - Pre-heating relay ● RL42B - Pre-heating relay ● X113 - Preheating device
40-86
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-86 40-86
6/21/2007 4:37:13 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.10 - Pre-heating wiring connector positions View of wiring Version with front battery
Fig.152
40-87
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-87 40-87
6/21/2007 4:37:13 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with lateral battery
Fig.153
Connector positions Tab.28 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
40-88
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-88 40-88
6/21/2007 4:37:14 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.11 - Power supply wiring - 0.015.1983.4/10
60A
+30C
D0036770
G38 G11
Fig.154 - Power supply wiring Connectors list ● +30C - Starter motor ● G11 - To instrument panel wiring ● G38 - To cab power supply wiring
40-89
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-89 40-89
6/21/2007 4:37:16 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.12 - Power supply wiring connector positions View of wiring Version with front battery
Fig.155
40-90
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-90 40-90
6/21/2007 4:37:16 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with lateral battery
Fig.156
40-91
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-91 40-91
6/21/2007 4:37:17 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.29 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
40-92
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-92 40-92
6/21/2007 4:37:18 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.13 - Instrument panel wiring - 0.014.8628.4/20 X53
X55
X52
X51
X50
X49
X46
X48
X45 R
F
X54
1 23 4
5
GND3
G13
G7
1 23 4
1 23 4
5
GND4 X47
G6
X56
1 23 4
S
PTO ECU X57
R
G5
X44 5k
5K
3k
X58
3K
1 23 S
X60
X36
G10
1 23 4
X37
GND8
5
X59
X61 5
G1
G8
1
GIALLO
X42 X43
X62 G9
X73
X34
X35
X110
1 23 4
X111
1 23 4
5
X109
G11
G2 G3
X112 X38 FRL1 FM1 RM1
START
7.5A
15 A
X40
5A
20 A
15 A
F1
15 A
10 A
7.5A
3A
10 A
7.5A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A F16
STOP
+15
F12
X39
RL1
+50
F13
15 A
+15
+15
F11-12
F9-10
K7
X41 K1
RL4
RL3 D0037060
RL2
Fig.157 - Instrument panel wiring (1/3) Connectors list ● 3K - Instrument panel ● 5K - Instrument panel ● FRL1 - Engine starting relay fuse ● G1 - To engine wiring ● G2 - To LH drivetrain wiring ● G3 - To LH drivetrain wiring ● G5 - To RH drivetrain wiring ● G6 - To RH drivetrain wiring ● G7 - To front wiring ● G8 - To front lights wiring ● G9 - To reverse shuttle wiring (cab) ● G10 - To cab power supply wiring ● G11 - To power supply wiring ● G13 - To worklights wiring (platform version) ● GND3 - Earthing point 3 ● GND4 - Earthing point 4 ● GND8 - Earthing point 8 ● PTO ECU - PTO control unit ● RL1 - Engine starting relay 40-93
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-93 40-93
6/21/2007 4:37:19 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X53
X55
X52
X51
X50
X49
X46
X48
X45 R
F
X54
1 23 4
5
GND3
G7
1 23 4
1 23 4
5
GND4
G13
X47
G6
X56
1 23 4
S
PTO ECU X57
R
G5
X44 5k
5K
3k
X58
3K
1 23 S
X36
G10
1 23 4
X37
GND8
5
X59
X60
X61 5
G1
G8
1
GIALLO
X42 X43
X62 G9
X73
X34
X35 5
X109
1 23 4
X110
1 23 4
X111 G11
G2 G3
X112 X38 FRL1 FM1 RM1
7.5A
15 A
X40
5A
20 A
15 A
F1
15 A
10 A
7.5A
3A
10 A
7.5A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A F16
STOP
+15
F12
X39
RL1
+50 START
F13
15 A
+15
+15
F11-12
F9-10
K7
X41 K1
RL4
RL3 D0037060
RL2
Fig.157 - Instrument panel wiring (1/3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
RL2 - Key positive supply relay RL3 - Worklights supply relay RL4 - H/L travel control power supply relay X34 - Windscreen washer pump X35 - Rear window washer pump X36 - Operator present sensor X37 - Pneumatic seat compressor X38 - Trailer socket X39 - LH rear PTO switch (on fender) X40 - LH rear light X41 - Number plate light X42 - PTO 540 engagement switch X43 - PTO 1000 engagement switch X44 - Handbrake switch X45 - RH rear light X46 - RH PTO switch (on fender) X47 - H/L lever X48 - Front PTO control switch X49 - Rear PTO control switch X50 - Differential lock control switch X51 - 4WD control switch X52 - Platform rotating beacon switch
40-94
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-94 40-94
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X53
X55
X52
X51
X50
X49
X46
X48
X45 R
F
X54
1 23 4
5
GND3
G7
1 23 4
1 23 4
5
GND4
G13
X47
G6
X56
1 23 4
S
PTO ECU X57
R
G5
X44 5k
5K
3k
X58
3K
1 23 S
X36
G10
1 23 4
X37
GND8
5
X59
X60
X61 5
G1
G8
1
GIALLO
X42 X43
X62 G9
X73
X34
X35 5
X109
1 23 4
X110
1 23 4
X111 G11
G2 G3
X112 X38 FRL1 FM1 RM1
7.5A
15 A
X40
5A
20 A
15 A
F1
15 A
10 A
7.5A
3A
10 A
7.5A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A F16
STOP
+15
F12
X39
RL1
+50 START
F13
15 A
+15
+15
F11-12
F9-10
K7
X41 K1
RL4
RL3 D0037060
RL2
Fig.157 - Instrument panel wiring (1/3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
X53 - Cigar lighter X54 - Starter switch X55 - Hazard warning lights switch X56 - Brake pedal pressed switch X57 - Trailer pressure indicator X58 - Not utilised X59 - Not utilised X60 - Not utilised X61 - Hazard warning lights control unit X62 - Diagnostic socket X73 - Clutch pedal pressed switch X109 - Lights switch X110 - Corner lights switch X111 - Low worklights switch X112 - Lights selector switch
40-95
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-95 40-95
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
POS.8-9-11-12-13-14 (-31)
G7
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-96 40-96
G1
X40
X45
X41
G10
G8
X111
X52
X57
X51
G9
1
1
LEFT DIRECTIONS 18
INSTRUMENT
1
11
10
GND
X60
SEAT
REVERSER
+5 VOLT
7
6
5
8
9
(GND8) N 0.5
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND4) N 0.5
5-19
HORN
-31
REAR PTO SW -31
6
+15 LIGHT
POSIITON OUT +15 LIGHTS OUT
9
8
5
10
3
-31
-31
FB/HB OUT +30 POS.IN
FB/HB COM
6
7
REAR PTO SW
5
6
5
2
+30 FB
-31 HORN
+30 FB/HB
BEAM LIGHTS
56 56d
56b
DIRECTION COM.
LOW BEAM LIGHTS
31
49a
56a
31b
L RIGHT DIRECTIONS
LEFT DIRECTIONS
-31
2
R
-31
F.PTO.COMAND
3
-31
+LIGHT
+LIGHT
8
8
7
7
-31
R.PTO.COMAND
3 2
D+ GENERATORE
7
-31
REAR PTO EV
REAR PTO LED FRONT PTO LED
6
12
5
4
+15
18
11
-31
REAR PTO SW.
13
FRONT PTO EV
FRONT PTO SW.
START CONSENT
1 2
2
10 INSTRUMENT CLUS.
REVERSER
WHEEL
5-22
13
CAN H
5-3 5-2
CAN RES CAN L
5-4
5-17
ISO
SEAT H.D.RELAY
5-18
5-1
REAR PTO
W
HAND BRAKE
+50
ENGINE TEMPER.
3-22 3-13
FUEL LEVEL
AIR FILTER OBSTRUC.
5-7
3-5
5-20
5-24 5-21
X109
DIG.CLUTCH
GND
SEAT
GND
DIAGNOSTIC
CAN H
GND
CONFORT CLUTCH
4
N6
3
(GND3) N 0.5
SERVICE
BRALE OIL LEV.
D+ GENERATOR
RESERVE LIGHT TRAILER PRESS.
OIL ENGINE PRESSURE
3-7
3-19 3-4
3-20
3-6
HIDR./TRANSM.
3-18
3-12
SYNCRO PTO FRONT SIDE PTO
5-16
5-9 HIGH BEAM LIGHTS 3-24
X39
CANL
(GND4) N 1.5
3
-31
8
N6
2
N6
+15
7
N 1 (GND4)
1
(GND3) N 1
N 1 (GND8)
+58
-31
3
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND3) N 0.5
(GND3) N 0.5
5-14
X112
+30 REVERSER
Xb +
2
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND4) N 0.5
(GND3) N 0.5
(GND3) N 1
DF
3-17
X48
+15 VOLT
EV DT
1
Xa
+15
Xb -
+58
2
Xa
-31
7
3
Xb
-31
2
8
(GND4) N 0.5
4 WHEEL DRIVE
5-10
X49
TRAIELR PRESS.IND. G
-31
FLASHER
+58
FLASHER
7
2
3
8
(GND4) N 0.5
DIRECTIONS
5-11
POSITION LIGHTS
I TRAILER LIGHT
5-12
5-8
+12V(+30) II TRAILER LIGHT
3-21
-31
PTO 540
+12V(+30)
5-13 3-15
PTO ECU
X59
+15 LIGHT
-31
+58
8
15A
15A
15A
+12 VOLT
PTO 1000
3-11
-31
HI-LO LAMP
ECONOMIC PTO
3-9
3-8
3-10
X62
LIGHTS COMAND
LOW LIGHTS
(GND4) N 1
RL4
4
87
7
K5 85
-31
N 1 (GND3)
LOW LIGHTS
(GND4) N 1
7.5A
1
7.5A
5
15A
2
15A
12
-31
11
RIGHT DIRECT.
16
LEFT DIRECT.
10
6
15
3
14
POSITIONS
13
POSITIONS
15A
3A
10A
7.5A
10A
15A
15A
20A
5A
(GND4) N 1
(GND4) N 1
FEDDBACH H.D.
3-1
5K - 3K
X58
+12V CAB U.KEY
1
1
BACK WAT.POUMP
9
COMPRESSOR
3
2
FRONT WAT.POUMP
4
(GND8) N 1
2
8
4
5
NC 85
-31
K3 3
7
PLAT LIGHT
86
6
PLAT LIGHT
RL3
(GND8) N 1
NO
5
-31
30
POSITION
NC 85
4
PLAT LIGHT
86
K1
(GND4) N 1
NO
STOP LIGHT
N 0.5 (GND4) (GND4) N 1
3
3
RH DIRECTION
(GND3) N 1
2
-31
30
POSITION
4
1
LH DIRECTION
LO SW
N 0.5 (GND3)
(GND3) N 1
4
STOP LIGHT
3
11
1
2
HI SW
6
CONFORT CLUTCH
-31
2
2
1
12
3
-31
E.C.U. COMAND
+12V U.KEY
FRONT PTO COM.
+12V BATT.
OIL ENGINE PRESS.
5
FEDDBACK H.D.
DIRECTIONS COM.
"W"
8
3
10
+58
5
-31
7
2
1
1
-31
14
FRONT WATER P.
H2O TEMPERAT.
3
H.D.RELAY
2
-31
OBSTR.AIR FILTER
1
SEAT
+50
2
FLASHER
+50
RL2
PLATFORM W.L.
8
PLATFORM W.L.
D+ GENERATOR
4
(GND4) N 1
-31
10
5
9
50
4
-31
13
30
START
BRAKES OIL LEV.
15
+12V BATTERY
+15
+12V U.KEY
2-27 BAR FILTER
6
-31
5
E.C.U. COMAND
6
DIRECTIONS LIGHT
5
COM.DIRECTIONS
4
II TRAIL.DIR.LIGHT
3
2
HORN
X47 I TRAIL.DIR.LIGHT
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS RH
X55 1
CORNER LIGHTS LT
X34 -31
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS LT
X36 4
1
G13 4
1
-31
2
GND4
-31
PTO 1000
LOW BEAM LIGHTS RH
X54 +12V BATTERY 1
LOW BEAM LIGHTS LT
G11 PTO 540
10
X61 2
(GND4) N 1
X43 1
-31
+30 HORN
7
X42 REAR WATER P.
CORNER LIGHTS RH
X35 3-14
5-15
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.158 - Instrument panel wiring (2/3)
X46
(GND4) N 1 1
2 F RIZIONE
N 1 (GND3) (GND3) N 0.5
GND
(GND3) N 2.5
(GND3) N 2.5
N 1 (GND3)
RL1
N 1 (GND3) (GND4) N 0.5
N 0.5 (GND4) (GND8) N 1.5 2 +15
3
8 +58 +58
7 COMANDO EV DF EV DF COMAND
-31
GND -31
1
2 A CCENDISIGARI -31
GND3 +58 +58
1 -31 - 31
2 SEDILE
(GND8) N 0.5
2 STOP LIGHTS
3 BRAKE SENSOR
7 +58 LEFT
3 -31 LIGHTER
2 +15 WORK LIGHT
3 LIGHT COMAND
8 +LIGHT
7 -31 CHAIR
-31 HAND BRAKE
5
30
1 LEFT DIECTIONS
4 RIGHT DIRECTION
5 +58 SINISTRA
6 STOP
X56 (GND3) N 1.5 3
(40A) 86
FRL1 X110 1
2
(GND8) N 1.5
M
Marrone/Brown
V
R
Verde/Green
3
X73 -31
4
4 -31
5 EV DF
START
+ 15 START
GND4- GND3- GND8
GND
X50
N 1 (GND8)
- 31
X53
GND8
GND
X57
B
+15
X44
1 GEAR START CONSENT
2 SERVICE
Rear PTO
G6
3 WHEEL SIGNAL
4 EV LO
EV DT +15
G5
RIGHT DIRECTIONS 17
X38
HYDR.TRAILER PRESS.
-31
AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
G2
3
PTO ECO
4
2
1
PTO Syncro
G3
5
TRANSM.HYDRAUL
LIGHT
3
LEVEL
DT LIGHT
4
1
2
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
C
Arancio/Orange
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink Rosso/Red
G
Giallo/Yellow
H
D0037080
Grigio/Gray
Fig.159 - Instrument panel wiring (3/3)
40-96
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.14 - Instrument panel wiring connector positions View of wiring
Fig.160
40-97
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-97 40-97
6/21/2007 4:37:20 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.30 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
40-98
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-98 40-98
6/21/2007 4:37:21 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS POS.
POS.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
40-99
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-99 40-99
6/21/2007 4:37:24 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS POS.
POS.
19
20
21
22
23
40-100
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-100 40-100
6/21/2007 4:37:28 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X18
1
G5
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
G6
3
4
5
40.4.15 - RH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.8630.4/20
X24
-31
-31
1
EV LO
EV LO
2
N1 ZN 1
MV 1
OK CAMBIO
FEEDBACK CAMBIO
2
SERVIZI
SERVICE
3
PTO POSTER.
Rear PTO
1
X21 1
-31
-31
1
PTO POSTER.
Rear PTO
2
N1
S.U.1
LR 1 GN 1
GN 1 S.U.1
G6
N 1.5 4
-31
-31
5
EV DF
EV DF
1
EV PTO POST.
REAR PTO EV
2
+15
HR 1 SERVICE
SERBIZI
H/L
X23
LR 1
ZN 1
X23 +15
X19
GIRI RUOTE
MB 1.5
MB 1.5
BR 0.5
BR 0.5
1
+15 WHEEL SIGNAL
2
N1 1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
-31
2
3
-31
N1
X19
X20
X21
X22
X20
1
-31
-31
1
EV DT
EV DT
2
X18
X22
AR 1
+15
G5
3
VEL.RUOTE
WHEEL SIGNAL
4
EV DT
EV DT
S.U.1
AR 1
2
X24
S.U.1
MV 1
CONS.MARCIA
GEAR CONSENT
1
-31
-31
2
N1
EV DF
EV DF
2
HR 1
-31
-31
1
N1
S.U.1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
D0036810
Fig.161 - RH drivetrain wiring Connectors list ● G5 - To instrument panel wiring ● G6 - To instrument panel wiring ● X18 - Start enable switch ● X19 - Wheel speed sensor ● X20 - 4WD control solenoid valve ● X21 - Rear PTO control solenoid valve ● X22 - Differential lock control solenoid valve ● X23 - Services circuit alarm pressure switch ● X24 - H/L travel control solenoid valve
40-101
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-101 40-101
6/21/2007 4:37:30 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.16 - RH drivetrain wiring connector positions View of wiring
1
3
2 3
F0123230
Fig.162
40-102
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-102 40-102
6/21/2007 4:37:30 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.31 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
40-103
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-103 40-103
6/21/2007 4:37:31 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X10
2
G3
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
G2
3
4
5
40.4.17 - LH drivetrain wiring - 0.014.9193.4/20
I
1
A
1
S
1
E 1 2 3
G14
G12
1 2 3
1 2 3
X15
X14
X11
G14
V1
FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
1
G12 X13
FREN.RIM.IDR.
S1
HYDR.TRAILER PRESS.
1
PTO ECO
PTO ECO
2
-31
-31
3
PTO Syncro
PTO Syncro
2
-31
-31
3
VB 1 N1 X2
X14 X12 X15
GH 1 N1
FREN.RIM.PNEUM. AIR TRAIELR PRESS.
N1
X11
SPIA DT
DT LIGHT
1
-31
-31
2
AR 1
FREN.RIM.IDR.
1
HYDR.TRAILER PRESS. 2
-31
-31
3
PTO ECO
PTO ECO
4
PTO Syncro
PTO Syncro
5
TRASM.IDRAUL.
TRANSM.HYDRAUL
1
SPIA DT
DT LIGHT
2
G2
N1
3
AN 1 -31
X10
-31
SPIA
LIGHT
4
LIVELLO
LEVEL
3
V Verde/Green
A Azzurro/Blue
Z Viola/Violet
B Bianco/White
N Nero/Black
L Blu/Dark Blue
S Rosa/Pink
G Giallo/Yellow
R Rosso/Red
H Grigio/Gray
D0036820
HN 1
SPIA
LIGHT
3
LIVELLO
LEVEL
4
G3
1
X12
IDRAULICA
HYDRAULIC
X13
TRASMISSIONI
TRANSMISSION
AN 1
AN 1
X1
C Arancio/Orange
N1
C1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE M Marrone/Brown
2
Fig.163 - LH drivetrain wiring Connectors list ● G2 - To instrument panel wiring ● G3 - To instrument panel wiring ● G12 - To trailer hydraulic braking wiring ● G14 - To trailer air braking wiring ● X10 - Fuel level sensor ● X11 - 4WD engagement control switch ● X12 - Hydraulic oil filter clogging pressure switch ● X13 - Transmission oil filter clogging pressure switch ● X14 - ECO PTO engagement switch ● X15 - GROUNDSPEED PTO engagement switch 40-104
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-104 40-104
6/21/2007 4:37:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.18 - LH drivetrain wiring connector positions View of wiring
Fig.164
40-105
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-105 40-105
6/21/2007 4:37:33 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.32 POS:
POS
1
2
3
4
40-106
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-106 40-106
6/21/2007 4:37:34 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.19 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.014.9375.4/20 G17
E
G38
D
4
5
G16
3
RL30
1
2
G10
R6
RL30
R4
G38
3
2
G17
5 1 AR 1 4
G10
3
2
1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
CN 1 3 LB 1 2 V 1.5 1
G16
M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
D0037110
Fig.165 - Power supply wiring - Tractor with standard cab Connectors list ● G10 - To instrument panel wiring ● G16 - To roof line wiring ● G17 - To roof line wiring ● G38 - To power supply wiring ● RL30 - Roof line supply relay
40-107
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-107 40-107
6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.20 - Power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab View of wiring
Fig.166
40-108
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-108 40-108
6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.33 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
40-109
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-109 40-109
6/21/2007 4:37:36 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.21 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7850.4/50 X65
3
7
2
6
3
1
G18
4
2
4
3
6
7
4 8
X66
X67
2
G17
1
3
5
G19
1
2
5 8
X64
1
X68
X63 30
A
H
1
8
85
86 87
RL30
1 2 3 4 2
5
6 7
3
4 8
X69
X70
X72
2
1
1
2
X71
1
2
4
3
G22
3
6 5
2 1
4 2
1
G16
3
G20
GND9
1
G21
D0006892
Fig.167 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab (1/2) Connectors list ● G16 - To cab power supply wiring ● G17 - To cab power supply wiring ● G18 - To air conditioner heat exchanger fan wiring ● G19 - To worklights wiring ● G20 - To windscreen wiper wiring ● G21 - To heating/air conditioning wiring ● G22 - To air conditioner wiring ● GND9 - Earthing point 9 ● RL30 - Roof line supply relay ● X63 - Cab courtesy light ● X64 - Rear worklights switch ● X65 - Rear window wiper switch ● X66 - Windscreen washer pump switch ● X67 - Rotating beacon on/off switch ● X68 - Windscreen wiper intermittent timer ● X69 - Clock ● X70 - Windscreen wiper switch ● X71 - Front worklights switch ● X72 - Radio
40-110
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-110 40-110
6/21/2007 4:37:37 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
X71
X64
X67
X70
X65
A-N 1 A-N 1
X69 4 23 1 2 43
3 4 7 8
1
1 2 5 6
3 4 7 8
H-N 1
A1 H-N 1 C1
A1
N1
R1
A1
AR1
AR1
AN1
A-N 1
G-R 1
V1
V-N 1
R-N 1 M 1.5
N1
M 1.5
R1.5
G-N 1.5
N1
G-N 1.5
G-V 1.5
G1
N1
G1
M-G 1.5
V1
1 2 5 6
X66
H-N 1 M 1.5
3
7
2
6
1
5
G19
8
4
N 1.5
N 2.5 G-N 1.5 G 1.5
RN1 GR1
I
53N
AR1 V1
N 2.5
AN1
1
3
2
4
G18
V1 N1
V1
3
N 1.5 N1
2
1
G17
X68
T 53S 15 31
A-N 2.5
A-R 1
R4
1 4 3
N1 V1 V-N 1.5 V1
2
C1
2
G22
1
G21
N4
G-R 1
3
6
2
N1
1 4
G20
5
AN 1
V-N 1
2
L-B 1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
D0006902
30
2
A
H
1
8
X72 GND9
RL30
LB 1
M-G 1.5
A-N 1 A1 G-V 1.5
A1
R4
A-N-2.5
R1
R1.5
R1
N1
R1
R1 1
N1
R1
N1 N4 N1 N 2.5 N 2.5 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1
A-N 1
R 2.5
3
1
V-N 1.5
G16
85
86 87
X63
M 2.5
R 2.5
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
20 A
30 A
10 A
5 A RADIO
M 2.5
Fig.168 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with standard cab (2/2)
40-111
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-111 40-111
6/21/2007 4:37:37 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.22 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab View of wiring
1 10
7
9
8
2
6
5 3 4
D0007010
Fig.169
40-112
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-112 40-112
6/21/2007 4:37:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.34 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
40-113
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-113 40-113
6/21/2007 4:37:38 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS POS.
POS.
9
10
40-114
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-114 40-114
6/21/2007 4:37:40 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.23 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2147.2
Fig.170 - Heating wiring - Tractor with standard cab Connectors list ● G21 - To roof line wiring ● X100 - Fan ● X101 - Resistor ● X102 - Fan speed selector switch
40-115
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-115 40-115
6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.24 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab View of wiring
2 1
D0033520
X102
Fig.171
40-116
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-116 40-116
6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.35 POS.
POS.
1
2
40-117
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-117 40-117
6/21/2007 4:37:41 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.25 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.2153.2
Fig.172 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with standard cab Connectors list ● G21 - To roof line wiring ● G22 - To roof line wiring ● RL53 - Compressor relay ● X100 - Fan ● X101 - Resistor ● X102 - Fan speed selector switch ● X103 - Air conditioner temperature control thermostat
40-118
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-118 40-118
6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.26 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab View of wiring
1 G22
G21
X103 RL53
X102 D0032480
Fig.173
40-119
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-119 40-119
6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.36 POS.
POS.
1
40-120
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-120 40-120
6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.27 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7853.3/20
Fig.174 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with standard cab Connectors list ● G18 - To roof line wiring ● RL55 - Control relay for air conditioning cooler fan ● X104 - Air conditioning pressure switch ● X105 - Air conditioning cooler fan ● X107 - Air conditioner pressure switch
Fig.175
40-121
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-121 40-121
6/21/2007 4:37:42 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.28 - Air conditioner exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab View of wiring
Fig.176
40-122
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-122 40-122
6/21/2007 4:37:43 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.37 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
40-123
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-123 40-123
6/21/2007 4:37:43 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.29 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.009.7851.4/50
Fig.177 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab Connectors list ● G19 - To roof line wiring ● G26 - To rotating beacon wiring ● X76 - RH front worklight (on cab roof) ● X77 - LH front worklight (on cab roof) ● X78 - LH rear worklight (on cab roof) ● X79 - RH rear worklight (on cab roof) ● X108 - Rear window wiper motor
40-124
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-124 40-124
6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.178
40-125
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-125 40-125
6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.30 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab Wiring views
Fig.179
40-126
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-126 40-126
6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.38 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
4
5
40-127
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-127 40-127
6/21/2007 4:37:44 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.31 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.015.1435.4/10
Fig.180 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with standard cab Connectors list ● G32 - To lower front lights wiring ● G33 - To lower front lights wiring ● X132 - RH supplementary worklight ● X133 - LH supplementary worklight
40-128
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-128 40-128
6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-129
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-129 40-129
6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.32 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab Wiring views Standard cab version
Fig.181
40-130
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-130 40-130
6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.39 POS.
POS.
1
40-131
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-131 40-131
6/21/2007 4:37:45 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.33 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.010.4516.3
Fig.182 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with standard cab Connectors list ● G20 - To roof line wiring ● X81 - Windscreen wiper motor
40-132
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-132 40-132
6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.34 - Windscreen wiper connector positions wiring - Tractor with standard cab View of wiring
Fig.183
40-133
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-133 40-133
6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.40 POS.
POS.
1
2
40-134
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-134 40-134
6/21/2007 4:37:46 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.35 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab - 0.011.0729.4/10
Fig.184 - Loudspeaker wiring - Tractor with standard cab Connectors list ● X90 - Radio ● X91 - LH loudspeaker ● X92 - RH loudspeaker
40-135
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-135 40-135
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-136
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-136 40-136
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.36 - Loudspeaker wiring connector positions - Tractor with standard cab Wiring views
Fig.185
40-137
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-137 40-137
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.41 POS.
POS.
40-138
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-138 40-138
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.37 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.014.9376.4/10
G17
E
G38
D
4
5
G16
3
RL30
1
2
G10
R6
RL30
R4
G38
3
2
G17
5 1 AR 1 4
G10
3
2
1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
CN 1 3 LB 1 2 V 1.5 1
G16
M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
D0037120
Fig.186 - Cab power supply wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab Connectors list ● G10 - To instrument panel wiring ● G16 - To roof line wiring ● G17 - To roof line wiring ● G38 - To power supply wiring ● RL30 - Roof line supply relay
40-139
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-139 40-139
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.38 - Cab power supply wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab View of wiring
Fig.187
40-140
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-140 40-140
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.42 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
40-141
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-141 40-141
6/21/2007 4:37:47 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.39 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3606.4/50 G19
X63
G21
G25 X66
GND7 X68
X67
G20 X65
G17 X70
G16 X64
X71
5A
10A
30A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
7.5A
10A
G23
RADIO
FREON
G24
RL30
D0006852
F130
Fig.188 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2) Connectors list ● F130 - Roof line power fuse ● G16 - To cab power supply wiring ● G17 - To cab power supply wiring ● G19 - To worklights wiring ● G20 - To windscreen wiper wiring ● G21 - To air conditioner wiring ● G23 - To loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring ● G24 - To air conditioner heat exchanger fan wiring ● G25 - To heating/air conditioner wiring ● GND7 - Earthing point 7 ● RL30 - Roof line supply relay ● X63 - Cab courtesy light ● X64 - Rear worklights switch ● X65 - Rear window wiper switch 40-142
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-142 40-142
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
G19
X63
G21
G25 X66
GND7 X68
X67
G20 X65
G17 X70
G16 X64
X71
5A
10A
30A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
7.5A
10A
G23
RADIO
FREON
G24
RL30
D0006852
F130
Fig.188 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2) ● ● ● ● ●
X66 - Windscreen washer pump switch X67 - Rotating beacon on/off switch X68 - Windscreen wiper intermittent timer X70 - Windscreen wiper switch X71 - Front worklights switch
40-143
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-143 40-143
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.189 - Roof line wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-144
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-144 40-144
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.40 - Roof line wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab View of wiring
Fig.190
40-145
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-145 40-145
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.43 POS.
POS.
1
2 G17
GND7
X64
RL30
X66
X65
X67 X71
X70
G16 F0026772
3
F0026782
4 G25 G21 X68
X130
G19 F0026792
5
F0026802
6
G23
X63
G24
F0026822
F0026812
7
G20 F0026833
40-146
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-146 40-146
6/21/2007 4:37:49 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.41 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2554.2
Fig.191 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab Connectors list ● G25 - To roof line wiring ● G34 - Wiring connector ● G35 - Wiring connector ● RL50 - 3rd fan speed relay ● RL51 - Max. fan speed relay ● X93 - LH resistor ● X95 - Fan speed selector switch ● X96 - RH resistor ● X98 - LH fan ● X99 - RH fan
40-147
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-147 40-147
6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.192 - Heating system wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-148
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-148 40-148
6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.42 - Heating system wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab View of wiring
Fig.193
40-149
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-149 40-149
6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.44 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
4
5
40-150
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-150 40-150
6/21/2007 4:37:52 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.43 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.010.2560.0
Fig.194 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2) Connectors list ● G21 - To roof line wiring ● G25 - To roof line wiring ● G34 - Wiring connector ● G35 - Wiring connector ● RL50 - 3rd fan speed relay ● RL51 - Max. fan speed relay ● RL52 - Compressor and A/C 1st speed start relay ● X93 - LH resistor ● X94 - A/C switch ● X95 - Fan speed selector switch ● X96 - RH resistor ● X97 - Air conditioning temperature thermostat ● X98 - LH fan ● X99 - RH fan
40-151
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-151 40-151
6/21/2007 4:37:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.195 - Air conditioning wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-152
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-152 40-152
6/21/2007 4:37:53 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.44 - Air conditioner wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab View of wiring
Fig.196
40-153
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-153 40-153
6/21/2007 4:37:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.45 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
40-154
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-154 40-154
6/21/2007 4:37:54 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.45 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab 0.011.3610.3/20
Fig.197 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (1/2) ● ● ● ● ● ●
G24 - To roof line wiring RL54 - Control relay for supplementary air conditioning cooler fan RL55 - Control relay for air conditioning cooler fan X104 - Air conditioning pressure switch X105 - Air conditioning cooler fan X106 - Supplementary air conditioning cooler fan
Fig.198 - Air conditioning cooler fan wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab (2/2)
40-155
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-155 40-155
6/21/2007 4:37:55 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.46 - Air conditioning exchanger fan wiring connector positions - Tractor with highvisibility cab View of wiring
Fig.199
40-156
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-156 40-156
6/21/2007 4:37:56 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.46 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
40-157
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-157 40-157
6/21/2007 4:37:56 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.47 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3595.3/10
1
G39
2
G40
4
3
G19
GND7
G41
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
GN 1.5
G40
N 1.5
M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
G42 GN 1.5
G19 4
3
N 1.5
2
1
G41
G 1.5
G39
N 1.5
GND7 G 1.5
G42
N 1.5
D0036850
Fig.200 - Front-rear worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab Connectors list ● G19 - To roof line wiring ● G39 - To supplementary worklights wiring ● G40 - To supplementary worklights wiring ● G41 - To supplementary worklights wiring ● G42 - To supplementary worklights wiring ● GND7 - Earthing point 7
40-158
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-158 40-158
6/21/2007 4:37:57 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.48 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab Wiring views
Fig.201
40-159
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-159 40-159
6/21/2007 4:37:57 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.47 POS.
POS.
1
2
40-160
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-160 40-160
6/21/2007 4:37:58 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.49 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab 0.015.1437.4/10
G32 G33
X132 X133
30
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
D0036790
V 1.5
G32 G33
2
M 1.5
1
X132 X133
Fig.202 - Supplementary worklights wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab Connectors list ● G32 - To lower front lights wiring ● G33 - To lower front lights wiring ● X132 - RH supplementary worklight ● X133 - LH supplementary worklight
40-161
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-161 40-161
6/21/2007 4:37:58 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.50 - Supplementary worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with highvisibility cab View of wiring
Fig.203
40-162
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-162 40-162
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-163
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-163 40-163
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Fig.204
40-164
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-164 40-164
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.48 POS.
POS.
40-165
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-165 40-165
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.51 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3597.3
Fig.205 - Windscreen wiper wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab Connectors list ● G20 - To roof line wiring ● X81 - Windscreen wiper motor
40-166
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-166 40-166
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.52 - Windscreen wiper wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab View of wiring
Fig.206
40-167
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-167 40-167
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.49 POS.
POS.
1
2
40-168
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-168 40-168
6/21/2007 4:37:59 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.53 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab - 0.011.3596.3/40
Fig.207 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring - Tractor with high-visibility cab Connectors list ● G23 - To roof line wiring ● G26 - To rotating beacon wiring ● GND7 - Earthing point 7 ● X84 - RH loudspeaker ● X85 - Rear window wiper motor ● X86 - LH loudspeaker ● X87 - Radio ● X88 - Radio ● X89 - Clock
40-169
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-169 40-169
6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-170
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-170 40-170
6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.54 - Loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring connector positions - Tractor with high-visibility cab View of wiring
Fig.208
40-171
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-171 40-171
6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.50 POS.
POS.
1
2
3
4
5
40-172
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-172 40-172
6/21/2007 4:38:00 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.55 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab - 0.010.8189.3/40 D0036840
G28 G29 G8
G30 G31
Fig.209 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with cab Connectors list ● G8 - To central wiring ● G28 - To lower front lights wiring ● G29 - To lower front lights wiring ● G30 - To lower front lights wiring ● G31 - To lower front lights wiring
40-173
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-173 40-173
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.56 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab Wiring views Standard cab version
Fig.210
40-174
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-174 40-174
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with high visibility cab
Fig.211
40-175
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-175 40-175
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.51 POS.
POS.
1
40-176
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-176 40-176
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.57 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab - 0441.1923.4
Fig.212 - Wiring for lower front lights - Tractor with cab Connectors list ● G28 - To front lights wiring ● G29 - To front lights wiring ● G30 - To front lights wiring ● G31 - To front lights wiring ● G32 - To supplementary worklights wiring ● G33 - To supplementary worklights wiring ● X74 - Front RH sidelight and direction indicator ● X75 - Front LH sidelight and direction indicator
40-177
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-177 40-177
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.58 - Lower front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with cab Wiring views Standard cab version
Fig.213
40-178
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-178 40-178
6/21/2007 4:38:02 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Version with high visibility cab Tab.52 POS.
POS.
1
G32-G33 X74-X75
F0113060
40-179
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-179 40-179
6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.59 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform - 0.015.3094.4
G8
1
4 5
AN 1.5
N1 G1
X126
AN 1.5
8
3
7
GN 1
N1
6
A 1.5
2
G8 N1
G1 N1 GN 1
X127
A 1.5
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
X126
X127
M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
D0037160
Fig.214 - Wiring for front lights - Tractor with platform Connectors list ● G8 - To instrument panel wiring ● X126 - Front LH sidelight and direction indicator ● X127 - Front RH sidelight and direction indicator
40-180
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-180 40-180
6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-181
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-181 40-181
6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.60 - Front lights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform Wiring views
Fig.215
40-182
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-182 40-182
6/21/2007 4:38:03 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.53 POS.
POS.
1
40-183
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-183 40-183
6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.61 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform - 0.014.9281.4
4
5
X123
X124
1
2
3
G13
X125
CV 1.5
5
N 1.5 N 1.5
X123
S.U.1
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE N 1.5
1
2
G13
3
4
N 1.5 CV 1.5
GV 1.5
X124
CV 1.5 GV1.5
N 1.5
M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
X125 CV 1.5
D0037170
Fig.216 - Worklights wiring - Tractor with platform Connectors list ● G13 - To instrument panel wiring ● X123 - Worklight ● X124 - Rotating beacon X125 - Worklight
40-184
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-184 40-184
6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
40-185
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-185 40-185
6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.62 - Worklights wiring connector positions - Tractor with platform Wiring views
Fig.217
40-186
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-186 40-186
6/21/2007 4:38:04 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.54 POS.
POS.
1
2
40-187
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-187 40-187
6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.63 - Rotating beacon wiring - 0.012.9909.4
Fig.218 - Rotating beacon wiring Connectors list ● G26 - To worklights wiring/To loudspeaker, radio, rear wiper, flashing light and clock wiring ● X80 - Rotating beacon
40-188
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-188 40-188
6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.64 - Position of rotary beacon wiring connectors View of wiring
Fig.219
40-189
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-189 40-189
6/21/2007 4:38:05 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.55 POS.
POS.
1
2
40-190
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-190 40-190
6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.65 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring - 0.014.1645.4/10
X16
1
X16
G12
1
1
1
G12
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE M
Marrone/Brown
C
Arancio/Orange
V
Verde/Green
A
Azzurro/Blue
Z
Viola/Violet
B
Bianco/White
N
Nero/Black
L
Blu/Dark Blue
S
Rosa/Pink
G
Giallo/Yellow
R
Rosso/Red
H
Grigio/Gray
D0036830
Fig.220 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring Connectors list ● G12 - To LH drivetrain wiring ● X16 - Trailer braking low pressure switch
40-191
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-191 40-191
6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS 40.4.66 - Trailer hydraulic braking wiring connector positions View of wiring
Fig.221
40-192
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-192 40-192
6/21/2007 4:38:06 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Connector positions Tab.56 POS.
POS.
1
40-193
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-193 40-193
6/21/2007 4:38:07 AM
WIRING DIAGRAMS
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
40-194
307.W.0030.en.6.00-AGROFARM 85 840-194 40-194
6/21/2007 4:38:07 AM
View more...
Comments
